WorldWideScience

Sample records for techniques disponibles permettant

  1. Boilers. Comparison of the main available techniques for boilers to comply with new regulations; Les chaudieres, comparaison des principales techniques disponibles permettant aux chaudieres de respecter les nouvelles reglementations

    Bouju, J.L. [Babcock Entreprise, 93 - La Courneuve (France)

    1997-12-31

    The main techniques, presently available, that can lead to a consequent decrease in pollutant emissions, are presented pointing out their advantages and drawbacks: sulfur oxide emissions can be lowered by fuel processing and fume desulfurization (through desulfurizer in situ injection or a downstream treatment for solid and liquid fuels); NOx emissions are decreased through fume recycling, low-NOx burners, air staging (OFA), combustion chamber over-dimensioning, combustion air temperature reduction, re-burning (IFR), injection of de-nitrifying agents (at high temperature without catalysts, at low temperature with catalysts). Associations of these techniques are also discussed. Ash processing is studied for coal and fuel oil, depending on the NOx and SOx previously selected cleansing techniques

  2. ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE TECHNICAL TRAINING Places disponibles*/Places available **

    2003-01-01

    * Etant donné le délai d'impression du Bulletin, ces places peuvent ne plus être disponibles au moment de sa parution. Veuillez consulter notre site Web pour avoir la dernière mise à jour. ** The number of places available may vary. Please check our Web site to find out the current availability. Des places sont disponibles dans les cours suivants : Places are available in the following courses : Java 2 Enterprise Edition - Part 2 : Enterprise JavaBeans : 8 - 10.10.2003 (3 days) FileMaker - niveau 1 : 9 & 10.10.03 (2 jours) EXCEL 2000 - niveau 1 : 20 & 22.10.03 (2 jours) CLEAN-2002 : Working in a Cleanroom : 23.10.03 (half day, free of charge) Plannification de projet avec MS-Project/Project Scheduling with MS-Project : 2 sessions : 23.10 & 4.11.03 and 18 &25.11.03 (2 jours/2 days - langue à définir/language to be defined) AutoCAD 2002 – Level 1 : 3, 4, 12, 13.11.03 (4 days) Introduction to Pspice : 4.11...

  3. Heating plants. Comparison between the main available techniques that allow heating plants to respect the new regulations; Les chaudieres. Comparaison des principales techniques disponibles permettant aux chaudieres de respecter les nouvelles reglementations

    Bouju, J.L. [Babcock Entreprise, 93 - La Courneuve (France)

    1997-12-31

    This paper gives an overview of the main methods available today to improve the thermal and environmental performances of heating plants and burners and points out the technical and economical advantages and drawbacks of these methods. The methods are described according to the type of pollutant: SO{sub x} (fuel treatment, smokes desulfurization, in-situ desulfurizers injection, lime treatment of solid and liquid fuels), NO{sub x} (smokes recycling, low-NO{sub x} burners, air staging, over-dimensioning of combustion chambers, reduction of combustion air temperature, re-burning, denitrifier injection, combination of several methods), dusts (filters and cyclones). (J.S.)

  4. Longitudinal dielectric permettivity of quantum Maxwell collisional plasmas

    Latyshev, A V

    2010-01-01

    The kinetic equation of Wigner -- Vlasov -- Boltzmann with collision integral in relaxation BGK (Bhatnagar, Gross and Krook) form in coordinate space for quantum non--degenerate (Maxwellian) collisional plasma is used. Exact expression (within the limits of considered model) is found. The analysis of longitudinal dielectric permeability is done. It is shown that in the limit when Planck's constant tends to zero of expression for dielectric permettivity transforms into the classical case of dielectric permettivity. At small values of wave number it has been received the solution of the dispersion equation. Damping of plasma oscillations has been analized. The analytical comparison with the dielectric Mermin' function received with the use of the kinetic equation in momentum space is done. Graphic comparison of the real and imaginary parts of dielectric permettivity of quantum and classical plasma is done also.

  5. Longitudinal dielectric permettivity of quantum Maxwell collisional plasmas

    Latyshev, A. V.; Yushkanov, A. A.

    2010-01-01

    The kinetic equation of Wigner -- Vlasov -- Boltzmann with collision integral in relaxation BGK (Bhatnagar, Gross and Krook) form in coordinate space for quantum non--degenerate (Maxwellian) collisional plasma is used. Exact expression (within the limits of considered model) is found. The analysis of longitudinal dielectric permeability is done. It is shown that in the limit when Planck's constant tends to zero of expression for dielectric permettivity transforms into the classical case of di...

  6. Places disponibles/Places available

    2004-01-01

    Etant donné le délai d'impression du Bulletin, ces places peuvent ne plus être disponibles au moment de sa parution. Veuillez consulter notre site Web pour avoir la dernière mise à jour. The number of places available may vary. Please check our Web site to find out the current availability. Des places sont disponibles dans les cours suivants : / Places are available in the following courses : Introduction à Outlook : 19.8.2004 (1 journée) Outlook (short course I) : E-mail : 31.8.2004 (2 hours, morning) Outlook (short course II) : Calendar, Tasks and Notes : 31.8.2004 (2 hours, afternoon) Instructor-led WBTechT Study or Follow-up for Microsoft Applications : 7.9.2004 (morning) Outlook (short course III) : Meetings and Delegation : 7.9.2004 (2 hours, afternoon) Introduction au VHDL et utilisation du simulateur NCVHDL de CADENCE : 7 & 8.9.2004 (2 jours) Joint PVSS JCOP Framework : 13 - 17.9.2004 (5 days) AutoCAD 2002 - niveau 1 : 13, 14, 23, 24.9.2004 (4 jours) Programmation S...

  7. Places disponibles/Places available

    2004-01-01

    Si vous désirez participer à l'un des cours suivants, veuillez en discuter avec votre superviseur et vous inscrire électroniquement en direct depuis les pages de description des cours dans le Web que vous trouvez à l'adresse : http://www.cern.ch/Training/ ou remplissez une « demande de formation » disponible auprès du Secrétariat de votre Division ou de votre DTO (Délégué divisionnaire à la formation). Les places seront attribuées dans l'ordre de réception des inscriptions. If you wish to participate in one of the following courses, please discuss with your supervisor and apply electronically directly from the course description pages that can be found on the Web at: http://www.cern.ch/Training/ or fill in an "application for training" form available from your Divisional Secretariat or from your DTO (Divisional Training Off...

  8. Places disponibles*/Places available **

    2003-01-01

    Des places sont disponibles dans les cours suivants : Places are available in the following course : WorldFIP 2003 pour utilisateurs : 11 - 14.2.03 (4 jours) AutoCAD 2002 - niveau 1 : 24, 25.2 & 3, 4.3.03 (4 jours) Introduction à Windows 2000 au CERN : 25.2.03 (1/2 journée) AutoCAD 2002 - niveau 2 : 27 & 28.2.03 (2 jours) C++ for Particle Physicists : 10 - 14.3.03 (6 X 3 hour lectures) AutoCAD Mechanical 6 PowerPack (F) : 12, 13, 17, 18, 24 & 25.3.03 (6 jours) CLEAN-2002 : Working in a cleanroom : 2.4.03 (half-day, afternoon, free course, registration required) Formation Siemens SIMATIC /Siemens SIMATIC Training : Introduction à STEP7 /Introduction to STEP7 : 11 & 12.3.03 / 3 & 4.6.03 (2 jours/2 days) Programmation STEP7/STEP7 Programming : 31.3 - 4.4.03 / 16 - 20.6.03 (5 jours/5 days) Réseau Simatic Net /Simatic Net Network : 15 & 16.4.03 / 26 & 27.6.03 Ces cours seront donnés en français ou anglais en fonction des demandes / These courses will be given in French o...

  9. COSTE SALARIAL Y RENTA DISPONIBLE DEL TRABAJADOR

    Antonio Pérez Carrasco

    2009-02-01

    Full Text Available Se expone la relación entre el coste laboral y la renta disponible del trabajador, así como el análisis de las consecuencias sobre el salario derivadas de la cotización a la Seguridad Social. The relationship between labour costs and disposable income of the workers is exposed as well as the analysis of the impact on wages resulting from contributions to Social Security.

  10. Tratamientos para dejar de fumar, disponibles en México

    Sansores Raúl H; Ramírez-Venegas Alejandra; Espinosa-Martínez Marlene; Sandoval Ricardo A

    2002-01-01

    Objetivo. Describir las estrategias terapéuticas disponibles para ayudar a los fumadores a dejar de fumar. Material y métodos. Estudio realizado en el Instituto Nacional de Enfermedades Respiratorias, México. Se hizo una revisión en Medline con el encabezado de meta-análisis y se consultó el Cochrane Library, de 1990 a 2001. Resultados. La farmacoterapia muestra una buena probabilidad promedio de éxito para dejar de fumar expresada como una relación entre el medicamento activo y el placebo (í...

  11. Tratamientos para dejar de fumar, disponibles en México

    Sansores Raúl H

    2002-01-01

    Full Text Available Objetivo. Describir las estrategias terapéuticas disponibles para ayudar a los fumadores a dejar de fumar. Material y métodos. Estudio realizado en el Instituto Nacional de Enfermedades Respiratorias, México. Se hizo una revisión en Medline con el encabezado de meta-análisis y se consultó el Cochrane Library, de 1990 a 2001. Resultados. La farmacoterapia muestra una buena probabilidad promedio de éxito para dejar de fumar expresada como una relación entre el medicamento activo y el placebo (índice de 39, 78, 79, 117 y 119% para los chicles de nicotina, los parches de nicotina, el bupropión, el inhalador de nicotina y el spray nasal de nicotina, respectivamente. El éxito de la terapia conductual puede ser buena (RM=3.8, sin embargo, se requiere más investigación. Conclusiones. Se hace énfasis en la necesidad de combinar la terapia cognitivo-conductual con el uso de fármacos, así como la combinación de éstos entre sí para incrementar las posibilidades de éxito para dejar de fumar.

  12. EL LÉXICO DISPONIBLE DE VALENCIA: CONVERGENCIA CONCEPTUAL EL LÉXICO DISPONIBLE DE VALENCIA: CONVERGENCIA CONCEPTUAL

    M.ª Begoña Gómez Devís

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available El presente trabajo pretende mostrar el grado de convergencia semántica entre el léxico disponible del español y del catalán de Valencia en los estudiantes de segundo de bachillerato. La compatibilidad global interlingüística de los hablantes de ambas comunidades lingüísticas en los diecisiete campos semánticos mostrará un alto nivel de coincidencia en las dos lenguas en contacto. Esto se debe a que el léxico usado en situaciones comunicativas concretas es similar en las diferentes lenguas de cultura.The present research pretends to show the degree of semantic merging between the available lexis of Spanish and Catalan from Valencia in 2nd year baccalaureate students. The global inter-linguistic compatibility for speakers of both linguistic communities in the seventeen semantic groups studied will show the high level of coincidence in both languages in contact. This is due to the fact that the lexis used in specifi c communicative situations is similar in both.

  13. Tratamientos para dejar de fumar, disponibles en México

    Raúl H Sansores

    2002-01-01

    Full Text Available Objetivo. Describir las estrategias terapéuticas disponibles para ayudar a los fumadores a dejar de fumar. Material y métodos. Estudio realizado en el Instituto Nacional de Enfermedades Respiratorias, México. Se hizo una revisión en Medline con el encabezado de meta-análisis y se consultó el Cochrane Library, de 1990 a 2001. Resultados. La farmacoterapia muestra una buena probabilidad promedio de éxito para dejar de fumar expresada como una relación entre el medicamento activo y el placebo (índice de 39, 78, 79, 117 y 119% para los chicles de nicotina, los parches de nicotina, el bupropión, el inhalador de nicotina y el spray nasal de nicotina, respectivamente. El éxito de la terapia conductual puede ser buena (RM=3.8, sin embargo, se requiere más investigación. Conclusiones. Se hace énfasis en la necesidad de combinar la terapia cognitivo-conductual con el uso de fármacos, así como la combinación de éstos entre sí para incrementar las posibilidades de éxito para dejar de fumar.Objective. To describe smoking cessation therapies available in Mexico. Material and Methods. Literature review of meta-analysis, controlled clinical trials, and behavioral therapy studies. Results. Smoking cessation pharmacotherapy interventions showed a good chance of success on average, expressed as the ratio of the active drug vs. placebo cessation therapy outcomes (ratios of 39, 78, 79, 117, and 119%, for nicotine chewing gum, bupropion, nicotine patch, inhaler, and nicotine nasal spray, respectively. Behavioral therapy showed satisfactory results, (OR= 3.8 however, more research is needed to establish its effectiveness. Conclusions. Emphasis is made on the need to combine behavioral therapy with pharmacotherapy, to increase the likelihood of successful smoking cessation.

  14. Non disponible

    Thibert, Valérie

    2011-01-01

    An initial extraction procedure is usually needed for the trace analysis of biological fluids to reduce the amount of interfering compounds. Thus, solid phase extraction (SPE) is often applied before the separation, but its lack of selectivity can lead to the co-extraction of interfering compounds compromising the analysis. In order to increase the selectivity of the analysis, selective tools, based on molecular recognition, can be used such as immunosorbents, using antibodies, or molecularly...

  15. Anglicismos en el léxico disponible del español de Galicia

    Blanco, Marta

    2012-01-01

    En este trabajo examinamos la presencia de anglicismos en la lengua de jóvenes preuniversitarios gallegos. Para ello, hemos elaborado un corpus que tiene como fuentes la publicación de B. López Meirama Léxico disponible en el español de Galicia (2008)1 (en adelante, LDEG) y la aplicación informática de Dispogal.

  16. Le raisonnement et les avancées techniques permettent de réduire la fertilisation azotée : le cas de Farmstar-colza®

    Lagarde Fabien

    2006-11-01

    Full Text Available The practices of nitrogen fertilization are really changing, due to the new farming context including environmental, economical, and energetic constraints. In 2005, 90% of the producers said they used a method to adapt nitrogen supplies in their fields and more than 40% among them used the CETIOM method “réglette azote”. Since 2004, a new system, called Farmstar-colza® based on satellite observation has been developed by Infoterra France, a subsidiary of the EADS group. With this technology, it’s possible to draw a map of the fields with nitrogen supply advices and to practice modular apply on the crops. Moreover, this technology increases the precision of the crop nitrogen absorption assessment. Therefore, in the future it seems possible to improve the estimated need of nitrogen to grow oil seed rape in order to get a good energetic balance with an optimum oil rate as well as high yields.

  17. Talco y carbonato básico de magnesio como aportantes de magnesio disponible al suelo

    Carmen Rosa Goméz Laverde

    2009-07-01

    Full Text Available Mediante dos ensayos de laboratorio se realizó un estudio sobre la solubilización de carbonato básico de magnesio y de talco para juzgar estas fuentes como aportantes de magnesio disponible. Los minerales finamente molidos se aplicaron en dosis equivalente a 3,6 meq/100 g a muestras de tres suelos de pH diferente. En el ensayo I las muestras de suelo más la fuente de magnesio se Incubaron en recipientes cerrados, a 18

  18. Recursos disponibles para la inserción sociolaboral tras la retirada deportiva de futbolistas

    Macarena Lorenzo Fern\\u00E1ndez

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available La retirada deportiva es a menudo una etapa de crisis que requiere exigencias y ciertos ajustes a nivel ocupacional, financiero, social y psicológico (Cury, Ferreira y Leite de Barros, 2008. En línea con las contribuciones recientes al tema de la retirada deportiva y la posterior empleabilidad, el presente trabajo pretende analizar de modo descriptivo los recursos disponibles para hacer frente a la inserción sociolaboral tras la retirada deportiva de los jugadores profesionales de un club de fútbol. Para ello se ha elaborado el Cuestionario para el Diagnóstico de la Empleabilidad en Deportistas de Élite. Los resultados indican que para hacer frente de forma adaptativa a la retirada deportiva los futbolistas del club necesitan instaurar una conciencia de futuro, planificar su retirada deportiva, ahorrar y formarse, y por otro lado, se debe fortalecer el capital humano acumulado, apoyo social percibido y habilidades, estrategias y capacidades adquiridas tras la práctica deportiva.

  19. Sistema de gestión de asignación de aguas disponibles

    Aida María Saúco Peña

    2011-12-01

    Full Text Available Los problemas del adecuado manejo de los recursos hidráulicos, que pueden surgir en una evaluación ambiental, tienen quever con decisiones sobre el uso del agua que afectan la cantidad o calidad del agua super!cial o subterránea. Precisamente elpresente trabajo está enmarcado en el objetivo de realizar un sistema software titulado: “Balance de Aguas”, que informatice los procesos de asignación de aguas disponibles en el país, basado en la idea de controlar las entregas de agua que se establecen a diferentes entidades usuarias, a la vez quese recepcionen las demandas de estos y teniendo en cuenta las condiciones de cada una de las fuentes de abasto (reguladas, no reguladas y subterráneas al inicio del año. El propósito fundamental es la consolidación del sistema, así como la documentación de los pasos en su desarrollo ingenieril, paralo cual se hace un estudio exhaustivo de los principales modelos, metodologías y herramientas para el desarrollo, así como de las tendencias actuales, permitiendo el análisis para seleccionar las más adecuadas que apoyen la solución del problema. En correspondencia con los objetivos propuestosla implantación del sistema facilita el manejo de los recursos hidráulicos.

  20. Degradabilidad ruminal del forraje disponible en la pradera y del aparentemente consumido por vacas lecheras

    PULIDO RUBÉN

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available Se evaluó la dinámica degradativa de forrajes, en muestras de una pradera permanente (Lolium perenne L., manejadas a dos alturas de pradera, alta y baja. Las muestras consistieron en forraje disponible a ras de suelo (FD y en forraje aparentemente consumido por vacas lecheras en pastoreo continuo (FS. La degradabilidad ruminal se estudió usando la técnica de las bolsas de dacrón y los datos fueron ajustados a una ecuación exponencial. La fracción soluble (g/kg MS, de la materia seca (MS (299 v/s 351, s.e.d.= 5,4, de la materia organica (MO (304 v/s 376, s.e.d.= 3,3 y del nitrógeno (250 v/s 301, s.e.d.= 6,4, fueron significativamente mayores (P<0,05 en muestras de FS que en muestras de FD. La degradabilidad potencial (g/kg MS de MS, MO y nitrógeno, fue significativamente mayor (P<0,05 en las muestras de FS, que en las muestras de FD. La degradabilidad efectiva fue mayor en las muestras de FS, que en las muestras de FD, tanto para la MS (474 v/s 508, s.e.d.= 13,0, MO (490 v/s 529, s.e.d.= 11,6 y nitrógeno (351 v/s 419, s.e.d.= 10,0. Respecto del factor altura, sólo se encontró un efecto significativo en la degradabilidad efectiva en el nitrógeno, en favor de la altura baja (365 v/s 406, s.e.d.= 10,0.

  1. RESEÑA DEL SOFTWARE DISPONIBLE EN COLOMBIA PARA LA GESTIÓN DE INVENTARIOS EN CADENAS DE ABASTECIMIENTO

    VALENTINA GUTIÉRREZ

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available La gestión de los diferentes tipos de inventario a lo largo de una cadena de abastecimiento es un problema complejo que, en la mayoría de los casos de la industria colombiana e internacional, se aborda mediante la implementación de herramientas de software. Sin embargo, la decisión de implementar dichas herramientas está en muchos casos limitada por la capacidad financiera para invertir en ellas y por el desconocimiento de la oferta de software disponible en Colombia. Este artículo presenta una reseña del software disponible en Colombia para la gestión de inventarios con el fin de brindar a las empresas que se enfrentan a la decisión de implementar un software, una herramienta de soporte que indique cuál es la oferta en Colombia y cuáles son las características de los sistemas disponibles. Para esto se presenta primero el estado del arte, en el cual se identifica el resultado de la revisión de la literatura y el uso de las herramientas de software en la industria colombiana. Seguidamente se presenta la caracterización de los productos de software disponibles en el país. Dicha caracterización permite identificar la configuración general de los productos, los módulos de gestión con los que cuenta, las opciones de integración con otras herramientas informáticas, y la información general de precios e instalación. Finalmente se presentan las conclusiones del estudio y las futuras oportunidades de investigación.

  2. Ensayos in vivo de crecimiento para evaluar la “calidad” de alimentos balanceados disponibles en el mercado

    Paredes, Yela

    2005-01-01

    Ensayos in vivo de crecimiento para evaluar la “calidad” de alimentos balanceados disponibles en el mercado La “calidad” de los alimentos balanceados ha sido determinada tradicionalmente desde la perspectiva química del perfil nutricional de los niveles de proteínas, grasas, cenizas y/o fibra. Estos análisis no proveen sin embargo, información completa de la “calidad” del alimento.

  3. RESEÑA DEL SOFTWARE DISPONIBLE EN COLOMBIA PARA LA GESTIÓN DE INVENTARIOS EN CADENAS DE ABASTECIMIENTO

    2009-01-01

    La gestión de los diferentes tipos de inventario a lo largo de una cadena de abastecimiento es un problema complejo que, en la mayoría de los casos de la industria colombiana e internacional, se aborda mediante la implementación de herramientas de software. Sin embargo, la decisión de implementar dichas herramientas está en muchos casos limitada por la capacidad financiera para invertir en ellas y por el desconocimiento de la oferta de software disponible en Colombia. Este artículo presenta u...

  4. ¿Es necesario disponer de tratamientos con buprenorfina/naloxona para los presos dependientes de opiáceos?

    A. Marco

    Full Text Available La utilización de programas de tratamiento con agonistas opiáceos (TAO, junto con un abordaje psicosocial, es la forma más efectiva de prevenir recaídas en los pacientes con dependencia a opiáceos. Estos programas disminuyen la morbimortalidad así como las conductas de riesgo de transmisión del VIH y de otras infecciones, mejoran la calidad de vida y la retención en tratamiento, y tienen un impacto positivo sobre los comportamientos asociales, por lo que son muy útiles en presos con antecedente de consumo de opiáceos. Los TAO basados en el uso de buprenorfina/naloxona (B/N, igual que los basados en metadona (MT, están actualmente disponibles en España. El tratamiento diversificado ofrece una alternativa de tratamiento para la dependencia de opioides más individualizada y adaptada a las características de los pacientes. En cuanto a eficacia ambos fármacos son muy similares, pero B/N es más segura, con menor perfil de interacciones con posibilidad de dispensación en farmacias una vez que el paciente sea puesto en libertad, lo que puede ayudar a la reintegración social. Económicamente, el tratamiento con B/N es más costoso que el de MT. Se aconseja disponer de las diferentes modalidades de TAO y que estas se prescriban según las características y necesidades de cada caso, sin que la reclusión menoscabe el derecho al tratamiento farmacológico, que debe ser similar al efectuado extrapenitenciariamente.

  5. Determinantes de salud y políticas públicas: identificación de indicadores de problemas de salud y factores asociados, basada en datos disponibles

    Elsa Patricia Muñoz; Jenny Andrea Vélez; Ligia de Salazar; Álvaro Rueda; Alberto Pradilla

    2007-01-01

    Introducción: La planeación en salud requiere de información, que está disponible, pero que no siempre se utiliza. Aunque los sistemas de información en salud aparecieron hace más de tres décadas, las decisiones del sector se dirigen al manejo de enfermedad y no a modificar los factores que la genera. El propósito del estudio fue evaluar la utilidad de datos disponibles en los diferentes sectores, para identificar grupos de población con características similares, asociadas con problemas de s...

  6. El uso de drogas en acuacultura: ¿te dispones a aplicar una droga y/o químico en tu sistema de cultivo?

    Montoya, Nelson

    2002-01-01

    El uso de drogas en acuacultura: ¿te dispones a aplicar una droga y/o químico en tu sistema de cultivo?. La aplicación de drogas no reguladas o no aprobadas para su uso en acuacultura representa un riesgo humano potencial.

  7. EVALUACIÓN DE LOS PARAMETROS DE CALIDAD PARA LA DETERMINACIÓN DE FÓSFORO DISPONIBLE EN SUELOS

    Johnbrynner García Galvis

    2008-03-01

    Full Text Available En la actualidad existen varios procedimientos para la determinación de fósforo disponible en suelos, en donde el fósforo es cuantificado por métodos colorimétricos por medio del desarrollo de un complejo coloreado azul (ácido fosfomolíbdico; en uno, el color se presenta al utilizar como agente reductor ácido ascórbico y en el otro al emplear cloruro estannoso; ambos métodos utilizan la misma solución extractora de Bray II, cuya importancia radica en que presenta una muy buena correlación con la respuesta de cultivos en suelos ácidos, como lo son la mayoría de suelos de Colombia.  Al comparar las dos metodologías se encontró que el método más sensible y con los mejores límites de detección y cuantificación para la determinación de fósforo es el que utiliza como agente reductor ácido ascórbico y tartrato de antimonio y potasio. También se observó al evaluar la precisión del sistema y del método que, tanto los coeficientes de variación, como las desviaciones estándar, fueron menores en este método, por tanto se considera como el método más preciso para la determinación de fósforo.

  8. Une utilisation inattendue des outils de télédétection disponibles sur internet : l’identification des sujets de deux aquarelles du peintre William Turner.

    Roland Courtot

    2008-05-01

    Full Text Available Internet nous fournit maintenant des cartes, des images satellitaires et des photographies aériennes pour la quasi totalité des surfaces terrestres du globe : les modèles numériques de terrain permettent d’observer le relief en trois dimensions, et s’appliquent à des surfaces de plus en plus importantes. Ces outils, on le sait, permettent des repérages sur le terrain et des analyses d’espaces géographiques et de paysages de plus en plus détaillés. Ils sont depuis longtemps les outils du géogr...

  9. Reseña de software disponible en Colombia para la gestión de inventarios en cadenas de abastecimiento

    2009-01-01

    La gestión de los diferentes tipos de inventario a lo largo de una cadena de abastecimiento es un problema complejo que, en la mayoría de los casos de la industria colombiana e internacional, se aborda mediante la implementación de herramientas de software. Sin embargo, la decisión de implementar dichas herramientas está en muchos casos limitada por la capacidad financiera para invertir en ellas y por el desconocimiento de la oferta de software disponible en Colombia. Este artículo presenta u...

  10. Caracterización por cromatografía de gases-espectrometría de masas del thinner comercialmente disponible en la ciudad de Cartagena

    Olivero, Jesus; Noguera, Katia; Maldonado, Wilson

    2013-01-01

    El thinner es uno de los productos de mayor utilización en la industria de las pinturas, lubricantes y pegamentos. Su composición es variable de acuerdo con su uso y calidad. Sin embargo, la exposición crónica es una preocupación debido a que puede afectar órganos principales tales como pulmones, hígado, riñón y glándulas suprarrenales. En este estudio fue caracterizada la composición de varias muestras de thinner, disponibles comercialmente en la ciudad de Cartagena, que fueron recolectadas ...

  11. Revisão dos aplicativos de smartphones para cessação do tabagismo disponíveis em língua portuguesa

    Taynara Dutra Batista Formagini

    Full Text Available Resumo: Aplicativos de smartphones estão sendo desenvolvidos como uma forma complementar ao tratamento do tabagismo. O presente estudo teve como objetivo analisar o conteúdo de aplicativos disponíveis na língua portuguesa em dois sistemas operacionais: Android e iOS. Cinquenta e um aplicativos foram encontrados no iTunes e 600 no Google Play. Foram incluídos na avaliação do conteúdo aqueles aplicativos que tivessem como foco a cessação do tabagismo, com um total de 12 no iOS e 3 no Android. Cada aplicativo foi categorizado por meio da sua abordagem na cessação de tabagismo e pontuado de acordo com o seu nível de aderência às diretrizes de tratamento de tabagismo do Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence. Em relação às categorias, 9 foram classificados como calendário, 8 como informativo, 6 como calculadora, 3 como medidor de cigarros fumados e 1 como hipnose. Os aplicativos apresentaram baixo nível de aderência às diretrizes, com uma média de 12,8. Recomenda-se que os aplicativos disponíveis sejam revisados e que futuros aplicativos sejam desenvolvidos utilizando práticas baseadas em evidência para a cessação do tabagismo.

  12. Determinantes de salud y políticas públicas: identificación de indicadores de problemas de salud y factores asociados, basada en datos disponibles

    Elsa Patricia Muñoz

    2007-09-01

    Full Text Available Introducción: La planeación en salud requiere de información, que está disponible, pero que no siempre se utiliza. Aunque los sistemas de información en salud aparecieron hace más de tres décadas, las decisiones del sector se dirigen al manejo de enfermedad y no a modificar los factores que la genera. El propósito del estudio fue evaluar la utilidad de datos disponibles en los diferentes sectores, para identificar grupos de población con características similares, asociadas con problemas de salud e identificar marcadores sencillos que orienten la toma de decisiones para solucionarlos. Métodos: Estudio ecológico. Se identificaron, recolectaron y procesaron datos de instituciones públicas y privadas y de estudios recientes. La asociación y correlación entre las diferentes variables permitió identificar aquellas con capacidad para discriminar grupos de población con problemas similares. Resultados: El estrato de vivienda mostró asociación significante con la mayoría de variables y se utilizó para dividir los barrios de la ciudad en cuatro conglomerados. Los barrios pertenecientes a estratos más bajos mostraron deficiencias en vivienda y educación, mayor proporción de población menor de 18 años, promedio de edad de muerte menor, menor estatura y mayor mortalidad perinatal y por accidentes y violencia. En los barrios de nivel medio y alto, se encontraron mejores condiciones de vivienda y tumores y enfermedades crónicas no transmisibles como las principales causas de muerte. La conexión a servicios públicos fue similar en los hogares de todos los estratos, excepto el teléfono. El promedio ponderado por estrato y por barrio explica más de 80% de la varianza para la mayoría de las variables analizadas. Se propone que este indicador, disponible en forma permanente, se emplee como instrumento para planes locales de desarrollo, con validaciones periódicas a fin de evaluar su capacidad en el tiempo.

  13. Servicios clínicos disponibles para niñas, niños y jóvenes con trastornos mentales en México

    Gabriela Zamora-Carmona

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available En el ámbito de la salud, el bienestar físico y mental debería ser una prioridad. No obstante, en México existen limitantes importantes en la atención a la salud mental, como el estigma social que prevalece hacia las enfermedades mentales, la discriminación y violación a los derechos humanos de las personas afectadas por estos trastornos, el limitado número de servicios clínicos a los que se puede acceder, la falta de servicios de salud especializados, y la tendencia de los gobiernos a omitir esta realidad. En el presente artículo de tipo descriptivo pretendo hacer una breve revisión de los servicios clínicos disponibles para niñas, niños y jóvenes mexicanos que padecen trastornos mentales.

  14. Servicios clínicos disponibles para niñas, niños y jóvenes con trastornos mentales en México

    Gabriela Zamora-Carmona

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available En el ámbito de la salud, el bienestar físico y mental debería ser una prioridad. No obstante, en México existen limitantes importantes en la atención a la salud mental, como el estigma social que prevalece hacia las enfermedades mentales, la discriminación y violación a los derechos humanos de las personas afectadas por estos trastornos, el limitado número de servicios clínicos a los que se puede acceder, la falta de servicios de salud especializados, y la tendencia de los gobiernos a omitir esta realidad. En el presente artículo de tipo descriptivo pretendo hacer una breve revisión de los servicios clínicos disponibles para niñas, niños y jóvenes mexicanos que padecen trastornos mentales.

  15. Actividad productiva y empleo de personas con trastorno mental severo: algunas propuestas de actuación basadas en la información disponible.

    Marcelino López Álvarez

    2004-01-01

    Full Text Available Hay un creciente interés, en el campo de la atención comunitaraia a personas con trastorno mental severo, por los temas relacionados con el empleo. Tanto en Estados Unidos como en Europa se están desarrollando a la vez nuevas iniciativas y un número creciente de investigaciones que van aportando nuevo conocimiento a este importante campo de intervención, al que, con más lentitud de la debida, vamos incorporándonos también en nuestro país. En esa situación el artículo parte de la revisión de la información disponible sobre el tema, como base para elaborar y someter a debate algunas líneas de actuación, que recogen también los aspectos más generales de nuestra experiencia en Andalucía. A ese respecto se exponen las características generales que, en nuestra opinión, debería tener un programa destinado a facilitar actividad productiva y empleo a personas con trastorno mental severo en el contexto de nuestro país.

  16. Recursos bibliográficos disponibles en Internet sobre sustancias y residuos peligrosos y su influencia en el medio ambiente en el periodo 1975 a 2005

    Javier Sanz-Valero

    2008-06-01

    Full Text Available Introducción. Internet se ha convertido en una fuente de información biomédica cada vez más utilizada. La documentación producida por las instituciones públicas y privadas, en relación con las sustancias peligrosas que se pueden recuperar en Internet, es fundamental para la prevención de este tipo de riesgos.Objetivo. Localizar y revisar los documentos disponibles en Internet sobre sustancias peligrosas, residuos peligrosos, incluyendo inertes, y su influencia en el medio ambiente en el periodo 1975 a 2005. Material y método. Estudio descriptivo transversal de los resultados de las búsquedas bibliográficas efectuadas en Internet, en las correspondientes bases de datos. Resultados. Se han reconocido 162 registros que cumplen con los requisitos señalados en la metodología preestablecida. Discusión. Con respecto a la documentación medioambiental pre- sente en Internet, parece conveniente incrementar su difusión y mejorar su clasificación y accesibilidad.

  17. CALCULANDO EL NIVEL DE RECURSOS DISPONIBLES A PARTIR DEL REGISTRO FUNERARIO MESOAMERICANO (Calculating the Available Resource Level from the Mesoamerican Mortuary Record

    Pascual Izquierdo-Egea

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available El cálculo del nivel de recursos disponibles a partir del registro funerario no solo es posible sino que arroja resultados espectaculares que aclaran cuestiones tan fundamentales como la naturaleza del cambio demográfico. Constituye un nuevo logro relevante de la arqueología de los fenómenos sociales como disciplina verdaderamente científica. Su aplicación a la Mesoamérica prehispánica confirma la coincidencia entre los resultados obtenidos para este nuevo parámetro en las tierras bajas mayas y los de la cuenca del río Balsas (México durante el Clásico Tardío. ENGLISH: The calculation of the availability of resources from the mortuary record is possible and yields dramatic results that clarify fundamental questions such as the nature of demographic change. It is a new and important achievement of the archaeology of social phenomena as a truly scientific discipline. Its application to prehispanic Mesoamerica confirms the similarity of the results obtained in the Mayan lowlands and those from the Balsas river basin in Mexico during the Late Classic.

  18. La prevención primaria con aspirina de enfermedades cardiovasculares en personas diabéticas. Revisión de las pruebas disponibles

    Carmen Maciá Bobes

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available El beneficio del tratamiento con aspirina en la reducción del riesgo de infarto de miocardio, accidente vascular cerebral y muerte de origen vascular, está bien documentado en personas con enfermedad cardiovascular previa, incluido el subgrupo portador de una diabetes mellitus. Sin embargo el papel de la aspirina en prevención primaria es menos claro y objeto de discusión: los resultados de los ensayos clínicos disponibles no son consistentes, aunque los meta-análisis son favorables en algunos aspectos. Parece existir una disparidad entre el tipo de beneficio (cuando se observa y el sexo. Y en particular los resultados son contradictorios en personas diabéticas, las cuales representan un pequeño porcentaje de la muestra de población incluida en los estudios. A pesar de esto, la American Diabetes Association desde 1997, y otras sociedades científicas (incluidas varias españolas desde tiempos más recientes, recomiendan el uso de aspirina a dosis bajas en prevención primaria en todo paciente diabético mayor de 40 años, tipo 1 o tipo 2; y en todos los menores de 40 y mayores de 21 años que presenten otro factor de riesgo cardiovascular, además de la diabetes (antecedentes familiares de enfermedad vascular, hipertensión arterial, tabaquismo, dislipidemia o albuminuria. En este trabajo se revisan los resultados de los ensayos clínicos randomizados y controlados sobre la prevención cardiovascular primaria con aspirina, en los que se podrían apoyar las directrices oficiales de la American Diabetes Association, y se llega a la conclusión de que no existen actualmente pruebas científicas suficientes para sostenerlas.

  19. Caracterización morfológica y contenido de almidón resistente y disponible en bananos (Musa sapientum exportables del Ecuador

    Edison Omar Martínez-Mora

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available Introducción: La investigación tuvo como objetivo fundamental, la caracterización morfológica del almidón nativo de banano (Musa sapientum, contenido en almidón resistente (AR y disponible (AD, de las variedades de banano de exportación: Cavendish (AC, Filipino (AF, Orito (AO y Valery (AV.Material y Métodos: Se determinó tamaño y forma del gránulo de almidón a través de microscopia electrónica de barrido. La cuantificación del AR por medición de su fracción no hidrolizada, luego de un ataque de pepsina, y para la fracción del AD un ataque de amilasa pancreática a la fracción no hidrolizada. Se midió la absorbancia de las dos soluciones de AR y AD a 510nm contra el blanco del reactivo.Resultados: El tamaño de los gránulos de almidón de: AF, AV y AC fueron en promedio 28μm y para el AO, de 35μm aproximadamente. La forma que predominó fue la oval esférica. El contenido de AR y AD estuvo en el rango de 49 a 58,5% y de 41 a 50%, respectivamente.Conclusiones: El almidón resistente, análogo de la fibra y útil en la nutrición humana, se presentó en valores importantes en las muestras de las diferentes variedades de banano exportable del Ecuador, alrededor del 54%. Según los resultados, el almidón de banano de las variedades estudiadas puede ser incorporado en la elaboración de alimentos que demanden características funcionales, principalmente por su alto contenido en almidón resistente.

  20. Avicultura Industrial: Novos Conceitos de Materiais, Concepções e Técnicas Construtivas Disponíveis para Galpões Avícolas Brasileiros

    Tinôco IFF

    2001-01-01

    Full Text Available Ao grande crescimento das fronteiras mercadológicas e ao extraordinário progresso científico verificado na avicultura industrial, contrapõe-se a pouca atenção que se deu, até recentemente, às técnicas de alojamento e, efetivamente, ao ambiente de criação das aves. Somente há questão de sete anos, com a perspectiva do processo de globalização que hoje movimenta a economia mundial, essa indústria passou a buscar, nas instalações e no ambiente, as possibilidades de melhoria no desempenho avícola e a redução dos custos de produção como forma de manter a competitividade. A produç��o de aves em alta densidade passou a ser imperativa e, dessa forma, a exigência de conforto térmico ambiental, que já havia crescido muito com o aumento da precocidade das aves, tornou-se ainda maior, como conseqüência da elevação da densidade de alojamento. Assim, para se manter competitiva, a indústria avícola brasileira está tendo de evoluir, rapidamente, de uma situação de quase indiferença aos princípios do acondicionamento térmico ambiente, para uma situação em que cada empresa ou integração deve tomar decisões relativas à adoção de concepções arquitetônicas e manejos inovadores, associados a sistemas de acondicionamento térmico naturais e artificiais, compatíveis com a sua realidade. Essas decisões incluem a readequação dos galpões já existentes e a concepção de novas unidades. Seguramente, estamos vivendo o momento de mais intensas transformações dos alojamentos avícolas brasileiros até então presenciado. Do exposto, esse trabalho busca abordar o planejamento, a concepção arquitetônica e os diferentes materiais e técnicas construtivas disponíveis para a indústria avícola brasileira no que diz respeito aos galpões de alojamentos das aves, visando propiciar um melhor acondicionamento térmico ambiente, compatível com as diferentes regiões climáticas brasileiras.

  1. Estudio sobre la pertinencia del uso de las normas disponibles del Raven en adultos mayores chilenos Estudo sobre a pertinência da utilização das normas disponíveis de Raven em idosos chilenos Study on the relevance of using available norms Raven in Chileans older adults

    Cristina Alarcón Paz

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available La evaluación de la inteligencia en población adulto mayor ha aumentado su relevancia debido al incremento de la esperanza de vida. Este estudio centra su interés en la pertinencia de normas disponibles para el Test de Matrices Progresivas de Raven para dicha población. Se utilizaron normas de Colchester (1942, en Raven, Court y Raven, 2008, las más completas existentes. Participaron 102 adultos mayores voluntarios (más de 60 años. El diseño fue no experimental transversal correlacional. Los resultados indican que las normas resultan poco exigentes para ese grupo y que existen diferencias significativas entre los adultos de la tercera y cuarta edad, privilegiando a los del primer grupo. El índice de discrepancia mostró alta sensibilidad, indicando que la distribución de puntajes esperados no se corresponde al de la población general. Se discuten los resultados en torno a la necesidad de actualización de las normas y la consideración de las nuevas características de este periodo vital.A avaliação da inteligência na população idosa tem aumentado sua importância devido ao aumento da expectativa de vida. Este estudo está centrado na relevância das normas disponíveis para o teste de Matrizes Progressivas de Raven para essa população. Foram utilizadas as normas de Colchester (1942, citado por Raven, Court y Raven, 2008, as mais completas disponíveis. Participaram 102 idosos voluntários (com idade superior a 60 anos. O desenho do estudo foi não experimental transversal correlacional. Os resultados indicam que as normas são pouco exigentes para esse grupo e que existem diferenças significativas entre os adultos da terceira e quarta idade, privilegiando o primeiro grupo. O índice de discrepância mostrou alta sensibilidade, indicando que a distribuição de pontuações esperadas não corresponde a da população em geral. Os resultados são discutidos em relação à necessidade de atualização das normas e da considera

  2. Enseignement technique : Séminaire de l'enseignement technique

    2004-01-01

    Mardi 4 mai 2004 SEMINAIRE DE L'ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE de 14:00 à 17:00 - Training Centre Auditorium - bât. 593 Le SPC - Statistical Process Control - dans une démarche de qualité totale Hakim Bourahla, Maurice Arrius, Charbel Tannous - ABW Concept - F-74950 SCIONZIER, France Ce nouveau séminaire de l'Enseignement Technique sera consacré à la présentation du SPC, le Statistical Process Control. Le SPC apporte une grande efficacité dans l'amélioration de la qualité des produits. Cette méthode, permettant d'assurer une qualité optimum à l'aide d'un outil statistique, est fondée sur deux concepts de base : le suivi et le pilotage des procédés industriels par cartes de contrôle, et l'étude des capabilités des systèmes de production. - Origine et objectifs du SPC - Concepts du ...

  3. Enseignement technique : Séminaire de l'enseigement technique

    2004-01-01

    Mardi 4 mai 2004 SEMINAIRE DE L'ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE de 14:00 à 17:00 - Training Centre Auditorium - bât. 593 Le SPC - Statistical Process Control - dans une démarche de qualité totale Hakim Bourahla, Maurice Arrius, Charbel Tannous - ABW Concept - F-74950 SCIONZIER, France Ce nouveau séminaire de l'Enseignement Technique sera consacré à la présentation du SPC, le Statistical Process Control. Le SPC apporte une grande efficacité dans l'amélioration de la qualité des produits. Cette méthode, permettant d'assurer une qualité optimum à l'aide d'un outil statistique, est fondée sur deux concepts de base : le suivi et le pilotage des procédés industriels par cartes de contrôle, et l'étude des capabilités des systèmes de production. - Origine et objectifs du SPC - Concepts du ...

  4. Exigência de fósforo disponível para tilápia-do-nilo (35 a 100 g Available phosphorus requirement of Nile tilapia (35 to 100 g

    Wilson Massamitu Furuya

    2008-06-01

    Full Text Available Objetivou-se determinar a exigência de fósforo disponível para tilápias-do-nilo. Utilizaram-se 144 peixes com peso vivo inicial de 35,33 ± 0,66 g, distribuídos em delineamento de blocos ao acaso, com quatro tratamentos e três repetições. Foram fornecidas dietas com 29,0% PB, 2.980 kcal/kg de energia digestível (ED e quatro níveis de fósforo disponível (0,25; 0,35; 0,45 ou 0,55%, obtidos pela utilização de fosfato bicálcico como fonte de fósforo. As dietas foram fornecidas aos peixes três vezes por dia, até aparente saciedade, durante 46 dias. Não foi observado efeito dos níveis de fósforo disponível na dieta sobre o índice hepatossomático, a taxa de sobrevivência e os teores de água e proteína bruta na carcaça. O aumento dos níveis de fósforo disponível na dieta promoveu aumento linear do ganho de peso médio, da excreção de fósforo e dos teores de cinza na carcaça e de cinzas, cálcio e fósforo nos ossos. Houve efeito quadrático dos níveis de fósforo disponível sobre o consumo de ração, a conversão alimentar e a taxa de eficiência protéica, que foram melhores nos níveis 0,37; 0,48 e 0,48% de fósforo disponível, respectivamente. A exigência de fósforo disponível para tilápia-do-nilo de 35 a 100 g é de 0,48% (0,53% na matéria seca.The objective of this work was to determine the available phosphorus requirement of Nile tilapia. A total of 144 fishes with initial weight 35.33 ± 0,66g LW were distributed to a completely randomized blocks design, with four treatments and three replicates. Diets with 29.0% CP and 2980 kcal/kg DE and four available phosphorus levels (0.25; 0.35; 0.45 e 0.55% were used. The dicalcium phosphate was used as phosphorus source. The diets were fed to the fishes three times a day to apparent satiation, during 46 days. No significant effect of dietary available phosphorus on hepatosomatic index, survival rate and carcass water and protein contents were observed. The

  5. Floração de Helianthus annuus L. com adubação NPK e conteúdo de água disponível no solo

    Vinicius Batista Campos

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available A produção de flores e plantas ornamentais é uma atividade que já alcançou grande importância econômica em vários estados brasileiros, entretanto na Paraíba é pouco explorada, a qual se pretende potencializar com fertilização e manejo de água. O experimento foi desenvolvido em estufa, no Campus I da Universidade Federal de Campina Grande, Paraíba, com plantas de girassol cultivar Embrapa 122 V2000, avaliando os efeitos de nitrogênio, fósforo, potássio e conteúdo de água disponível no solo sobre a floração dessa oleaginosa. Utilizou-se o delineamento inteiramente ao acaso com onze tratamentos de adubação em matriz baconiana, com as doses de referência 60:80;80 kg ha-1 de N, P2O5 e K2O, respectivamente e quatro conteúdos de água disponível no solo (55, 70, 85 e 100 da AD em triplicata. Foi avaliado o comprimento da haste, diâmetro externo e interno do capítulo e número de pétalas quando as inflorescências se encontravam totalmente abertas. Mesmo não afetando o número de pétalas, as maiores porcentagens de água disponível no solo promoveram melhor benefício à inflorescência do girassol. As doses de 60 kg ha-1 N; 80 kg ha-1 P2O5 e 80 kg ha-1 K2O proporcionaram melhor qualidade das inflorescências.

  6. Development of an Assessment Methodology for Demonstrating Usability, Technical Maturity, and Operational Benefits of Advanced Medical Technology (Developpement d’une Methodologie d’Evaluation Permettant de Demontrer la Facilite d’Utilisation, la Maturite Technique et les Avantages Operationnels des Technologies Medicales Evoluees)

    2010-09-01

    at the initiative of Dr Theodore von Kármán, a leading aerospace scientist, who early on recognised the importance of scientific support for the...2.1 The Need for Technology Assessment of Medical Technologies within NATO 2-1 2.2 Health Technology Assessment ( HTA ) 2-3 2.3 Technology Readiness...the general concept of Health Technology Assessment ( HTA ), which was determined to not be suitable in its entirety for NATO use. We discovered that

  7. Diseño de un reductor industrial de relación de velocidades 11,1 y par disponible en el eje de salida 1700 N·m

    DIANA IZQUIERDO, PABLO

    2016-01-01

    [ES] Diseño y cálculo de un reductor industrial de velocidad de dos etapas. Cálculo de los ejes, engranajes cilíndricos de dientes helicoidales, selección de los rodamientos, lubricante y diseño de la carcasa. Cálculo de la potencia máxima de trabajo con distintas velocidades del eje de entrada. Diana Izquierdo, P. (2016). Diseño de un reductor industrial de relación de velocidades 11,1 y par disponible en el eje de salida 1700 N·m. http://hdl.handle.net/10251/69350. TFGM

  8. Atividade antiviral de extratos de plantas medicinais disponíveis comercialmente frente aos herpesvírus suíno e bovino Antiviral activity of commercially available medicinal plants on suid and bovine herpesviruses

    V.M. Kaziyama; Fernandes,M.J.B.; I.C. Simoni

    2012-01-01

    O presente trabalho teve como objetivo pesquisar a atividade antiviral in vitro de plantas medicinais disponíveis comercialmente sobre herpesvírus suíno (SuHV-1) e bovino (BoHV-1). As espécies adquiridas foram Mikania glomerata, Cymbopogon citratus, Equisetum arvense, Peumus boldus, Solanum paniculatum, Malva sylvestris, Piper umbellatun e Solidago microglossa. A citotoxicidade dos extratos foi avaliada na linhagem celular MDBK pelas alterações morfológicas das células e obtenção da concentra...

  9. Le rôle des animateurs dans l’exposition de sciences et techniques : entre dispositifs et visiteurs

    Urbas, Boris

    2016-01-01

    International audience; À partir d’une étude de terrain réalisée au Pavillon des sciences, CCSTI de Franche-Comté, l’auteur analyse les pratiques et les techniques des animateurs en montrant comment celles-ci permettent au public de s’approprier les outils interactifs et plus largement questionnent sur la place respective des manipulations et des dispositifs numériques dans la médiation muséale présentielle en matière de diffusion de la culture scientifique et technique.

  10. DispoGrafo: una nueva herramienta computacional para el análisis de relaciones semánticas en el lexico disponible DispoGrafo: A new computational tool for the analysis of semantic relations in lexical availability

    MAX S ECHEVERRIA

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Se desarrolló un programa computacional destinado a apoyar el análisis psicolingüístico de los términos elicitados mediante encuestas de léxico disponible. Utilizando un algoritmo basado fundamentalmente en las relaciones de secuencia de las palabras disponibles, nuestro programa, DispoGrafo, ingresa los términos elicitados y genera luego automáticamente grafos cuyos nodos representan palabras y cuyas aristas simbolizan las relaciones entre ellas. Los grafos se interpretan como redes semánticas cuya configuración expresa las relaciones semánticas subyacentes en el corpus. El software permite, además, eliminar las conexiones débiles (de menor peso para así dejar sólo las relaciones más robustas y visualizar de este modo las relaciones más relevantes.A computer program was developed to support psycholinguistic analyses of words elicited in lexical availability tests. By means of an algorithm based on word sequence relations, our program, DispoGrafo, inputs elicited words to automatically generate graphs in which nodes represent words and lines the links between them. Graphs are then interpreted as semantic networks displaying the latent semantic ties underlying the data. The software also allows users to remove weak connections so that only those representing stronger relations remain to ensure a better representation of semantics.

  11. Developpement de techniques de diagnostic non intrusif par tomographie optique

    Dubot, Fabien

    Que ce soit dans les domaines des procedes industriels ou de l'imagerie medicale, on a assiste ces deux dernieres decennies a un developpement croissant des techniques optiques de diagnostic. L'engouement pour ces methodes repose principalement sur le fait qu'elles sont totalement non invasives, qu'elle utilisent des sources de rayonnement non nocives pour l'homme et l'environnement et qu'elles sont relativement peu couteuses et faciles a mettre en oeuvre comparees aux autres techniques d'imagerie. Une de ces techniques est la Tomographie Optique Diffuse (TOD). Cette methode d'imagerie tridimensionnelle consiste a caracteriser les proprietes radiatives d'un Milieu Semi-Transparent (MST) a partir de mesures optiques dans le proche infrarouge obtenues a l'aide d'un ensemble de sources et detecteurs situes sur la frontiere du domaine sonde. Elle repose notamment sur un modele direct de propagation de la lumiere dans le MST, fournissant les predictions, et un algorithme de minimisation d'une fonction de cout integrant les predictions et les mesures, permettant la reconstruction des parametres d'interet. Dans ce travail, le modele direct est l'approximation diffuse de l'equation de transfert radiatif dans le regime frequentiel tandis que les parametres d'interet sont les distributions spatiales des coefficients d'absorption et de diffusion reduit. Cette these est consacree au developpement d'une methode inverse robuste pour la resolution du probleme de TOD dans le domaine frequentiel. Pour repondre a cet objectif, ce travail est structure en trois parties qui constituent les principaux axes de la these. Premierement, une comparaison des algorithmes de Gauss-Newton amorti et de Broyden- Fletcher-Goldfarb-Shanno (BFGS) est proposee dans le cas bidimensionnel. Deux methodes de regularisation sont combinees pour chacun des deux algorithmes, a savoir la reduction de la dimension de l'espace de controle basee sur le maillage et la regularisation par penalisation de Tikhonov

  12. Atributos morfológicos y fisiológicos de genotipos de Brachiaria en un suelo con bajo fósforo disponible y alta saturación de aluminio

    Sergio Mejía Kerguelen

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available RESUMEN Se evaluaron en invernadero en un suelo de Matazul, Meta, Colombia durante 6 semanas, 2 genotipos de Brachiaria (uno mejor adaptado a bajo P, B. decumbens y otro menos adaptado, B. ruziziensis y 8 progenies del cruzamiento entre ellos ( mejores adaptados: H-7, H-40, H-28, H-58; menos adaptados: H-190, H-94, H-82, H-179. Los genotipos mejor adaptados presentaron mayor biomasa aérea, explicada por mayor área foliar, mayor absorción de P en el tallo y mayor volumen de raíz. Las características morfológicas de las raíces, principalmente longitud, peso seco y contenido de P, permiteron mejor adaptación a bajo P disponible en el suelo. El periodo de evaluación fue suficiente para observar diferencias entre progenies.

  13. Proposta de um modelo do serviço de referência digital para a otimização de busca às informações disponíveis em catálogos digitais Propuesta de un modelo de Servicio Referencia Digital para la optimización de la búsqueda de la información disponible en los catálogos digitales

    Patrícia da Silva Moreno

    2009-10-01

    Full Text Available O ambiente eletrônico para a disponibilização de informações vem incorporando com frequência os serviços oferecidos pelas bibliotecas, procurando proporcionar facilidades na localização de informações e de documentos nas redes eletrônicas. Entretanto, muitos usuários encontram dificuldades na interação com certas interfaces, o que torna a busca por in-formações desestimulante e muitas vezes estressante. Com a aplicação do agente de interface busca-se avaliar a atuação deste tipo de software como facilitador da interação do usuário com acervos disponíveis, via catálogos digitais. E ainda verificar através do experimento com o protótipo, baseado na metodologia de avaliação heurística quais ações deverão ser tomadas para a correção dos erros que afetam a usabilidade da interface, além de confirmar a hipótese de eficácia de um sistema dessa natureza. Como resultado demonstra-se a construção de um sistema que utiliza ação interdisciplinar entre a Ciência da Informação e a Ciência da Computação na otimização de busca às informações disponíveis em catálogos digitais e na Internet com a ação de um agente de interface como mediador.

  14. Nitrogênio disponível ao milho: crescimento, absorção e rendimento de grãos Nitrogen available to maize: absorption, growth and yield

    Solange França

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available Este trabalho visou quantificar o nitrogênio (N disponível ao milho e avaliar seu efeito sobre o índice de área foliar (IAF, a produção de massa seca da parte aérea (MSPA, o N absorvido pela parte aérea e o rendimento de grãos. As avaliações foram realizadas aos 52, 65, 74, 82, 99 e 160 dias após a emergência (DAE em um experimento de manejo de solo conduzido em plantio direto desde 1985, com os sistemas de culturas de aveia/milho (A/M, aveia + ervilhaca/milho + caupi (A+E/M+C e ervilhaca/milho (E/M e duas doses de N (0 N e 180 N - kg ha-1 aplicadas no milho, na forma de uréia. Na safra 2000/01 foram aplicadas doses de 0, 60, 120 e 180 kg ha-1 de N. O N estimado disponível ao milho e calculado a partir da contribuição do solo, plantas de cobertura e do adubo nitrogenado, variou de 27 a 192 kg ha-1, sendo os menores valores associados aos tratamentos apenas com gramíneas (A/M e os maiores aos com N e presença de leguminosas no sistema (E/M e A+E/M+C. Todas as variáveis avaliadas apresentaram alta dependência do N disponível e tiveram seus valores maximizados próximos da maior disponibilidade de N (192 kg ha-1. Com esta disponibilidade foram observados, no estádio de polinização (65 DAE, o maior IAF (4,41 e a mais alta concentração de N na folha índice (2,49%, enquanto o maior acúmulo de N na parte aérea foi constatado no estádio de grão leitoso (74 DAE e o acúmulo de MSPA no estádio de grão dentado (99 DAE. O rendimento máximo de grãos atingido foi de 8.920 kg ha-1, correspondendo a uma exportação de N pelo grão, de 112 kg ha-1.This work aimed to quantify the available nitrogen (N to a maize crop and evaluate its effects on leaf area index (LAI, shoot dry matter (SDM production, N absorption by the above ground biomass, and grain yield. The evaluations were performed in a soil management experiment run since 1985, with three cropping systems (oat - Avena strigosa/maize, oat + vetch - Vicia sativa/maize and

  15. Qualidade da informação da internet disponível para pacientes em páginas em português Quality of internet information available to patients on websites in Portuguese

    Adriana Del Giglio

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available OBJETIVO: Pacientes e seus familiares frequentemente procuram na internet informações a respeito de suas doenças. Diabetes mellitus (DM, hipertensão arterial sistêmica (HAS e infarto agudo do miocárdio (IAM são muito prevalentes no Brasil, e informações sobre estas patologias são bastante procuradas na internet. Por isso, buscamos avaliar a qualidade da informação relacionada com estas doenças disponível em português na internet. MÉTODOS: Foram selecionadas as primeiras 20 páginas em português de cada uma das doenças escolhidas, através do algoritmo de busca do Google®. Como ferramentas para avaliar a qualidade da informação foram utilizados o Discern Questionnarie (DQ e o Health on Net (HON. Para saber se as informações eram adequadas, foram utilizadas as diretrizes (guidelines brasileiras e internacionais para as diferentes comorbidades. RESULTADOS: Ao avaliar o conteúdo das informações disponíveis, 45%, 95%, 85% das páginas continham, respectivamente, a definição de DM, HAS e IAM. Com relação ao diagnóstico e ao tratamento, somente 25% das páginas das três comorbidades apresentavam especificamente esta informação. Somente 15%, 20% e 10% das páginas tinham a certificação pelo HON, respectivamente. Em função do DQ, as páginas obtiveram notas maiores que 50% em 70% das páginas de DM, 65% nas de HAS e 55% nas de IAM. CONCLUSÃO: A informação disponível em português na internet sobre as três patologias escolhidas (DM, HAS e IAM é frequentemente inadequada e insuficiente.OBJECTIVE: Patients and their relatives often look for information about their diseases on the internet. Diabetes mellitus (DM, systemic arterial hypertension (SAH, and acute myocardial infarction (AMI are the most prevalent in Brazil, thus, information on these pathologies is extremely searched for on the internet. For this reason, this study attempted to evaluate the quality of information available in Portuguese on the web

  16. Extração de substratos para obtenção da concentração de micronutrientes disponíveis para a rúcula Extracting procedures to assess micronutrients availability for arugula plants

    Mônica Ferreira de Abreu

    2007-09-01

    Full Text Available Vários desequilíbrios fisiológicos freqüentemente ocorrem em plantas cultivadas em substratos sem solo, causados pela falta ou excesso de micronutrientes, até o momento, não existe um método de rotina adequado para avaliar a disponibilidade deles para as plantas. Portanto, neste trabalho avaliou-se a eficiência dos métodos que utilizam extratos em água (1:1,5 e o extrato de saturação, e o extrato com solução de DTPA/CaCl2 para avaliar a concentração disponível de micronutrientes disponíveis para a Eruca sativa L. (rúcula cultivada em substratos. O experimento foi conduzido em casa de vegetação, utilizando delineamento inteiramente ao acaso em esquema fatorial 3X4, com cinco repetições. Os tratamentos constituíram-se de tipos de substratos (casca de pinus, fibra de coco e turfa e quatro concentrações de micronutrientes. Os substratos foram saturados e incubados com as soluções nutritivas até estabilizar a condutividade elétrica. Após, o substrato de cada parcela foi dividido, sendo uma parte para determinar os níveis do B, Cu, Fe, Mn e Zn pelos métodos 1:1,5, extrato de saturação e DTPA/CaCl2; a outra parte foi utilizada para cultivo da rúcula por 45 dias. De maneira geral, os métodos testados foram ineficientes em avaliar a disponibilidade de Cu, Fe, Mn e Zn para a rúcula. Por outro lado, houve correlação positiva entre as concentrações de B nos extratos obtidos pelos diversos métodos e a concentração de B na parte aérea da rúcula, com r>0,98**, independentemente do substrato utilizado. Todos os métodos podem ser utilizados na determinação do teor disponível de B às plantas, destacando-se o extrato de saturação com os melhores resultados.Physiological unbalances caused by micronutrient excess or deficiency are frequent in plants grown in soilless substrates and there exist no adequate routine method of analysis to assess micronutrient availability in the substrates. Therefore, the efficacy of

  17. Modelagem geoestatística das incertezas da distribuição espacial do fósforo disponível no solo, em área de cana-de-açúcar

    Ismênia Ribeiro de Oliveira

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available O fósforo destaca-se como um dos nutrientes limitantes ao desenvolvimento da cultura da cana-de-açúcar em solos brasileiros. Esse elemento apresenta grande variabilidade espacial, coordenada pelos atributos que regem as reações de adsorção e dessorção. Estimativas espaciais são conduzidas por meio de interpolações geoestatísticas para a caracterização dessa variabilidade. No entanto, tais estimativas apresentam incertezas inerentes ao procedimento que estão associadas à estrutura de variabilidade do atributo em estudo e à configuração amostral da área. Dessa forma, avaliar a incerteza das predições associada à distribuição espacial do fósforo disponível (Plábil é importante para otimizar o uso dos fertilizantes fosfatados. O objetivo deste estudo foi avaliar o desempenho da simulação sequencial gaussiana (SSG e da krigagem ordinária (KO na modelagem da incerteza das predições do fósforo disponível. Uma malha amostral com 626 pontos foi instalada em uma área experimental de 200 hectares de cana-de-açúcar no município de Tabapuã, São Paulo. Foram geradas 200 realizações por meio do algoritmo da SSG. As realizações da SSG reproduziram as estatísticas e a distribuição dos dados amostrais. A estatística G (0,81 indicou boa proximidade entre as frações dos valores simulados e as dos observados. As realizações da SSG preservaram a variabilidade espacial do Plábil, sem o efeito de suavização obtido pelo mapa da KO. A acurácia na reprodução do variograma dos dados amostrais, obtida pelas realizações da SSG foi, em média, 240 vezes maior que obtida por meio da KO. O mapa de incertezas, obtido por meio da KO, apresentou menor variação na área de estudo do que por SSG. Dessa forma, a avaliação das incertezas, pela SSG, evidenciou-se mais informativa, podendo ser utilizada para definir e delimitar, de forma mais precisa, as áreas de manejo específico.

  18. Níveis de fósforo disponível para suínos machos castrados dos 60 aos 95 kg Available phosphorus levels in diets for barrows at 60 to 95 kg

    Cláudio Luiz Corrêa Arouca

    2010-12-01

    Full Text Available Avaliaram-se os efeitos de níveis de fósforo disponível (Pd sobre o desempenho e a composição de carcaça de suínos machos castrados de alto potencial genético para deposição de carne. Utilizaram-se 60 suínos com peso inicial de 59,84 ± 1,64 kg distribuídos em delineamento de blocos ao acaso, com cinco dietas (0,097; 0,190; 0,280; 0,370 e 0,460% de Pd, seis repetições e dois animais por unidade experimental. As dietas experimentais e a água foram fornecidas à vontade até o final do período experimental, quando os animais pesaram 96,64 ± 3,68 kg. O ganho de peso aumentou e a conversão alimentar (CA melhorou de forma quadrática até os níveis estimados de 0,35 e de 0,33% de Pd das dietas, respectivamente. Não houve efeito das dietas sobre o consumo diário de ração. O consumo de fósforo disponível aumentou linearmente com o aumento dos níveis desse mineral na dieta. As dietas não influenciaram a atividade da enzima fosfatase alcalina. Entretanto, os valores de fósforo inorgânico no soro aos 21 dias e ao final do período experimental aumentaram de forma quadrática até o nível estimado de 0,35 e 0,38% na dieta, respectivamente. Os níveis de fósforo disponível afetaram de modo quadrático a profundidade de lombo, a taxa de deposição diária de carne magra e a quantidade de carne magra, que melhoraram, respectivamente, até o nível estimado de 0,35; 0,31 e 0,33% de Pd na dieta. Na fase dos 60 aos 95 kg, o nível de 0,33% de fósforo disponível na dieta, que corresponde a um consumo de 9,38 g de Pd/dia, proporciona melhor conversão conversão alimentar e maior quantidade de carne magra em suínos machos castrados híbridos comerciais selecionados geneticamente para deposição de carne na carcaça.The effects of available phosphorus levels on performance and carcass composition of barrows with high genetic potential for meat deposition were evaluated. Sixty swine with initial body weight of 59.84 ± 1.64 kg

  19. E-investigación: una introducción para principiantes (y escépticos a las fuentes de ciencia política disponibles en la web

    Mauro Calise

    2009-06-01

    Full Text Available El propósito de este artículo de revisión es el de contribuir al seguimiento y el debate de los cambios en el entorno de la investigación electrónica. Vamos a presentar una visión general (adaptado principalmente a los neófitos del ciberespacio de algunos de los mejores recursos electrónicos disponibles en línea para la ciencia política, la elaboración de nuestra experiencia como editores de IPSA-Portal, el sitio web de la Asociación Internacional de Ciencia Política dedicada a la selección y revisión los mejores e-hubs en nuestra disciplina. Sin embargo, al aventurarse en el ciberespacio de la ciencia política, vamos a tratar de ofrecer una comprensión más general de las principales tendencias que afectan la galaxia del internet. Por mucho que estemos tentados sólo para pegarnos a nuestro pequeño planeta, tenemos que ser conscientes de que es parte de, y surge de, un sistema mucho más grande.

  20. Avaliação das informações disponíveis sobre a avifauna do Parque Estadual Carlos Botelho. Evaluation of available information on birds of Carlos Botelho State Park.

    Alexsander Zamorano ANTUNES

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available Realizou-se uma busca bibliográficareferente aos trabalhos disponíveis sobre as avesdo Parque Estadual Carlos Botelho. Após reunir eavaliar as informações, foi produzida uma lista deespécies de referência para futuras pesquisas nessaUnidade de Conservação. Os resultados apontaram323 espécies, 28 delas ameaçadas de extinção,evidenciando a importância dessa Unidade para aconservação da avifauna do Estado de São Paulo.A research was made concerning to thebibliography references regarding the paperspublished about the birds of Carlos Botelho StatePark, with the aiming of evaluating the availableinformations. The purpose was to obtain a list ofthe reference species for future research in thisConservation Unit. They were recorded 323 species,28 threatened, stressing the importance of thisprotected area to bird conservation in São Paulo.

  1. Experimental techniques; Techniques experimentales

    Roussel-Chomaz, P. [GANIL CNRS/IN2P3, CEA/DSM, 14 - Caen (France)

    2007-07-01

    This lecture presents the experimental techniques, developed in the last 10 or 15 years, in order to perform a new class of experiments with exotic nuclei, where the reactions induced by these nuclei allow to get information on their structure. A brief review of the secondary beams production methods will be given, with some examples of facilities in operation or under project. The important developments performed recently on cryogenic targets will be presented. The different detection systems will be reviewed, both the beam detectors before the targets, and the many kind of detectors necessary to detect all outgoing particles after the reaction: magnetic spectrometer for the heavy fragment, detection systems for the target recoil nucleus, {gamma} detectors. Finally, several typical examples of experiments will be detailed, in order to illustrate the use of each detector either alone, or in coincidence with others. (author)

  2. The relationship between available P and selected biological properties in the rhizosphere of ten crop species under glasshouse conditions Relación entre el P disponible y algunas propiedades biológicas en la rizosfera de diez especies vegetales cultivadas en invernadero Relação entre o P disponível e um conjunto de propriedades biológicas selecionadas na rizosfera de dez espécies vegetais cultivadas em estufa

    Ali Akbar Safari Sinegani

    2012-07-01

    disponible se midió en el suelo con Solanum lycopersicum. Helianthus annuus, Zea mays y Phasaeolous vulgaris tuvieron un efecto relativamente mayor sobre la disminución de P disponible en la rizosfera del suelo y en el suelo adherido a las raíces. S. lycopersicum y P. vulgaris presentaron la concentración de P más elevada (> 980 mg kg-1 y H. annuus y Z. mays fueron las especies que mostraron una mayor asimilación de P (17,62 mg maceta-1 y 13,13 mg maceta-1, respectivamente. El contenido medio de P en la biomasa microbiana del suelo (MBP fue significativamente elevado en la rizosfera del suelo y en el suelo adherido a las raíces de T. aestivum, Z. mays, S. tuberosum y S. lycopersicum (> 16 mg kg-1. La media del número de esporas de glomales (SNG presentó valores elevados en la rizosfera del suelo y en el suelo adherido a las raíces de P. vulgaris, S. lycopersicum, T. aestivum y Z. mays (> 167 N/10 g suelo. Las correlaciones negativas entre el P disponible y soluble con propiedades biológicas del suelo, como el SNG y la actividad fosfatasa alcalina, así como la correlación positiva con el pH del suelo, pusieron de manifiesto la importancia de los microorganismos de la rizosfera y de los glomales sobre la nutrición fosfatada de especies vegetales en suelos calizos. Así, la acidificación de la rizosfera en suelos calizos podría no ser un factor tan importante en la asimilación y adquisición de P por las plantas como es la mejora de las propiedades biológicas.

    O objectivo do presente estudo foi avaliar, em diferentes zonas de amostragem, o efeito do cultivo de 10 espécies vegetais em determinadas propriedades biológicas selecionadas bem como na disponibilidade de fósforo (P. A menor disponibilidade de P observou-se nos solos cultivados

  3. O uso de adoçantes na gravidez: uma análise dos produtos disponíveis no Brasil The use of sweeteners in pregnancy: an analysis of products available in Brazil

    Maria Regina Torloni

    2007-05-01

    Full Text Available Os adoçantes são freqüentemente utilizados por mulheres em idade reprodutiva. Esta é uma revisão narrativa da literatura a respeito dos adoçantes atualmente comercializados no mercado brasileiro. Existem poucas informações sobre o uso da sacarina e ciclamato na gestação, e seus efeitos sobre o feto. Devido às limitadas informações disponíveis e ao seu potencial carcinogênico em animais, a sacarina e o ciclamato devem ser evitados durante a gestação (risco C. O aspartame tem sido extensivamente estudado em animais, sendo considerado seguro para uso na gestação (risco B, exceto para mulheres homozigóticas para fenilcetonúria (risco C. A sucralose e o acessulfame-K não são tóxicos, carcinogênico ou mutagênicos em animais, mas não existem estudos controlados em humanos. Porém, como esses dois adoçantes não são metabolizados, parece improvável que seu uso durante a gestação possa ser prejudicial (risco B. A estévia, substância derivada de uma planta nativa brasileira, não produz efeitos adversos sobre a gestação em animais, porém não existem estudos em humanos (risco B. Os agentes de corpo usados na formulação dos adoçantes (manitol, sorbitol, xilitol, eritrol, lactilol, isomalte, maltilol, lactose, frutose, maltodextrina, dextrina e açúcar invertido são substâncias consideradas seguras para o consumo humano. Concluindo, segundo as evidências atualmente disponíveis, o aspartame, a sucralose, o acessulfame e a estévia podem ser utilizados com segurança durante a gestação.Sweeteners are frequently used by women of reproductive age. This is a narrative review about the sweeteners currently sold in the Brazilian commerce. There is a few information on the use of saccharin and cyclamates in pregnancy and their effects on the fetus. Due to the limited information available and their carcinogenic potential in animal species, saccharin and cyclamates should be avoided during pregnancy (risk C. Aspartame

  4. Água disponível em um Latossolo Vermelho argiloso e murcha fisiológica de culturas Available water in a clayey Oxisol and physiological wilting of crops

    Vilson A. Klein

    2006-09-01

    Full Text Available Para a determinação do volume de água retido no solo e disponível às plantas, é imprescindível quantificar o teor de água do solo (TAS na capacidade de campo (CC e no ponto de murcha permanente (PMP. O objetivo deste trabalho foi comparar os valores do TAS na CC e no PMP determinados por distintos métodos. Utilizaram-se amostras de um Latossolo Vermelho. A CC foi obtida no campo com o método do perfil instantâneo e, no laboratório, com funis de placa porosa. O PMP foi determinado, em laboratório, como sendo o teor de água residual retida no potencial matricial de -1,5 MPa, em câmara de Richards e com medidor de potencial de ponto de orvalho WP4 PotentiaMeter. Para murcha das plantas, o TAS foi significativamente menor no método fisiológico que o determinado nas câmaras de Richards; entretanto, o teor de água do solo no PMP foi estatisticamente igual para a cultura do girassol e superior para o milho, quando comparado com aquele obtido pelo WP4. A água disponível diminuiu com o aumento na tensão para a estimativa da CC e com o método WP4, mas não diferiu do método fisiológico. Assim, o WP4 permitiu adequada estimativa do PMP e disponibilidade hídrica às plantas, em solo argiloso.To estimate available soil water to plants it is necessary to measure field capacity (FC and permanent wilting point (PWP. The objective of this study was to compare soil moisture at FC and PWP measured by different methods. The soil used was a tropical Oxisol (Haplorthox. The FC was measured under field conditions, using the internal drainage method and in laboratory using porous plate funnel. The PWP was quantified in laboratory as the soil moisture at -1.5 MPa matric potential measured by pressure plate apparatus (Richards chamber and by WP4 dewpoint Potentia Meter. The physiological PWP was measured using corn and sunflower plants, when they had three leaf pairs and showed irreversible wilting. The soil moisture for PWP based on the

  5. Copper availability as related to soil copper fractions in oxisols under liming Calagem e os teores disponíveis e as frações de cobre em latossolos

    Clístenes Williams Araújo do Nascimento

    2003-02-01

    Full Text Available The knowledge of the chemical forms of copper in soils and the relationships of these forms with soil copper availability are important for predicting the copper behavior in the soil-plant system. The present work studies the influence of liming on the available contents of copper as well as on the forms of copper fractions in six types of Oxisols. Soil samples, with and without liming, received copper at rates of 0.0, 20.0 and 40.0 mg dm-3 and remained incubated for 30 days. Then, available copper was extracted with Mehlich-1, Mehlich-3, DTPA and EDTA solutions, and analyzed by atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Additionally, soil samples were extracted in a sequential procedure to determine Cu in fractions of soil, as follows: exchangeable-Cu fraction, organic matter-Cu fraction, Mn oxide-Cu fraction, amorphous Fe oxide-Cu fraction, crystalline Fe oxide-Cu fraction, residual-Cu fraction, and the total Cu content in the soil. Soil samples to which Cu was added presented higher Cu retention in the organic matter fraction with a small percentage retained in the exchangeable-Cu fraction. Liming resulted in a decrease of Cu in the exchangeable and organic matter fractions and an increase in the Fe and Mn oxide fractions and in the residual fraction. Without liming, the organic matter fraction presented the highest contribution to Cu content found in the soil extracts obtained with all extractors, except EDTA. For treatments with liming, Cu contents in the organic matter fraction were better correlated to Cu contents in extracts obtained with DTPA and Mehlich-3.O conhecimento das formas químicas em que se encontra o cobre em solos, e suas relações com os teores disponíveis, são importantes para a previsão do seu comportamento no sistema solo-planta. Nesse sentido, este trabalho estuda a influência da calagem sobre os teores disponíveis e sobre o fracionamento de Cu em amostras de seis Latossolos. Essas amostras, submetidas ou não a

  6. Cuarenta años de investigación sobre la plasticidad del músculo esquelético; conclusiones personales (artículo completo disponible en inglés

    Hans Hoppeler

    2013-06-01

    Full Text Available Este es un estudio personal altamente subjetivo sobre la investigación llevada a cabo durante los últimos 50 años que documenta los fenómenos y los mecanismos de la plasticidad del tejido muscular esquelético. Enfocaré el trabajo desde una perspectiva histórica y seguiré algunos de los hilos que han despertado mi curiosidad y han guiado mi investigación a lo largo de mi carrera investigadora. Este estudio no es ni exhaustivo ni equilibrado. Representa mis intereses personales y algunos descubrimientos cruciales que han marcado mis objetivos de investigación. He tenido la suerte de llevar a cabo este estudio con colaboradores muy creativos que han sido los que han realizado la mayor parte de esta investigación. También he tenido la suerte de contar con dos tutores excepcionales, ER Weibel y C.R. Taylor, que me han apoyado durante todo el proceso guiándome y dándome consejos e, inicialmente, facilitándome la ayuda económica necesaria. Han fomentado un enfoque global y me han enseñado a combinar la investigación funcional y estructural para lograr una visión integral del rendimiento del sistema. Cuando las herramientas moleculares apropiadas pasaron a estar disponibles a finales de los 90, estas ayudaron a descubrir los mecanismos subyacentes de la plasticidad estructural y funcional del músculo previamente descrita. La idea de que el tejido muscular esquelético activo es determinante para el bienestar físico y para la salud continuará impulsando la investigación mecanicista de la plasticidad muscular en el futuro.

  7. Análise de teses e dissertações em avaliação psicológica disponíveis na BVS-PSI Brasil

    Maria Cristina Rodrigues Azevedo Joly

    Full Text Available O presente estudo objetivou verificar a produção científica de teses e dissertações em avaliação psicológica no Brasil, disponíveis na Biblioteca Virtual em Saúde do Brasil (Bvs-Psi Brasil. Foram analisados 141 resumos de teses e dissertações em avaliação psicológica referentes a estudos que tinham avaliação psicológica, psicometria, validade, precisão e testes psicológicos como palavras-chave. Os resultados revelaram que 54,6% dos resumos eram de dissertações de mestrado, 43,3%, de teses de doutorado, e 2,1% eram de teses de pós-doutorado. Destes, 19,15% foram defendidos em Universidades estabelecidas na Região Sul do País, 80,14%, no Sudeste, e 0,71%, no Nordeste. Pode-se constatar que maior concentração da produção científica de avaliação psicológica fica na Região Sudeste. Verificou-se que 60,3% tinham por objetivo buscar parâmetros psicométricos, e 27,7% tinham a finalidade de utilizar os testes para validar protocolos de intervenção, descrever habilidades específicas e estudar relações entre variáveis, e constituem a maioria dos estudos transversais. Os construtos mais estudados são a personalidade e a inteligência, e as áreas de aplicação em que se utiliza mais avaliação psicológica são a clínica e a escolar, de acordo com os resultados do presente estudo.

  8. Atividade antiviral de extratos de plantas medicinais disponíveis comercialmente frente aos herpesvírus suíno e bovino Antiviral activity of commercially available medicinal plants on suid and bovine herpesviruses

    V.M. Kaziyama

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available O presente trabalho teve como objetivo pesquisar a atividade antiviral in vitro de plantas medicinais disponíveis comercialmente sobre herpesvírus suíno (SuHV-1 e bovino (BoHV-1. As espécies adquiridas foram Mikania glomerata, Cymbopogon citratus, Equisetum arvense, Peumus boldus, Solanum paniculatum, Malva sylvestris, Piper umbellatun e Solidago microglossa. A citotoxicidade dos extratos foi avaliada na linhagem celular MDBK pelas alterações morfológicas das células e obtenção da concentração máxima não citotóxica (CMNC de cada planta. A atividade antiviral foi realizada com os extratos em suas respectivas CMNC e avaliada com base na redução do título viral e expressos em porcentagem de inibição. Os extratos aquosos de Peumus boldus e Solanum paniculatum apresentaram atividade antiviral sobre o SuHV-1 com 98% de inibição viral enquanto o de Peumus boldus inibiu apenas o BoHV-1 em 99%.This paper aims to find commercially available medicinal plants showing antiviral activity in vitro on suid and bovine herpesviruses. The following species were tested: Mikania glomerata, Cymbopogon citratus, Equisetum arvense, Peumus boldus, Solanum paniculatum, Malva sylvestris, Piper umbellatun and Solidago microglossa. The cytotoxicity was evaluated by morphological changes in cells determining the maximum not cytotoxic concentration (MNCC. The antiviral activity was evaluated by viral title reduction. The extracts from Peumus boldus and Solanum paniculatum showed antiviral activity against SuHV-1 with 98% of inhibition. The extract of Peumus boldus also showed activity against BoHV-1 with 99% of inhibition.

  9. Evaluación del fósforo disponible mediante tres métodos en distintos suelos y manejos productivos Evaluation of phosphorus available by three methods in different soils and productive managements

    Carolina Fernández López

    2008-07-01

    Full Text Available El fósforo (P es un nutriente de baja solubilidad y movilidad en los suelos, que se encuentra generalmente en situaciones de deficiencia para el crecimiento vegetal, y sólo puede ser repuesto mediante la fertilización. Debido a la variabilidad en la evaluación de la disponibilidad de P en el suelo, se realizó este trabajo con el objetivo de: a comparar entre sí dos de los métodos más comunes de evaluación de disponibilidad de P del suelo (Bray I y Olsen, y el método de la tirita de papel de filtro embebida en óxido de hierro (Strip; b estimar cual de los métodos se relaciona mejor con algunas variables vegetales ante distintas condiciones de manejo y tipos de suelos. Se estudiaron suelos de los órdenes Entisol, Alfisol y Vertisol de la provincia de Corrientes en condición natural o cultivado con Citrus, arroz o pasturas, respectivamente. Se determinaron algunas propiedades físicas y químicas, verificando la similitud textural entre los suelos Testigos y Cultivados. Se realizó un ensayo en invernadero de cada uno de los seis suelos con once niveles de P (entre 0-200 mg P por kg de suelo y luego se los incubó durante 25 días a 28 °C. Al finalizar la incubación se determinó el P disponible mediante los procedimientos recomendados para los métodos de Bray I, Olsen y Strip. Se sembró "rye grass" (Lolium perenne que se cosechó a los 45 días de la siembra para cuantificar la materia seca aérea y análisis de P en tejido. Los resultados obtenidos en este trabajo sugieren que todos los métodos de evaluación de la disponibilidad de P del suelo describieron de manera adecuada y significativa las relaciones entre MS (R² entre 0,35 a 0,95, y valores extremos para el Vertisol y el Entisol, %P (con R² entre 0,92 y 0,95 y P absorbido (R² entre 0,93 y 0,96 y con muy pocas diferencias entre los suelos con el P extractado por los tres métodos. Sin embargo, la bondad de los ajustes fue diferente entre suelos, extractantes y manejos

  10. Avaliação de chupetas disponíveis no mercado nacional segundo os requisitos da ABNT e ANVISA = Evaluation of the pacifers available in the nacional market following the abnt and anvisa requisitions

    Lima, Cláudia Batista Vieira

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available Este trabalho objetivou avaliar chupetas disponíveis no mercado nacional segundo requisitos definidos pela legislação vigente. A amostra constou de 31 tipos de 6 marcas comerciais nacionais de chupetas, sendo para cada uma adquiridas 3 exemplares de lotes diferentes. Foi analisada descritivamente a adequação ou não dos aspectos: bico, escudo, botão, pino, argola e embalagem, atendendo aos critérios de construção de chupetas definidos pela NBR 10334/2003 da ABNT e a Resolução nº 221 da ANVISA. As chupetas foram divididas em grupos (G, conforme as características do bico: G1 – universal 6 meses; G5 – convencional > 6 meses; G6 – ortodôntica > 6 meses. Verificou-se a inadequação nos itens: A – comprimento do bico; B – embalagem segundo a NBR; C – embalagem segundo a ANVISA. O percentual de inadequação encontrado para os grupos foi: A: G2 – 20%, G6 – 11,1%; B: G2 – 40%, G3 – 33,3%, G5 – 40%, G6 – 33,3%; C: G2 – 20%, G3 – 33,3%, G4 – 33,3%, G5 – 20%, G6 – 22,2%. Para os demais itens avaliados: material e forma do bico; concavidade do escudo, quantidade e diâmetro dos furos, distância do furo ao bico e à borda externa, distância entre os furos, tamanho do escudo; projeção do botão; orifício de ventilação e projeção do pino e largura e comprimento da argola constataram- se adequação para as chupetas analisadas. Conclui-se que a maioria das chupetas se apresentou adequada para os requisitos de construção, sendo a inadequação freqüentemente registrada no item embalagem

  11. Manejo da água disponível no solo e adubação fosfatada: efeito sobre a cultura do milho Management of available soil water and phosphorus fertilization: effect on corn crop

    Wagner W. de A. Alves

    2002-01-01

    Full Text Available Para o presente estudo conduziu-se um ensaio em casa-de-vegetação, no Departamento de Solo e Engenharia Rural do Centro de Ciências Agrárias da Universidade Federal da Paraíba, Areia, PB, com o propósito de se avaliar quatro doses de fósforo (0, 40, 80 e 120 kg ha-1 de P2O5 e quatro níveis de água no solo (20, 40, 60 e 80% da água disponível sobre algumas características da cultura do milho (Zea mays L.. Usou-se o delineamento blocos ao acaso em esquema fatorial 4 x 4, com três repetições. A unidade experimental foi representada por um vaso plástico com 9 kg de solo coletado na profundidade de 0 a 20 cm do perfil de um Latossolo Amarelo e, segundo a análise de variância, ocorreu efeito altamente significativo (p This study was conducted under greenhouse conditions at 'Centro de Ciências Agrárias' of 'Universidade Federal da Paraíba', located in Areia, PB, Brazil. The main objective was to evaluate the effect of four doses of phosphorus (0, 40, 80 and 120 kg ha-1 of P2O5, and of four levels of available soil water (20, 40, 60 and 80% on some characteristics of corn (Zea mays L. crop. The experiment was carried out in a randomized block using a 4 x 4 factorial scheme, with three replications. The experimental unit was represented by a plastic recipient with 9 kg of soil of the superficial layer (0 - 20 cm of Oxisol. The analysis of variance showed significant effect (p < 0.01 for the phosphorus treatments as well as for the levels of the available soil water on total dry biomass of the aerial parts, evapotranspiration and the phosphorus content of the dry biomass. The necessity of a minimal value of 40% of available soil water for the corn crop was observed to obtain the response of phosphorus doses applied to soil. A significant effect (p < 0.01 of the interaction between phosphorus and available water on phosphorus content in the biomass of aerial part of the crop was also notable.

  12. Níveis nutricionais de fósforo disponível para aves de corte ISA Label criadas em semiconfinamento Nutritional levels of available phosphorus for ISA Label broilers chickens reared in free-range system

    Sandra Regina Freitas Pinheiro

    2011-02-01

    Full Text Available Foram realizados três ensaios para determinar os níveis nutricionais de fósforo disponível (Pd para machos e fêmeas da linhagem ISA Label nas fases inicial (1 a 28 dias, crescimento (28 a 56 dias e final (56 a 84 dias criadas em semiconfinamento. Em cada ensaio, 480 aves com idade correspondente à fase de criação foram alojadas em 24 unidades experimentais contendo áreas de abrigo e de pastejo. O delineamento experimental utilizado foi o inteiramente casualizado, em esquema fatorial 4 × 2 (níveis de Pd e sexos com três repetições de 20 aves. Os níveis de fósforo disponível avaliados foram: 0,25; 0,36; 0,47 e 0,58% na fase inicial; 0,18; 0,31; 0,44 e 0,57% na fase de crescimento; e 0,14; 0,27; 0,40 e 0,53% na fase final. Foram avaliados o ganho de peso, consumo de ração, consumo de Pd, conversão alimentar, teores de fósforo, cálcio e cinzas na tíbia e resistência à quebra óssea. De acordo com os resultados, o nível ótimo de Pd na ração na fase inicial, para machos e fêmeas são de 0,39 e 0,49%, que correspondem ao consumo de 3,94 e 3,96 g de Pd/ave, respectivamente. Para a fase de crescimento, recomenda-se 0,35% de Pd na ração para aves de ambos os sexos, que correspondem a consumo de 8,45 e 6,70 g de Pd/ave. Na fase final, recomendam-se os níveis de 0,32 e 0,30% de Pd, que correspondem a consumos de 12 e 9,5 g de Pd/ave para machos e fêmeas, respectivamente.It was performed three trials to determine the nutritional levels of available phosphorus (aP for males and females of the strain ISA Label in the starter (1 to 28 days, growing (28 to 56 days and finisher (56 to 84 days phases, reared in a free-range system. In each trial, 480 birds with age corresponding to rearing phase were housed in 24 experimental units with shelter and pasture areas. It was used a complete random experimental design, in a 4 × 2 factorial scheme (levels of aP and sexes with three replicates of 20 birds. The levels of aP evaluated were

  13. Functional proteomic of Matrix Metallo-proteinases (MMP) dedicated to the detection of active forms of MMP in complex proteome; Proteomique fonctionnelle dediee aux Metalloproteases Matricelles (MMPs): developpement d'une methode extremement sensible permettant la detection des formes actives des MMPs dans des proteomes complexes

    David, A

    2007-07-15

    The Matrix Metallo-proteinases (M.M.P.) represent a family of Zinc dependent extracellular proteinases able to cleave collectively all the proteins constituting the extracellular matrix. Currently, 23 human M.M.P. have been identified and are characterized by their sequence in amino-acids and their highly conserved 3 D structure. These enzymes are expressed constitutively during the tissue remodeling process. Their over-expression in various diseases tightly related to inflammatory processes (arthritis, emphysema, cancer) described M.M.P. as choice therapeutic targets. However, as the tissue remodeling implicates modification of cellular contacts, M.M.P. appear currently as proteins involved in signalling pathways. Recent works demonstrating that M.M.P. are able to cleave substrates, which are different than proteins constituting the extracellular matrix, reinforce this vision. In order to identify the individual role and the protein expression level of M.M.P. in pathological context, we developed a new technique of functional proteomics dedicated to the detection of active forms of M.M.P. in tumour samples. This technique relied on the development of a new photoaffinity probe, based on the structure of a potent phosphinic inhibitor of M.M.P., allowing targeting and isolating active forms of M.M.P. by photoaffinity labelling. Furthermore, as the new developed probe incorporated a radioactive element, photoaffinity labelling permitted to radiolabel the targeted proteins. This probe demonstrated in vitro its remarkable ability to covalently modify the h M.M.P.-12, with a singular cross-linking yield, determined at 42 %, displaying an extremely sensitive detection (2.5 fmoles of h M.M.P.-12). When added to complex proteome, the photoaffinity probe presents the same sensibility of detection for the h M.M.P.-12 (5 fmoles); importantly, in this case, h M.M.P.-12 represents only 0.001 % of the totality of the proteins present in the sample. Moreover, this technique allows

  14. Análise das fontes de informação sobre os autoexames da mama disponíveis na Internet Analysis of information sources about breast self examination available on the Internet

    Marcia Regina Cubas

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available OBJETIVO: Avaliar as informações sobre autoexame da mama disponíveis ao público da internet. Método: Estudo descritivo documental, cujo universo foi composto pelos sites "Google®" e "Yahoo®", utilizando-se o descritor "autoexame de mama". Buscaram-se os 50 primeiros resultados. As páginas Web foram analisadas pelos critérios da American Medical Association e da Health on the Net. Resultados: Foram selecionadas e analisadas 68 páginas. A maioria dos sites era de domínio comercial, seis governamentais e cinco portugueses. Mais da metade tinham restrições quanto ao critério de autoridade e autoria; 61% não apresentavam meio de contato e 52,94% consideravam o autoexame como parte de um conjunto de medidas; 26,47% possuíam o conteúdo baseado em evidências, preciso e completo; 33,82% possuíam referências dos conteúdos. Páginas-Web governamentais, de instituições de saúde ou profissionais possuíam restrições com relação ao conteúdo ou apresentação. Conclusões: As informações sobre autoexame de mama são heterogêneas. Poucas páginas demonstraram preocupação com critérios de qualidade, tanto da construção quanto do conteúdo. A maior parte das informações não está baseada em evidências e que podem trazer danos ao paciente. Há necessidade de melhorar a qualidade das páginas Web que abordam o tema.OBJECTIVE: To analyze the information about breast self examination available on the Internet. Methods: A descriptive documental study was performed via a search on the Google®and Yahoo® websites using the phrase "breast self examination" in Portuguese, and the first 50 results from each site were analyzed using the criteria of the American Medical Association and Health on the Net. Results: 68 sites were selected and analyzed. Most of the sites were in the commercial domain, six were governmental sites and five were Portuguese sites. More than half had restrictions regarding criteria of authority and authorship

  15. Techniques de contrôles non destructifs

    Dalin, J M

    2004-01-01

    La construction du LHC et des expériences nécessite un contrôle permanent de la qualité de la matière première utilisée et des assemblages par soudage, brasage ou collage des divers composants. Pour la vérification des matériaux et des assemblages de fabrication, il est souvent hors de question de recourir à des méthodes qui altéreraient les parties à contrôler. Les techniques de Contrôles Non Destructifs (CND), dont celles les plus employées au CERN font intervenir la transmission d'ondes sonores (contrôle par ultrasons) ou de rayons pénétrants (radiographie X ou gamma), représentent un moyen de détection souvent quantitatif de défauts applicable au contrôle qualité de production. Ces deux techniques complémentaires nous permettent de déceler des discontinuités (dans la matière de base, fissuration ou dédoublement, manque de compacité... ; dans les assemblages, présence d'inclusions, manque de brasure ou de fusion dans les joints soudés, cavités...). Après un bref aperçu de...

  16. Níveis de fósforo disponível em dietas para codornas japonesas de 45 a 57 semanas de idade Available phosphorus levels for Japanese quail diets from 45 to 57 weeks of age

    Carlos Henrique Rocha Costa

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available Conduziu-se um experimento com o objetivo de verificar o efeito de níveis de fósforo disponível (Pd na dieta sobre o desempenho, a qualidade dos ovos, o tecido ósseo e as porcentagens de fósforo (P, cálcio (Ca e magnésio (Mg nas excretas produzidas por codornas durante o terço final de postura. Foram utilizadas 300 codornas japonesas com 313 dias de idade, distribuídas em 30 unidades experimentais de dez aves. O delineamento foi inteiramente casualizado, composto de cinco níveis de Pd (0,15; 0,25; 0,35; 0,45 e 0,55%, com seis repetições por tratamento. As dietas experimentais foram isoproteicas (20,0% PB, isocalóricas (2.900 kcal EM/kg, isocálcicas (3,0% Ca e isoaminoacídicas. O aumento dos níveis de Pd na dieta aumentou linearmente os teores de Ca e Mg na tíbia, entretanto reduziu linearmente a altura dos ovos analisados. Observou-se efeito quadrático sobre o peso específico, o peso e a porcentagem de casca, a porcentagem de cálcio na casca e de fósforo na tíbia, cujos pontos de máxima foram atingidos com a utilização de 0,43; 0,41; 0,42; 0,27 e 0,42% Pd, respectivamente. Efeitos quadráticos também foram observados para excreção de Ca, cinzas e P, cujos valores máximos foram obtidos com a utilização de 0,34; 0,30 e 0,43% Pd na dieta, respectivamente. Nos demais parâmetros avaliados, não houve efeito dos níveis de Pd. Dietas contendo 0,15% Pd atendem satisfatoriamente às exigências para desempenho e manutenção da integridade física do ovo, além de reduzir a excreção de fósforo sem provocar perda de ovos por problemas de casca nem ocorrência de fadiga de gaiola por enfraquecimento do sistema ósseo, embora seja observada redução na mineralização da casca e do tecido ósseo de codornas japonesas no terço final do ciclo de produção (45 a 57 semanas de idade.An experiment was conducted aiming to verify the effect of different levels of available phosphorus (AP in the diet on performance, egg

  17. Métodos de extração para quantificação de cobre disponível em fertilizantes Extraction methods for quantification of available copper in fertilizers

    Ana Rosa Ribeiro Bastos

    2007-04-01

    Full Text Available Neste estudo, determinou-se a solubilidade do Cu em diferentes fertilizantes e avaliou-se sua correlação com a absorção deste micronutriente por plantas de arroz (Oryza sativa L.. Utilizaram-se as seguintes fontes: mistura de óxido cúprico p.a. e Cu metálico moído p.a.; óxido de Cu 40 Ind.; sulfato de Cu p.a.; minério calcopirita; Cu metal moído p.a. e óxido cúprico p.a. Foram determinados o teor total de Cu e os teores de Cu solúvel em água e em soluções de ácido cítrico a 20 g L-1, de citrato neutro de amônio (1 + 9 e de DTPA 0,005 mol L-1. As solubilidades nesses três últimos extratores foram determinadas por agitação da amostra por uma hora e por fervura durante cinco minutos. Paralelamente, foram realizados experimentos em casa de vegetação, com cultivos sucessivos da cultura do arroz, para verificar os efeitos imediato e residual da aplicação das fontes de Cu em diferentes doses (0; 0,75; 1,5 e 3 mg dm-3 de Cu em um Neossolo Quartzarênico órtico. Os fertilizantes apresentaram solubilidade diferenciada, sendo diferente também com relação ao teor total de Cu. Todas as fontes testadas foram eficientes no fornecimento desse elemento às plantas, embora doses mais elevadas sejam necessárias quando se usam as fontes minério calcopirita e óxido de Cu 40 Ind. As fontes apresentaram efeito residual de Cu no solo após o segundo cultivo das plantas de arroz. Diante das várias fontes com Cu e das diferenças entre elas com relação à solubilidade e eficiência agronômica, sugere-se a adoção de mais um tipo de garantia para o micronutriente além do teor total. O citrato neutro de amônio (1 + 9, na relação 1:100, com fervura por cinco minutos, mostrou-se adequado para determinação do teor de Cu disponível em fertilizantes.In this study available cooper (Cu content in different sources of this micronutrient was determined using several extractants. The cooper sources were: coppper oxide p.a. + copper

  18. Acquired Techniques

    Lunde Nielsen, Espen; Halse, Karianne

    2013-01-01

    Acquired Techniques - a Leap into the Archive, at Aarhus School of Architecture. In collaboration with Karianne Halse, James Martin and Mika K. Friis. Following the footsteps of past travelers this is a journey into tools and techniques of the architectural process. The workshop will focus upon...... architectural production as a conglomerate of various analogue and digital methods, and provide the basics, the tips/tricks - and how the tool themselves becomes operational for spatial/thematic investigations. Eventually, this will become a city, exhibition and phamplet inhabited by the (by...

  19. Experimental Techniques

    Engelfried, J

    1999-01-01

    In this course we will give examples for experimental techniques used in particle physics experiments. After a short introduction, we will discuss applications in silicon microstrip detectors, wire chambers, and single photon detection in Ring Imaging Cherenkov (RICH) counters. A short discussion of the relevant physics processes, mainly different forms of energy loss in matter, is enclosed.

  20. Translation Techniques

    Marcia Pinheiro

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we discuss three translation techniques: literal, cultural, and artistic. Literal translation is a well-known technique, which means that it is quite easy to find sources on the topic. Cultural and artistic translation may be new terms. Whilst cultural translation focuses on matching contexts, artistic translation focuses on matching reactions. Because literal translation matches only words, it is not hard to find situations in which we should not use this technique.  Because artistic translation focuses on reactions, judging the quality of an artistic translation work is one of the most difficult things one can do. We end up having a score of complexity and humanity for each one of the mentioned techniques: Literal translation would be the closest thing we have to the machines world and artistic translation would be the closest thing we have to the purely human world. By creating these classifications and studying the subtleties of each one of them, we are adding degrees of quality to our courses and to translation as a professional field. The main contribution of this paper is then the formalization of such a piece of knowledge. We, however, also lay the foundations for studies of this type.

  1. Intensity techniques

    Jacobsen, Finn

    2008-01-01

    The Handbook of Signal Processing in Acoustics will compile the techniques and applications of signal processing as they are used in the many varied areas of Acoustics. The Handbook will emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of signal processing in acoustics. Each Section of the Handbook...... will present topics on signal processing which are important in a specific area of acoustics. These will be of interest to specialists in these areas because they will be presented from their technical perspective, rather than a generic engineering approach to signal processing. Non-specialists, or specialists...... from different areas, will find the self-contained chapters accessible and will be interested in the similarities and differences between the approaches and techniques used in different areas of acoustics....

  2. Electrochemical Techniques

    Chen, Gang; Lin, Yuehe

    2008-07-20

    Sensitive and selective detection techniques are of crucial importance for capillary electrophoresis (CE), microfluidic chips, and other microfluidic systems. Electrochemical detectors have attracted considerable interest for microfluidic systems with features that include high sensitivity, inherent miniaturization of both the detection and control instrumentation, low cost and power demands, and high compatibility with microfabrication technology. The commonly used electrochemical detectors can be classified into three general modes: conductimetry, potentiometry, and amperometry.

  3. Exigência de fósforo disponível para suínos machos castrados selecionados para deposição de carne magra, dos 30 aos 60kg Available phosphorus requirement of barrows from 30 to 60kg selected for high lean deposition

    C.L.C. Arouca

    2009-10-01

    Full Text Available Realizou-se um experimento para determinar a exigência de fósforo disponível para suínos machos castrados (Agroceres-Pic utilizando-se 60 animais, distribuídos em delineamento experimental de blocos ao acaso, com cinco tratamentos -0,1; 0,2; 0,3; 0,4 e 0,5% de fósforo disponível, seis repetições e dois animais por unidade experimental. Os animais foram sangrados por punção do plexo venoso orbitário aos 21 dias e ao final do experimento, em jejum, para obtenção dos valores da atividade da fosfatase alcalina no soro (AFAS e fósforo no soro. Observou-se efeito quadrático dos níveis de fósforo disponível sobre o ganho de peso diário, consumo diário de ração, fósforo no soro aos 21 dias, fósforo no soro ao final do experimento e conversão alimentar, que melhorou até o nível de 0,39% de fósforo disponível. Houve efeito linear sobre o consumo diário de fósforo, AFAS aos 21 dias e AFAS ao final do experimento. Concluiu-se que a exigência de fósforo disponível para suínos machos castrados selecionados para deposição de carne magra na carcaça, de 30 a 60kg, é de 0,39%, correspondendo ao consumo de 9,11g/dia.An experiment was carried to determine available phosphorus requirement of crossbred barrows (Agroceres-Pic, using 60 animals in a completely randomized block design with five dietary treatments - 0.1; 0.2; 0.3; 0.4; and 0.5% of available phosphorus, six replicates, and two animals per experimental unit. On the 21st day of the experiment and at its end, blood samples were collected from orbital plexus of fasting animals to analyze and register alkaline phosphatase and serum phosphorus values. Quadratic effect of available phosphorus level on average daily gain, daily feed intake, serum phosphorus on the 21st day of the experiment, serum phosphorus at the end of the experiment, and feed conversion ratio were observed. Minimum feed conversion ratio was estimated for animals fed diets containing 0.39% available

  4. Enseignement Technique CERN 2004 - French version only

    Monique Duval

    2004-01-01

    Instructor-led WBTechT Course for Microsoft Applications Si vous désirez participer à l'un des cours suivants, veuillez en discuter avec votre superviseur et vous inscrire électroniquement en direct depuis les pages de description des cours dans le Web que vous trouvez à l'adresse : http://www.cern.ch/Training/ ou remplissez une « demande de formation » disponible auprès du Secrétariat de votre Division ou de votre DTO (Délégué divisionnaire à la formation). Les places seront attribuées dans l'ordre de réception des inscriptions. ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE Monique Duval tél. 74924 technical.training@cern.ch Instructor-led WBTechT Course for Microsoft Applications Aimeriez-vous améliorer vos connaissances des applications de Microsoft Office ou d'Outlook ? Un nouveau cours, combinant un cours avec professeur et ...

  5. Influence of available resources on medical practitioners' decision-making process and practice: study of a reference hospital emergency department Influencia de los recursos disponibles en la práctica clínica: estudio en una unidad de urgencias de un hospital de referencia

    Juan Viñas Salas

    2007-04-01

    Full Text Available Objective: To evaluate variations in the observation period in the emergency department (ED in response to bed availability. Methods: A quasi-experimental pre-test post-test study without a control group was conducted in the ED observation ward over 2 1-month periods. During this time the only variable that changed was the number of beds available, which decreased from 20 (pre-test period to 16 (post-test period. Results: The ED attended 7,725 patients: 3,706 patients in pre-test period, 335 of whom were admitted to the observation ward, with an average length of stay of 1,105.4 minutes per patient, and 4,019 patients in post-test period, 570 of whom were admitted to the observation ward, with an average length of stay of 686.1 minutes per patient (p Objetivo: Evaluar la variación del indicador "periodo de tiempo de observación" dedicado a cada paciente, en respuesta a una reducción del número de camas disponibles. Métodos: Se realizó un estudio «quasiexperimental preprueba postprueba» sin grupo control en una unidad de urgencias durante 2 períodos de un mes. En este tiempo el único cambio fue el número de camas disponibles, que disminuyeron de 20 (período A a 16 (período B. Resultados: El servicio de urgencias atendió a 7.725 pacientes: 3.706 pacientes en el período A, 335 de los cuales fueron admitidos en la unidad de observación con una estancia media de 1.105,4 minutos por paciente; y 4.019 pacientes en el período B, 570 de los cuales fueron admitidos en la unidad de observación con una estancia media de 686,1 minutos por paciente (p < 0,001. No hubo variaciones en la mortalidad, readmisiones o quejas. Conclusiones: Una disminución en el número de camas disponibles para observación comporta una reducción en el tiempo de estancia de los pacientes.

  6. Experimental Techniques

    Wyer, Jean

    2013-01-01

    Gas-phase ion spectroscopy requires specialised apparatus, both when it comes to measuring photon absorption and light emission (fluorescence). The reason is much lower ion densities compared to solution-phase spectroscopy. In this chapter different setups are described, all based on mass spectro...... in data interpretation, and the advantages and disadvantages of the different techniques are clarified. New instrumental developments involving cryo-cooled storage rings, which show great promise for the future, are briefly touched upon.......Gas-phase ion spectroscopy requires specialised apparatus, both when it comes to measuring photon absorption and light emission (fluorescence). The reason is much lower ion densities compared to solution-phase spectroscopy. In this chapter different setups are described, all based on mass...... to circumvent this is discussed based on a chemical approach, namely tagging of ammonium groups by crown ether. Prompt dissociation can sometimes be identified from the total beam depletion differing from that due to statistical dissociation. Special emphasis in this chapter is on the limitations and pitfalls...

  7. Parallel pic plasma simulation through particle decomposition techniques

    Briguglio, S.; Vlad, G. [ENEA, Centro Ricerche Casaccia, Rome (Italy). Dipt. Energia; Di Martino, B. [Wien Univ. (Austria). Inst. for Software Tecnology and Parallel Systems]|[Naples, Univ. `Federico II` (Italy). Dipt. di Informatica e Sistemistica

    1998-02-01

    Particle-in-cell (PIC) codes are among the major candidates to yield a satisfactory description of the detail of kinetic effects, such as the resonant wave-particle interaction, relevant in determining the transport mechanism in magnetically confined plasmas. A significant improvement of the simulation performance of such codes con be expected from parallelization, e.g., by distributing the particle population among several parallel processors. Parallelization of a hybrid magnetohydrodynamic-gyrokinetic code has been accomplished within the High Performance Fortran (HPF) framework, and tested on the IBM SP2 parallel system, using a `particle decomposition` technique. The adopted technique requires a moderate effort in porting the code in parallel form and results in intrinsic load balancing and modest inter processor communication. The performance tests obtained confirm the hypothesis of high effectiveness of the strategy, if targeted towards moderately parallel architectures. Optimal use of resources is also discussed with reference to a specific physics problem. [Italiano] I codici Particle-in-cell (PIC) sono considerati tra i piu` promettenti candidati per ottenere una descrizione soddisfacente e dettagliata degli effetti cinetici, quali per esempio l`interazione risonante particella-onda, rilevanti nel determinare i meccanismi di trasporto che interessano il confinamento del plasma. Un significativo miglioramento delle prestazioni della simulazione puo` essere ottenuto distribuendo la popolazione di particelle tra diversi processori in parallelo. La parallelizzazione di un codice ibrido MHD-girocinetico e` stata effettuata, in ambiente HPF, utilizzando la tecnica di `decomposizione per particelle`, ed e` stata provata sul sistema parallelo IBM SP2. La tecnica adottata richiede uno sforzo moderato per la trasformazione del codice in versione parallela, permette un intrinseco bilanciamento tra i processori del carico di lavoro e necessita di una modesta

  8. Available phosphorus and sulphur, exchangeable aluminum and remaining phosphorus in rhodic eutrudox submitted to gypsum cultivated with wheat and soybean Fósforo e enxofre disponível, alumínio trocável e fósforo remanescente em latossolo vermelho submetido ao gesso cultivado com trigo e soja

    Leandro Rampim

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available The response to gypsum as a supplier of nutrients in the subsurface provides better root distribution for annual crops plants and thus provides use of larger volume of soil increasing the uptake of water and nutrients and therefore increased productivity, especially with evidence of interference of gypsum in phosphorus available in the soil. In this study evaluated the use of gypsum (CaSO4.2H2O the levels of available phosphorus and sulfur, exchangeable aluminum and interference in the remaining phosphorus in the soil at 0-0.10, 0.10-0.20; 0.20-0.40 m of deep in Rhodic Eutrudox in no tillage and crop yields of wheat and soybean. We conducted sampling of soil at six and 12 months after surface application of 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000 kg ha-1 gypsum and treatment without application of gypsum. The use of gypsum increased linearly the S content is available in layers from 0-0,10, 0,10-0,20 and 0,20 to 0,40 m deep, with the minimum content of available P at a dose of 2200 kg ha-1 and exchangeable Al with a dose of 3000 kg ha-1 layers evaluated, however, did not influence the values of remaining P. The use of gypsum increased linearly the S content available at depths of 0-0.10, 0.10-0.20 and 0.20-0.40 m, minimum P content available at the dose of 3166 kg ha-1 and exchangeable Al minimum point at the dose of 3300 kg ha-1 at a depth of 0.20-0.40 m however, did not affect the remaining P values. The use of gypsum increased the productivity of wheat, but did not influence soybean yield. A resposta ao gesso agrícola como fornecedor de nutrientes na subsuperfície proporciona melhor distribuição de raízes para culturas anuais e assim propicia às plantas explorar maior volume de solo aumentando a absorção de água e nutrientes e consequentemente incrementar a produtividade, com indícios da interferência do gesso no teor de fósforo disponível no solo. Neste trabalho o objetivo foi avaliar o uso do gesso agrícola (CaSO4.2H2O nos teores de f

  9. Validación de la metodología para la determinación cuantitativa de plomo en tintes cosméticos disponibles en el mercado nacional por espectroscopia de absorción atómica con llama

    Paulina Silva Trejos

    2008-01-01

    Se validó la metodología analítica para determinar cuantitativamente plomo en tintes cosméticos disponibles en el mercado nacional, por el método de espectroscopia de absorción atómica con llama. Las muestras se digirieron por digestión húmeda con HNO3 al 65 % m/men horno de microondas; el porcentaje de recuperación para la digestión de muestras de 0,25 g y 0,45 g en 5,00 mL fue de 100,5±0,5. El ámbito de linealidad óptimo fue del límite de detección a 5,0 mg/L con un coeficiente de correlaci...

  10. Available phosphorus levels in diets for swine from 15 to 30 kg genetically selected for meat deposition Níveis de fósforo disponível em rações para suínos selecionados geneticamente para deposição de carne dos 15 aos 30 kg

    Alysson Saraiva

    2009-02-01

    Full Text Available With the objective to evaluate available phosphorus levels in diets for swine genetically selected for meat deposition, sixty commercial hybrid pigs were used, being 30 castrate males and 30 females, with initial weight of 15.00 ± 0.41 kg, distributed in a completely randomized experimental design, with six treatments, five replications and two animals (1 male and 1 female per experimental unit. The treatments were composed of a basal diet and other five diets obtained through basal diet supplementation with dicalcium phosphate to obtain six AP levels (0.114; 0.221; 0.328; 0.435; 0.542 and 0.649%. The available phosphorus levels promoted a linear increase in the daily feed intake. Daily weight gain and feed conversion showed a quadratic behavior according to AP levels, with the maximum response at 0.509 and 0.477% of AP in the diet, respectively. Bone strength and bone calcium and phosphorus contents also presented a quadratic behavior according to AP levels, with maximum response at 0.529; 0.619 and 0.596% of AP levels in the diet, respectively. There was no effect of the AP levels in the diets on the bone ash content. The best weight gain and feed conversion observe for castrated male and female pigs from 15 to 30 kg, genetically selected for meat deposition, is provided by 0.509 and 0.477% of available phosphorus levels, respectively, corresponding to daily intakes of 6.39 and 5.93 grams of available phosphorus.Com o objetivo de avaliar níveis de fósforo disponível (PD em rações para suínos selecionados geneticamente para deposição de carne, utilizaram-se 60 leitões híbridos comerciais (30 machos castrados e 30 fêmeas com peso inicial de 15,00 ± 0,41 kg, distribuídos em delineamento experimental inteiramente casualizado, com seis rações, cinco repetições e dois animais (um macho e uma fêmea por unidade experimental. Avaliaram-se uma ração basal e outras cinco rações, obtidas pela suplementação da ração basal com

  11. Níveis de fósforo disponível e tamanho de partícula do fosfato bicálcico na dieta de poedeiras comerciais de 24 a 58 semanas de idade Levels of the available phosphorus and particle size of dicalcium phosphate in brown egg layer hens diet from 24 to 58 weeks of age

    Lúcio Francelino Araújo

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available Um experimento foi conduzido para verificar o efeito de níveis de fósforo e do tamanho de partícula do fosfato bicálcico na dieta de poedeiras comerciais na fase de produção. Utilizou-se um delineamento experimental inteiramente casualizado, em esquema fatorial 2 × 3 com dois tamanhos de partícula do fosfato (fino e granulado e três níveis de fósforo disponível (0,28; 0,38 e 0,48%, totalizando seis tratamentos, cada um com cinco repetições de oito aves. As dietas experimentais foram isoproteicas, isocalóricas e isocálcicas. O consumo de ração, a produção de ovos, a massa de ovos, a conversão alimentar, a porcentagem de casca, a gravidade específica e os teores de cinzas, cálcio, fósforo e magnésio nos ossos não foram afetados pelas dietas. Dietas contendo fosfato bicálcico (fino ou granulado e 0,28% de fósforo disponível atendem às exigências de fósforo de galinhas poedeiras semipesadas de 24 a 58 semanas de idade.An experiment was carried out to verify the effect of levels of phosphorus and the particle size of dicalcium phosphate on diets for brown egg layer hens during production phase. A complete randomized experimental design as a 2 × 3 factorial arrangement, with two sizes of particles of phosphate (fine and granulate and three levels of available phosphorus (0.28, 0.38 and 0.48%, totalizing six treatements with five replications of eight birds each, was used. The experimental diets were isoproteic, isocaloric, and isocalcium. Feed intake, egg production, egg mass, feed conversion, shell percentage, egg specific gravity, ash, calcium, phosphorus and magnesium levels in the bones were not affected by the diets. Diets with dicalcium phosphate (fine or granulated and 0.28% available phosphorus level meet the phosphorus requirements in brown egg layer hens from 24 to 58 weeks of age.

  12. Disponibilidade de invertebrados aquáticos para peixes bentófagos de dois riachos da bacia do rio Iguaçu, Estado do Paraná, Brasil Aquatic invertebrates disponibility for bentophagous fishes in two streams at the Iguaçu River basin, state of Paraná, Brazil

    Anderson Ferreira

    2002-05-01

    Full Text Available Assumindo que os organismos que os peixes consomem refletem sua disponibilidade no ambiente, os objetivos deste trabalho foram verificar, através da dieta, quais os principais organismos que compõem a bentofauna disponível para peixes bentófagos, e analisar as variações espaço-temporais e ontogenéticas na dieta deste grupo de peixes. As coletas foram realizadas mensalmente de março/2000 a fevereiro/2001 através de pesca elétrica em dois riachos da bacia do rio Iguaçu e os estômagos (n=329 analisados pelo método volumétrico. A análise da dieta revelou uma grande diversidade de invertebrados bênticos, principalmente insetos de várias ordens, sendo as mais consumidas Ephemeroptera, representada por três famílias, Diptera por onze e Trichoptera por nove famílias, sendo esses, os organismos mais disponíveis para a alimentação, além de diversos organismos menos representativos. Os resultados de correlação de Spearman foram altamente significativos, revelando forte similaridade espacial, temporal e ontogenética. Essa grande disponibilidade de recursos aquáticos, provavelmente seja a maior responsável pela elevada abundância de indivíduos do gênero Trichomycterus (Siluriformes, Trichomyspteridae nos ambientes analisados.Analyzing aquatic organisms present in fish stomachs is a good way to determine their availability in the environment. This paper aims to determine aquatic organism availability (especially benthos for bentophagous fishes and to analyze spatial, temporal and ontogenetic changes in their diets. Samples were monthly taken from March 2000 to February 2001, through electrofishing, in two streams of the Iguaçu River. The stomachs were analyzed (329 units and the results expressed through volumetric method. The diet was composed of benthic invertebrates, especially insects from several orders, being Ephemeroptera (3 families, diptera (11 families and Trichoptera (9 families the most consumed ones. Therefore

  13. Fósforo da biomassa microbiana e atividade de fosfatases ácidas durante a diminuição do fósforo disponível no solo Soil microbial biomass phosphorus and activity of acid phosphatases during decline of soil available phosphorus

    Luciano Colpo Gatiboni

    2008-08-01

    Full Text Available O objetivo deste trabalho foi avaliar o conteúdo de fósforo armazenado na biomassa microbiana e a atividade de fosfatases ácidas, durante a diminuição dos teores de fósforo disponível no solo, causado por cultivos sucessivos com plantas. Foram utilizadas amostras de Latossolo Vermelho distroférrico típico, com adição prévia de fosfatos solúveis (0, 180, 360, 540 e 720 kg ha-1 de P2O5, aplicados em seis anos consecutivos. Efetuaram-se 15 cultivos sucessivos com diferentes plantas, em casa de vegetação, sem a reposição do fósforo absorvido pelas plantas. Após cada três cultivos sucessivos, foram determinados: o teor de fósforo disponível por resina trocadora de ânions, o fósforo microbiano e a atividade de fosfatases ácidas. Com a diminuição da disponibilidade de fósforo do solo, a quantidade de fósforo armazenada na biomassa microbiana do solo diminuiu, e a atividade de fosfatases ácidas aumentou. Em solos com baixo teor de fósforo e de resíduos de plantas, o P microbiano tem pouca importância para a nutrição das plantas.The objective of this work was to evaluate the content of phosphorus stored in the soil microbial biomass and the activity of acid fosfatases, during the decline of soil available phosphorus, caused by successive crops in pot experiment. Samples of Oxisol were utilized with previous addition of soluble phosphates (0, 180, 360, 540, and 720 kg ha-1 of P2O5, applied in six consecutive years. The soil samples were submitted to 15 successive crops in greenhouse, without replacement of absorbed phosphorus by plants. After each three successive crops, soil was sampled, and the following variables were determined: the available phosphorus by anion exchange resin, phosphorus stored in the soil microbial biomass and the activity of acid phosphatases. As a consequence of the reduction of the soil available phosphorus, the amount of microbial phosphorus decreased, and the activity of phosphatases increased

  14. Levels of available phosphorus and calcium for broilers from 8 to 35 days of age fed rations containing phytase Níveis de fósforo disponível e de cálcio para frangos de corte de 8 a 35 dias de idade alimentados com rações contendo fitase

    Adimar Cardoso Júnior

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available Two experiments using Cobb broiler chicks from 8 to 35 days of age were carried out to evaluate the effect of reducing levels of calcium and available phosphorus in diets supplemented with 500 ftu phytase/kg on the performance of the birds, the content of ashes in the tibia, the metabolizable energy of the diet, and the metabolizability of the dry matter and crude protein. It was used 1,404 broiler chicks in the experiment 1 to evaluate feed intake, weight gain, food conversion and percentage of the ashes in the tibia. In the experiment 2, simultaneously carried out with experiment 1, a total of 390 birds were transferred to a metabolism room to determine the metabolizable energy and metabolizability of the dry matter and crude protein. It was used in the two experiments, a complete random design in a 3 × 4 + 1 factorial scheme with three levels of available phosphorus (0.375; 0.325; and 0.275% and four levels of calcium (0.85; 0.75; 0.65 and 0.55% in the diets, supplemented with phytase. It was also used a control diet without phytase, based on corn and soybean bran, formulated with 0.425% of available phosphorus and 0.85% of calcium. In the experiment 1, the reduction of levels of calcium and phosphorus did not cause a significant difference on the performance and percentage of bone ashes. The levels of calcium and available phosphorus used in the experiment 2 can be reduced down to 0.65 and 0.325%, respectively, because the effects are similar to those obtained with the currently suggested levels.Dois experimentos com pintos de corte da linhagem Cobb no período de 8 a 35 dias de idade foram realizados para avaliar o efeito da redução dos níveis de cálcio e fósforo disponível (Pdisp em rações suplementadas com 500 ftu de fitase/kg sobre o desempenho das aves, o teor de cinzas na tíbia, a energia metabolizável (EMAn da dieta e a metabolizabilidade da matéria seca (MS e da proteína bruta (PB. No experimento 1, foram utilizados 1

  15. Relação cálcio:fósforo disponível e níveis de fitase para poedeiras semipesadas no primeiro e segundo ciclos de postura Calcium:available phosphorus ratio and phytase levels for semi heavy laying hens in the first and second posture cycle

    José Humberto Vilar da Silva

    2008-12-01

    Full Text Available Dois experimentos foram realizados para investigar a relação cálcio (Ca:fósforo disponível (Pd e o nível de fitase (UF no primeiro e segundo ciclos de postura. No primeiro ciclo de postura, 128 aves foram distribuídas em arranjo fatorial 3 × 2 + 1, composto de três relações Ca:Pd (14:1 = 4,2% Ca e 0,30% Pd; 12:1 = 3,5% Ca e 0,30% Pd; e 9:1 = 3,5% Ca e 0,38% Pd, dois níveis de fitase (0 e 600 UF e uma relação Ca:Pd controle (11:1 - 4,2% Ca e 0,38% Pd. No segundo ciclo de postura, 240 aves foram distribuídas em arranjo fatorial 2 × 2 × 2, composto de dois níveis de cálcio (3,5 e 4,2%, dois de fósforo disponível (0,30 e 0,38% e dois de fitase (0 e 600 UF. No primeiro ciclo, entre as aves alimentadas com as rações sem fitase, o maior peso dos ovos (PO foi obtido com a relação 9:1 (3,5% Ca e 0,38% Pd e o menor, com a relação 12:1 (3,5% Ca e 0,30% Pd. A melhor massa de ovos (MO e conversão alimentar por massa de ovos (CAMO foram observadas nas aves alimentadas com a ração com relação Ca:Pd 14:1 e a pior, com a ração formulada com relação 12:1. Nas aves alimentadas com a ração com fitase, a melhor conversão alimentar por massa de ovos foi obtida com a relação 12:1 (3,5% Ca e 0,30% Pd e a pior, com a relação 9:1 (3,5% Ca e 0,38% Pd. No segundo ciclo, o consumo de ração (CR reduziu com o aumento dos níveis de cálcio (3,5 para 4,2%, fósforo disponível (0,30 para 0,38% e fitase (0 para 600. As conversões alimentares por massa de ovos e por dúzia de ovos melhoraram, respectivamente, com o aumento dos níveis de fósforo disponível e de fitase, enquanto a gravidade específica melhorou com o aumento do nível de cálcio da ração. Para poedeiras no primeiro ciclo de postura, recomendam-se as relações 14:1 (4,2% Ca:0,30% Pd sem fitase e 12:1 (3,5% Ca:0,30% Pd com 600 UF e, para aves no segundo ciclo de postura, recomenda-se relação correspondente a 4,2% Ca e 0,38% Pd. A suplementação de ra

  16. Présentation Technique - French version only

    2003-01-01

    Tuesday 9 September PRESENTATION TECHNIQUE From 09:00 - 12:00 - bldg. 40, S2-B01 Techniques de mesure: Acquisition, analyse et présentation avec LabVIEW 7 Express National Instruments Switzerland Avec LabVIEW 7 Express, National Instruments inaugure une nouvelle ère pour la programmation graphique dans le monde de la mesure et de l'automatisation. Pour la première fois dans l'histoire de la programmation par flux de données, les antagonismes inconciliables entre la programmation et la configuration se laissent réduire au même dénominateur et sont disponibles dans un environnement de développement intégré. En outre, cette nouvelle version peut-être supportée par une plus large palette de plates-formes et de matériels cibles : de Windows, Linux ou Mac OS X jusqu'aux PDA (assistants personnels) ou aux FPGA embarqués. Avec LabVIEW 7 Express, vous disposez d'un outil logiciel, qui vous permet de construire encore plus vite, plus facilement et à moindres frais vos...

  17. Matériaux : les nouveaux champs de recherche et développement pour la valorisation des fibres végétales techniques (lin fibres et chanvre)

    Bono Pierre; Le Duc Anne; Lozachmeur Marie; Day Arnaud

    2015-01-01

    Les matériaux à base de fibres végétales techniques (lin et chanvre) sont une réalité depuis plusieurs années. Une étude récente de FranceAgriMer (Thonier et Bono, 2015) montre que leur développement est une réalité tout particulièrement dans le domaine du bâtiment (isolation, panneaux de particules, bétons), du transport (plasturgie, composite) et plus récemment des sports et loisirs et du luxe. Ces développements permettent de valoriser les propriétés différenciantes du lin fibre et du chan...

  18. Visualization techniques for wireless sensor networks

    Karagiannis, Marios

    2012-01-01

    Les réseaux de capteurs sans fil, comme tous les réseaux sans fil, dépendent de facteurs environnementaux qui affectent leur fonctionnement. A cet effet, les chercheurs ont besoin d'outils qui leur permettent de mesurer ces facteurs, et d'évaluer leur impact sur la performance des algorithmes et des protocoles de communication en phase de recherche et développement. Les réseaux de capteurs sans fil on ceci d'unique que chaque capteur pris individuellement n'a qu'une utilité marginale, alors q...

  19. A Study of Solid Particles Feeding Tehnic by Fluidization Une technique d'alimentation en particules solides par fluidisation

    Dolignier J.-C.

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available The study of heterogeneous reactions in a drop tube furnace, at a laboratory scale, needs a continuous feeding and dispersing technic to yield mass flow rates as low as 1 g/h. In the present work, a solution based on fluidization, is proposed. A mixture of lime and sand is fluidized at a superficial velocity higher than the free fall velocity of the lime particles which are therefore carried over by the fluidizing gas stream out of the bed. The effects of various parameters such as the particles diameter, the lime content in the solid mixture, the height of the fluidized bed and the gas fluidizing velocity, on the flow have been investigated. The operating conditions leading to the obtention of a constant solid rate have been optimized. A simple method of evaluating the mass of the evacuated and dispersed lime particles have been developed, and satisfactory results were obtained. L'étude des réactions hétérogènes dans un four à chute à l'échelle du laboratoire nécessite l'utilisation d'une technique d'alimentation et de dispersion afin de débiter des masses de solides autour de 1 g/h. Dans ce présent travail, une technique basée sur la fluidisation est proposée. Un mélange de chaux et de sable est fluidisé à une vitesse superficielle plus élevée que la vitesse terminale de chute des particules de chaux, qui par conséquent sont transportées hors du lit. L'influence des divers paramètres tels que le diamètre des particules, le pourcentage de chaux dans le mélange, la hauteur du lit et la vitesse de fluidisation du gaz sur l'écoulement ont été étudiés. Les conditions opératoires permettant d'obtenir des débits de solides constants ont été optimisées. Une méthode relativement simple permettant d'évaluer la quantité de solide évacuée a été développée et des résultats satisfaisants ont été obtenus.

  20. Liberação de CO2, biomassa microbiana e fósforo disponível em solo adicionado de matéria seca de poaia-branca CO2 liberation, microbial biomass and available phosphorus in soil supplemented with Brasil callality dry matter

    Eliete S. Machado

    1999-04-01

    Full Text Available O presente experimento, inteiramente casualizado, foi desenvolvido em condições de laboratório no Departamento de Defesa Fitossanitária, FCA/UNESP - Botucatu, entre julho e setembro de 1992. Amostras de Areia Quartzosa equivalentes à 40 g de terra seca à 105 oC ± 2 com ou sem adição de 1,9 g de matéria seca de plantas de poaia-branca (Richardia brasiliensis, 0,19 g de nitrogênio (NH42SO4 e 0,88 g de apatita de Araxá, foram incubadas no escuro a 25 o C ± 2 , com umidade mantida a 60% da capacidade de retenção de água. Durante a incubação, determinou-se o CO2 liberado, utilizando-se o método de retenção em NAOH seguida de titulometria com HCl; a biomassa microbiana, método de fumigação-incubação; o pH e a quantidade de fósforo extraído por resina. A maior liberação de CO2 ocorreu durante os dez primeiros dias de incubação, com 77% do total de carbono liberado nos tratamentos com adição de poaia, e 37% nos tratamentos sem adição da mesma. A liberação de CO2 foi 57 vezes maior nos tratamentos com poaia em relação ao controle. A poaia também provocou aumentos na biomassa microbiana (média de 8 vezes a biomassa do tratamento controle, e a adição de nitrogênio e/ou fosfato de rocha junto à poaia antecipou os picos de formação de biomassa de 20 para 10 dias de incubação. Os níveis de fósforo disponível foram maiores no tratamento com adição de fosfato de rocha apenas. A poaia também alcalinizou o sistema, não permitindo desta forma, observar-se relação significativa entre pH e teor de fósforo disponível.The present experiment, totally randomized, was carried out under laboratory conditions at the Departamento de Defesa Fitossanitária, FCA/UNESP-Botucatu, between July and September, 1992. Fresh air-dry samples of quartz sand representing 40g of dry soil each, at 105 o C ± 2, with or without addition of 1.90g of dry matter of "poaia-branca" (Richardia brasiliensis plants, 0.19g of nitrogen (NH

  1. Redistribuição entre frações e teores disponíveis de zinco em solos incubados com lodo de esgoto Zinc redistribution among soil fractions and concentration of available Zn in sewage sludge-treated soils

    Josângela do Carmo Trezena de Araújo

    2005-07-01

    Full Text Available A utilização agrícola de lodo de esgoto é uma da melhores opções para a disposição final deste resíduo. Contudo, em virtude da presença de metais pesados no lodo, torna-se importante a determinação da disponibilidade e das formas nas quais estes metais se encontram em solos tratados com esse resíduo. Este trabalho objetivou estudar a redistribuição entre frações e os teores disponíveis de Zn em solos incubados com lodo de esgoto. Foram utilizadas amostras de dois solos com diferentes características químicas e físicas às quais foram adicionadas cinco doses de lodo de esgoto (equivalentes a 0; 40,5; 81; 162 e 243 Mg ha-1. Nos períodos de incubação de 30, 60, 90, 120, 150 e 180 dias, foram coletadas amostras para determinação do Zn disponível, extraído por DTPA, e da sua distribuição entre frações do solo. Os resultados mostraram que a adição de doses crescentes de lodo de esgoto aumentaram os teores de Zn nos solos extraídos por DTPA; entretanto, de maneira geral, estes teores não aumentaram com o decorrer do tempo de incubação. Houve diminuição da mobilidade de Zn nos solos incubados com lodo, com transferência do elemento ligado à fração matéria orgânica, em sua maior parte, para a fração residual. Para as condições estudadas, a máxima dose de Zn a ser fornecida por aplicação de lodo de esgoto pela legislação americana não promoveu teores fitotóxicos de Zn no solo.One of the best options for final disposal of sewage sludge is its use for agricultural purposes. Excessive heavy metal concentrations in sludge, however, pose a risk to the environment. It is therefore important to determine not only the availability, but also the distribution of such metals in different soil fractions as a result of sludge application. Our study aimed at evaluating both the redistribution of Zn among soil fractions and the Zn-DTPA available concentration in sludge-incubated soils. Samples of two contrasting

  2. Adsorption of glyphosate in chilean soils and its relationship with unoccupied phosphate binding sites Adsorção de glifosato em solos chilenos e sua relação com sítios de adsorção disponíveis para adsorção de fosfato

    Marcelo Kogan

    2003-04-01

    Full Text Available The objective of this work was to investigate glyphosate adsorption by soils and its relationship with unoccupied binding sites for phosphate adsorption. Soil samples of three Chilean soils series - Valdivia (Andisol, Clarillo (Inceptisol and Chicureo (Vertisol - were incubated with different herbicide concentrations. Glyphosate remaining in solution was determined by adjusting a HPLC method with a UV detector. Experimental maximum adsorption capacity were 15,000, 14,300 and 4,700 mg g¹ for Valdivia, Clarillo, and Chicureo soils, respectively. Linear, Freundlich, and Langmuir models were used to describe glyphosate adsorption. Isotherms describing glyphosate adsorption differed among soils. Maximum adjusted adsorption capacity with the Langmuir model was 231,884, 17,874 and 5,670 mg g-1 for Valdivia, Clarillo, and Chicureo soils, respectively. Glyphosate adsorption on the Valdivia soil showed a linear behavior at the range of concentrations used and none of the adjusted models became asymptotic. The high glyphosate adsorption capacity of the Valdivia soil was probably a result of its high exchangeable Al, extractable Fe, and alophan and imogolite clay type. Adsorption was very much related to phosphate dynamics in the Valdivia soil, which showed the larger unoccupied phosphate binding sites. However relationship between unoccupied phosphate binding sites and glyphosate adsorption in the other two soils (Clarillo and Chicureo was not clear.O objetivo deste trabalho foi investigar a adsorção de glifosato em solos e sua relação com os sítios disponíveis para adsorção de fosfato. Amostras de três solos chilenos - Valdivia (Andisol, Clarillo (Inceptisol e Chicureo (Vertisol - foram incubadas com diferentes concentrações do herbicida. O glifosato remanescente na solução foi determinado pelo método de HPLC com detector de UV modificado. A capacidade de adsorção máxima experimental foi de 15.000, 14.300 e 4.700 mg g-1 para os solos de

  3. Les écoulements par RMN à gradient pulsé Pulsed Gradient Nmr Techniques for Studying Flows

    Lebon L.

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available Nous présentons ici les techniques de RMN à gradient pulsé qui permettent d'étudier les écoulements multiphasiques en canalisation ou en milieu poreux. Les principaux avantages sont de pouvoir travailler sur des milieux non transparents et d'accéder à des échelles de longueurs faibles. On montre qu'il est possible d'obtenir des informations locales sur l'écoulement, telles que le profil de vitesse et ses fluctuations dans les écoulements diphasiques, ou les cartes de distribution des probabilités de déplacement dans des échantillons poreux hétérogènes. Pulsed gradient NMR techniques are presented here. They allow the study of multiphase flow in pipes as well as porous media. The main advantages are the possibilities of studying non transparent media at small length scales. We show that it is possible to obtain local information on the fluid flow, such as velocity profiles in two phase systems, or maps of distribution of displacement probabilities in heterogeneous porous media.

  4. Bibliographical resources available in the Internet about dangerous substances and residues and their influence in the environment in the period 1975-2005 Recursos bibliográficos disponibles en Internet sobre sustancias y residuos peligrosos y su influencia en el medio ambiente en el periodo 1975 a 2005

    Elena Ronda-Pérez

    2008-06-01

    Full Text Available Introduction. The Internet has become the most used source of biomedical information. The documentation, produced by the public and private institutions, in relation with the dangerous substances that can recover in the Internet is fundamental for the prevention of this type of risks. Objective. To locate and to check the available documents in the Internet about dangerous substances, dangerous residues, including inert, and his influence in the environment in the period 1975 - 2005. Material and Method. Descriptive and cross sectional study of the results of the bibliographical searches made in the Internet, in the corresponding databases. Results. It has been recognized 162 records that expire with the requirements indicated in the pre-established methodology. Discussion. With respect to the environmental documentation present in the Internet it seems to be suitable to increase his diffusion and to improve his classification and accessibility.Introducción. Internet se ha convertido en una fuente de información biomédica cada vez más utilizada. La documentación producida por las instituciones públicas y privadas, en relación con las sustancias peligrosas que se pueden recuperar en Internet, es fundamental para la prevención de este tipo de riesgos. Objetivo. Localizar y revisar los documentos disponibles en Internet sobre sustancias peligrosas, residuos peligrosos, incluyendo inertes, y su influencia en el medio ambiente en el periodo 1975 a 2005. Material y método. Estudio descriptivo transversal de los resultados de las búsquedas bibliográficas efectuadas en Internet, en las correspondientes bases de datos. Resultados. Se han reconocido 162 registros que cumplen con los requisitos señalados en la metodología preestablecida. Discusión. Con respecto a la documentación medioambiental pre- sente en Internet, parece conveniente incrementar su difusión y mejorar su clasificación y accesibilidad.

  5. Stress Management Techniques

    Czesław Czabała

    2016-05-01

    Of all the stress management techniques people used mostly those included in the categories of “problem solving”, “vicarious gratification” and “distancing”. This points to the use of techniques that require no effort but are not fully effective. It could be so that they have not skills to use other techniques, or are aware that such techniques exist.

  6. Radiologic imaging technique

    Bushong, S.C. (Dept. of Radiology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX (US)); Eastman, T.R. (Agfagavert Inc., Irving, TX (US))

    1990-01-01

    The authors focus on the subject of clinical radiographic technique. Emphasizing correct radiographic technique, it's heavily illustrated with radiographs that demonstrate proper exposure and show what happens when exposure variables are changed. A key feature is a discussion and evaluation of radiographic technique charts. Basic technique charts are provided for every body part examined.

  7. Tools & techniques--statistics: propensity score techniques.

    da Costa, Bruno R; Gahl, Brigitta; Jüni, Peter

    2014-10-01

    Propensity score (PS) techniques are useful if the number of potential confounding pretreatment variables is large and the number of analysed outcome events is rather small so that conventional multivariable adjustment is hardly feasible. Only pretreatment characteristics should be chosen to derive PS, and only when they are probably associated with outcome. A careful visual inspection of PS will help to identify areas of no or minimal overlap, which suggests residual confounding, and trimming of the data according to the distribution of PS will help to minimise residual confounding. Standardised differences in pretreatment characteristics provide a useful check of the success of the PS technique employed. As with conventional multivariable adjustment, PS techniques cannot account for confounding variables that are not or are only imperfectly measured, and no PS technique is a substitute for an adequately designed randomised trial.

  8. Radiolocation Techniques (Les Techniques de Radiolocalisation

    1992-11-01

    importants sont occasionnds par Ia rifraction atmosphdnque. Sur route la bande de fr~quences radio. Ic bruit, aussi bien naturel qu’artificieljoue souvent...rdscau, techniques multi- capteurs ; aspects brouillage. - Uimpact de la propagation sur la gomornidmie et la tdlddetection: Les grandesi ondes, HF, VHF...par 36 Capteur At Analyse Sliquentielle en Balayage Rapide par D.Josset Radio Location through High Resolution Eigenstructure Processing Techniques 37

  9. Les politiques actuelles permettent-elles d’atteindre un développement durable en agriculture ? *

    Kroll Jean-Christophe

    2006-03-01

    Full Text Available Sustainable development is a concept in course of construction which needs materialize throught precise indicators to become operating. In agriculture, this indicators are laking and it is difficult to evaluate the impact of agricultural policies on sustainable development. In the economic area, where indicators exist, the evaluation shows the rough impact of the deletion of direct subsidies on the increase in unemployment, in unexploited areas, and on cutting-down in production. This observation brings in question the sustainability of the actual agricultural policies in the long run, and brings in question the theorical postulates these policies are steming from. Beside the questions about economic sustainability, many examples show the contradictions of these policies in matter of social and environnemental sustainability. All these questions shows the long way which remain to be cover to built the new governance forms necessary to set up agricultural policies that can promote a real sustainable agriculture.

  10. Surface science techniques

    Bracco, Gianangelo

    2013-01-01

    The book describes the experimental techniques employed to study surfaces and interfaces. The emphasis is on the experimental method. Therefore all chapters start with an introduction of the scientific problem, the theory necessary to understand how the technique works and how to understand the results. Descriptions of real experimental setups, experimental results at different systems are given to show both the strength and the limits of the technique. In a final part the new developments and possible extensions of the techniques are presented. The included techniques provide microscopic as well as macroscopic information. They cover most of the techniques used in surface science.

  11. Condições de secagem de uma pasta de anchoita modificada enzimaticamente na oxidação lipídica, lisina disponível e atividade antioxidante do produto Drying conditions of an enzymatic modified paste of anchovy in the lipid oxidation, available lisina and antioxidant activity of the product

    Kelly de Moraes

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available O objetivo do trabalho foi analisar as condições da secagem convectiva de uma pasta de anchoita (Engraulis anchoita modificada enzimaticamente, através da metodologia de superfícies de resposta, sendo as respostas consideradas: a oxidação lipídica (TBA, a redução da lisina disponível e a perda da atividade antioxidante específica. A pasta de anchoita modificada foi obtida por hidrólise enzimática da fração muscular (filés do pescado por Neutrase®. Foram avaliadas na operação de secagem, a temperatura do ar (60, 70 e 80°C e a espessura das amostras (1,5; 2,5 e 3,5mm. A análise estatística da secagem mostrou efeitos significativos da temperatura do ar e da espessura das amostras (PThe aim of the work was to analyze the conditions of the convective drying of an enzymatic modified paste of anchovy (Engraulis anchoita through the response surfaces methodology, and the responses were the lipid oxidation (TBA, reduction of the available lisina and loss of the specific antioxidant activity. The modified paste of anchovy was obtained through enzymatic hydrolysis of the fish muscular fraction (fillets by Neutrase®. In drying operation the air temperature (60, 70 and 80°C and the samples thickness (1.5, 2.5 and 3.5mm were studied. The statistical analysis of the drying showed significant effects of the air temperature and samples thickness (P<0.05. The best drying condition was obtained in the air temperature of 60°C and samples thickness of 2.5mm. In this condition the TBA index was of 0.93mgMDA kg-1, available lisina reduction of 16% and loss of the specific antioxidant activity of 20.2%.

  12. Validación de la metodología para la determinación cuantitativa de plomo en tintes cosméticos disponibles en el mercado nacional por espectroscopia de absorción atómica con llama

    Paulina Silva Trejos

    2008-04-01

    Full Text Available Se validó la metodología analítica para determinar cuantitativamente plomo en tintes cosméticos disponibles en el mercado nacional, por el método de espectroscopia de absorción atómica con llama. Las muestras se digirieron por digestión húmeda con HNO3 al 65 % m/men horno de microondas; el porcentaje de recuperación para la digestión de muestras de 0,25 g y 0,45 g en 5,00 mL fue de 100,5±0,5. El ámbito de linealidad óptimo fue del límite de detección a 5,0 mg/L con un coeficiente de correlación de 0,9998.Los límites de detección y los límites de cuantificación determinados gráficamente por el método de corredor de errores para regresión lineal fueron de 0,12 ±0,02 mg/L y 0,21±0,02 mg/L, respectivamente. Se evaluó la precisión determinando la repetitividad como desviación estándar de 5 réplicas de un tinte positivo para plomo, de acuerdo con la definición de la ISO,2√2*σ, y se obtuvo un valor de 2,3. La veracidad se determinó por medio de los porcentajes de recuperación evaluados, agregando alícuotas de patrones de plomo a muestras de tinte y comparándolo con muestras de igual masa a las que no se les realizó adición. Las muestras de tintes se obtuvieron en puestos de venta, tales como farmacias, suplidoras de belleza,supermercados, centros de ventas de productos naturales y el mercado central de San José. De los tintes analizados, de marca Youthair, de fabricación norteamericana, Doni, Mont D’Or, Matador y Siempre Joven, producidos localmente, contienen acetato de plomo como ingrediente activo

  13. Profundidade de amostragem do solo para avaliação do enxofre disponível em pomar de limão siciliano (Citrus limon Burm. Soil sampling depth for available sulphur evaluation in sicilian lemon (Citrus limon Burm. orchard

    L.I. Prochnow

    1995-04-01

    Full Text Available Em um Latossolo Vermelho Escuro, textura média, no qual foram estabelecidos diferentes teores de enxofre, através da aplicação de doses crescentes de gesso agrícola (0, 1, 2 e 4 t/ha, estudou-se a profundidade adequada para coleta de amostras de terra para avaliação do S-SO4-2 "disponível" para o limão siciliano (Citrus limon Burm. enxertado sobre porta enxerto Volkameriano. As quantidades de sulfato no solo, extraídas pelo NH4OAc 0,5 M em HOAc 0,25 M, foram determinadas aos 6, 12 e 24 meses após a aplicação do produto nas seguintes profundidades: 0-5, 5-10, 10-20, 20-40, 40-80 e 80-120 cm. As quantidades de enxofre nas folhas do limão siciliano foram também determinadas na mesma época. Os dados obtidos e os estudos de correlação que se seguiram demonstraram evidências de que o limão siciliano teria, no período considerado, extraído enxofre, principalmente, da camada de O a 20 cm de profundidade, e assim sendo, fornece indícios de que esta deve ser a camada amostrada para fins da avaliação deste importante elemento nesta cultura.On a medium-textured Dark-Red Latosol (Typic Hapludox, in which increasing levels of sulfate were established by the application of different rates of phosphogypstim (0, 1, 2 e 4 t/ha, a study was carried out to obtain information about the depth of soil samples collected in order to evaluate the S-SO4-2 availability for the Sicilian lemon (Citrus limon Burm. grafted on "Volkameriano" rootstocks. Sulfate contents at different depths (0-5, 5-10, 10-20, 20-40, 40-80 and 80-120 cm were determined, by using the NH4OAc 0,5 M in HOAc 0,25 M extractor, 6,12 and 24 months after phosphogypsum application. Sulphur content in the leaves of the lemon plants were also determined at the same dates. Analytical data obtained and the correlation studies that followed, showed that the Sicilian lemon extracted sulphur mainly from the layer 0-20 cm and, therefore, this layer is considered representative for soil

  14. Introduction to perturbation techniques

    Nayfeh, Ali H

    2011-01-01

    Similarities, differences, advantages and limitations of perturbation techniques are pointed out concisely. The techniques are described by means of examples that consist mainly of algebraic and ordinary differential equations. Each chapter contains a number of exercises.

  15. Semiconductor Research Experimental Techniques

    Balkan, Naci

    2012-01-01

    The book describes the fundamentals, latest developments and use of key experimental techniques for semiconductor research. It explains the application potential of various analytical methods and discusses the opportunities to apply particular analytical techniques to study novel semiconductor compounds, such as dilute nitride alloys. The emphasis is on the technique rather than on the particular system studied.

  16. Níveis de fósforo disponível em rações para suínos de alto potencial genético para deposição de carne dos 30 aos 60 kg Available phosphorus levels in diets for swine with high genetic potential for meat deposition from 30 to 60 kg

    Alysson Saraiva

    2009-07-01

    Full Text Available Com o objetivo de avaliar níveis de fósforo disponível (Pd em rações para suínos de alto potencial para deposição de carne, foram utilizadas 60 fêmeas suínas, híbridas comerciais, com peso inicial de 30,0 ± 0,618 kg, distribuídas em delineamento inteiramente casualizado, com cinco tratamentos, seis repetições e dois animais por unidade experimental. Os tratamentos foram constituídos de uma ração basal sem suplementação de fósforo e outras quatro rações, obtidas pela suplementação da ração basal com fosfato bicálcico de forma a se obterem cinco níveis de Pd (0,115; 0,195; 0,275; 0,355 e 0,435%. Não foi observado efeito dos níveis de Pd sobre o consumo de ração. Os níveis de fósforo disponível influenciaram de forma linear o ganho de peso diário (GPD e a conversão alimentar (CA, de modo que o GPD aumentou até o nível de 0,349% de Pd, permanecendo em um platô. A conversão alimentar diminuiu até 0,345% de Pd, no qual permaneceu em um platô. A resistência óssea, os teores de fósforo nos ossos e a porcentagem de cinzas nos ossos foram influenciados de forma linear crescente pelos níveis de Pd das rações. Não houve efeito dos níveis de Pd das rações sobre a quantidade de cálcio nos ossos.Os níveis de Pd que proporcionam os melhores resultados de ganho de peso e conversão alimentar de fêmeas suínas de alto potencial genético para deposição de carne dos 30 aos 60 kg são, respectivamente, 0,349 e 0,345%, que correspondem a consumos diários estimados de 7,45 e 7,36 g.With the objective of evaluating levels of available phosphorus (AP in diets for swine with high genetic potential for meat deposition,sixty female commercial hybrid swine were used, with initial weight of 30 ± 0.618 kg, distributed in a completely randomized experimental design, with five treatments, six replications and two animals per experimental unit. The treatments consisted of a basal diet without phosphorus

  17. Low current beam techniques

    Saint, A.; Laird, J.S.; Bardos, R.A.; Legge, G.J.F. [Melbourne Univ., Parkville, VIC (Australia). School of Physics; Nishijima, T.; Sekiguchi, H. [Electrotechnical Laboratory, Tsukuba (Japan).

    1993-12-31

    Since the development of Scanning Transmission Microscopy (STIM) imaging in 1983 many low current beam techniques have been developed for the scanning (ion) microprobe. These include STIM tomography, Ion Beam Induced Current, Ion Beam Micromachining and Microlithography and Ionoluminense. Most of these techniques utilise beam currents of 10{sup -15} A down to single ions controlled by beam switching techniques This paper will discuss some of the low beam current techniques mentioned above, and indicate, some of their recent applications at MARC. A new STIM technique will be introduced that can be used to obtain Z-contrast with STIM resolution. 4 refs., 3 figs.

  18. Clasroom Observation Techniques

    Akbayrak, Burcu

    1999-01-01

    In this article observation techniques as a data collecting tool used in social and educational research are examined and discussed. First the concepts and purposes of the observation technique are explained and later systematic and non-systematic observation techniques are described. Two research projects conducted in the classroom are then summarized. These are ‘ORACLE’ (Observational Research and Classroom Learning Evaluation Project), and ‘PRINDEP’ (Primary Needs Independent Evaluation Pr...

  19. Principles of fluorescence techniques

    2016-01-01

    Fluorescence techniques are being used and applied increasingly in academics and industry. The Principles of Fluorescence Techniques course will outline the basic concepts of fluorescence techniques and the successful utilization of the currently available commercial instrumentation. The course is designed for students who utilize fluorescence techniques and instrumentation and for researchers and industrial scientists who wish to deepen their knowledge of fluorescence applications. Key scientists in the field will deliver theoretical lectures. The lectures will be complemented by the direct utilization of steady-state and lifetime fluorescence instrumentation and confocal microscopy for FLIM and FRET applications provided by leading companies.

  20. Persian fencing techniques

    Manouchehr Moshtagh Khorasani

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available There are numerous manuscripts, poems and stories that describe, specifically and in detail, the different techniques used in Persian swordsmanship. The present article explains the origins and the techniques of Persian swordsmanship. The article also describes the traditional code of conduct for Persian warriors. Additionally, it describes an array of techniques that were deployed in actual combat in Iran’s history. Some of these techniques are represented via the miniatures that are reproduced herein. This is the first article on Persian swordsmanship published in any periodical.

  1. Emerging optical nanoscopy techniques

    Montgomery PC

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available Paul C Montgomery, Audrey Leong-Hoi Laboratoire des Sciences de l'Ingénieur, de l'Informatique et de l'Imagerie (ICube, Unistra-CNRS, Strasbourg, France Abstract: To face the challenges of modern health care, new imaging techniques with subcellular resolution or detection over wide fields are required. Far field optical nanoscopy presents many new solutions, providing high resolution or detection at high speed. We present a new classification scheme to help appreciate the growing number of optical nanoscopy techniques. We underline an important distinction between superresolution techniques that provide improved resolving power and nanodetection techniques for characterizing unresolved nanostructures. Some of the emerging techniques within these two categories are highlighted with applications in biophysics and medicine. Recent techniques employing wider angle imaging by digital holography and scattering lens microscopy allow superresolution to be achieved for subcellular and even in vivo, imaging without labeling. Nanodetection techniques are divided into four subcategories using contrast, phase, deconvolution, and nanomarkers. Contrast enhancement is illustrated by means of a polarized light-based technique and with strobed phase-contrast microscopy to reveal nanostructures. Very high sensitivity phase measurement using interference microscopy is shown to provide nanometric surface roughness measurement or to reveal internal nanometric structures. Finally, the use of nanomarkers is illustrated with stochastic fluorescence microscopy for mapping intracellular structures. We also present some of the future perspectives of optical nanoscopy. Keywords: microscopy, imaging, superresolution, nanodetection, biophysics, medical imaging

  2. UIAGM Ropehandling Techniques.

    Cloutier, K. Ross

    The Union Internationale des Associations des Guides de Montagne's (UIAGM) rope handling techniques are intended to form the standard for guiding ropework worldwide. These techniques have become the legal standard for instructional institutions and commercial guiding organizations in UIAGM member countries: Austria, Canada, France, Germany, Great…

  3. Techniques for Teachers Section

    Tait, A., Ed.

    1973-01-01

    Includes a simple technique to demonstrate Millikan's oil drop experiment, an environmental studies experiment to measure dissolved oxygen in water samples, and a technique to demonstrate action-reaction. Science materials described are the Pol-A-Star Tomiscope, Nuffield chemistry film loops, air pucks and pH meters. (JR)

  4. Internal septorhinoplasty technique.

    Waite, Peter D

    2012-02-01

    The internal septorhinoplasty was the standard operating procedure until the popularity of the external or open rhinoplasty technique. The internal technique of the rhinoplasty should be in the armamentarium of every cosmetic surgeon. There will always be indications for both internal and external rhinoplasty. The advantages of the internal technique are several. Rhinoplasty should be treatment planned based on the individual diagnosis. With experience, most surgeons find the internal rhinoplasty to be successful and extremely rewarding. A simple internal rhinoplasty will produce a good result and satisfied patients.

  5. Spectrometric techniques 3

    Vanasse, George A

    2013-01-01

    Spectrometric Techniques, Volume III presents the applications of spectrometric techniques to atmospheric and space studies. This book reviews the spectral data processing and analysis techniques that are of broad applicability.Organized into five chapters, this volume begins with an overview of the instrumentation used for obtaining field data. This text then reviews the contribution that space-borne spectroscopy in the thermal IR has made to the understanding of the planets. Other chapters consider the instruments that have recorded the planetary emission spectra. This book discusses as well

  6. Spectrometric techniques 4

    Vanasse, George A

    2013-01-01

    Spectrometric Techniques, Volume IV discusses three widely diversified areas of spectrometric techniques. The book focuses on three spectrometric methods. Chapter 1 discusses the phenomenology and applications of Coherent Anti-Stokes Raman Spectroscopy (CARS), the most commonly used optical technique that exploit the Raman effect. The second chapter is concerned with diffraction gratings and mountings for the Vacuum Ultraviolet Spectral Region. Chapter 3 accounts the uses of mass spectrometry, detectors, types of spectrometers, and ion sources. Physicists and chemists will find the book a go

  7. Approximation techniques for engineers

    Komzsik, Louis

    2006-01-01

    Presenting numerous examples, algorithms, and industrial applications, Approximation Techniques for Engineers is your complete guide to the major techniques used in modern engineering practice. Whether you need approximations for discrete data of continuous functions, or you''re looking for approximate solutions to engineering problems, everything you need is nestled between the covers of this book. Now you can benefit from Louis Komzsik''s years of industrial experience to gain a working knowledge of a vast array of approximation techniques through this complete and self-contained resource.

  8. Computer techniques for electromagnetics

    Mittra, R

    1973-01-01

    Computer Techniques for Electromagnetics discusses the ways in which computer techniques solve practical problems in electromagnetics. It discusses the impact of the emergence of high-speed computers in the study of electromagnetics. This text provides a brief background on the approaches used by mathematical analysts in solving integral equations. It also demonstrates how to use computer techniques in computing current distribution, radar scattering, and waveguide discontinuities, and inverse scattering. This book will be useful for students looking for a comprehensive text on computer techni

  9. Spectrometric techniques 2

    Vanasse, George A

    2013-01-01

    Spectrometric Techniques, Volume II provides information pertinent to vacuum ultraviolet techniques to complete the demonstration of the diversity of methods available to the spectroscopist interested in the ultraviolet visible and infrared spectral regions. This book discusses the specific aspects of the technique of Fourier transform spectroscopy.Organized into five chapters, this volume begins with an overview of the large number of systematic effects in the recording of an interferogram. This text then examines the design approach for a Fourier transform spectrometer with focus on optics.

  10. Microwave Breast Imaging Techniques

    Zhurbenko, Vitaliy; Rubæk, Tonny

    2010-01-01

    This paper outlines the applicability of microwave radiation for breast cancer detection. Microwave imaging systems are categorized based on their hardware architecture. The advantages and disadvantages of various imaging techniques are discussed. The fundamental tradeoffs are indicated between v...

  11. Plant tissue culture techniques

    Rolf Dieter Illg

    1991-01-01

    Plant cell and tissue culture in a simple fashion refers to techniques which utilize either single plant cells, groups of unorganized cells (callus) or organized tissues or organs put in culture, under controlled sterile conditions.

  12. Reversible Data Hiding Techniques

    Dhananjay Yadav

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Reversible data hiding is a technique that is used to hide data inside an image. The data is hidden in such a way that the exact or original data is not visible. The hidden data can be retrieved as and when required. There are several methods that are used in reversible data hiding techniques like Watermarking, Lossless embedding and encryption. In this paper we present a review of reversible watermarking techniques and show different methods that are used to get reversible data hiding technique with higher embedding capacity and invisible objects. Watermark need not be hidden. Watermarking can be applied to 1. Images, 2. Text, 3. Audio/video, 4. Software.

  13. RFCM Techniques Chamber Facility

    Federal Laboratory Consortium — FUNCTION: Provides the capability to develop radio-frequency countermeasure (RFCM) techniques in a controlled environment from 2.0 to 40.0 GHz. The configuration of...

  14. Symbolic rewriting techniques

    Weispfenning, Volker; Grabmeier, Johannes

    1998-01-01

    Symbolic rewriting techniques are methods for deriving consequences from systems of equations, and are of great use when investigating the structure of the solutions. Such techniques appear in many important areas of research within computer algebra: • the Knuth-Bendix completion for groups, monoids and general term-rewriting systems, • the Buchberger algorithm for Gröbner bases, • the Ritt-Wu characteristic set method for ordinary differential equations, and • the Riquier-Janet method for partial differential equations. This volume contains invited and contributed papers to the Symbolic Rewriting Techniques workshop, which was held at the Centro Stefano Franscini in Ascona, Switzerland, from April 30 to May 4, 1995. That workshop brought together 40 researchers from various areas of rewriting techniques, the main goal being the investigation of common threads and methods. Following the workshops, each contribution was formally refereed and 14 papers were selected for publication.

  15. Healthy Cooking Techniques

    ... By using healthy-cooking techniques, you can cut saturated fats. Consider, for instance, that many of the fats ... such as butter and lard — are high in saturated fats. Adults should limit calories from saturated fat to ...

  16. Renal Tumor Biopsy Technique

    Lei Zhang; Xue-Song Li; Li-Qun Zhou

    2016-01-01

    Objective:To review hot issues and future direction of renal tumor biopsy (RTB) technique.Data Sources:The literature concerning or including RTB technique in English was collected from PubMed published from 1990 to 2015.Study Selection:We included all the relevant articles on RTB technique in English,with no limitation of study design.Results:Computed tomography and ultrasound were usually used for guiding RTB with respective advantages.Core biopsy is more preferred over fine needle aspiration because of superior accuracy.A minimum of two good-quality cores for a single renal tumor is generally accepted.The use of coaxial guide is recommended.For biopsy location,sampling different regions including central and peripheral biopsies are recommended.Conclusion:In spite of some limitations,RTB technique is relatively mature to help optimize the treatment of renal tumors.

  17. Plant tissue culture techniques

    Rolf Dieter Illg

    1991-01-01

    Full Text Available Plant cell and tissue culture in a simple fashion refers to techniques which utilize either single plant cells, groups of unorganized cells (callus or organized tissues or organs put in culture, under controlled sterile conditions.

  18. Relaxation techniques for stress

    ... problems such as high blood pressure, stomachaches, headaches, anxiety, and depression. Using relaxation techniques can help you feel calm. These exercises can also help you manage stress and ease the effects of stress on your body.

  19. Separation techniques: Chromatography

    Coskun, Ozlem

    2016-01-01

    Chromatography is an important biophysical technique that enables the separation, identification, and purification of the components of a mixture for qualitative and quantitative analysis. Proteins can be purified based on characteristics such as size and shape, total charge, hydrophobic groups present on the surface, and binding capacity with the stationary phase. Four separation techniques based on molecular characteristics and interaction type use mechanisms of ion exchange, surface adsorp...

  20. Gulliver, medium, technique

    Bullard, Paddy

    2016-01-01

    In the four Parts of Gulliver’s Travels the narrator attends closely to the manual skills, crafts and techniques of the different countries visited and to the materials and instruments by which they are mediated. The patterned, motif-like presentation of these observations and their rich contextual background, historical and literary, indicate their special significance. These references to technique play an important, previously underappreciated roll in Gulliver. They form a thematic connect...

  1. Apollo Onboard Navigation Techniques

    Interbartolo, Michael

    2009-01-01

    This viewgraph presentation reviews basic navigation concepts, describes coordinate systems and identifies attitude determination techniques including Primary Guidance, Navigation and Control System (PGNCS) IMU management and Command and Service Module Stabilization and Control System/Lunar Module (LM) Abort Guidance System (AGS) attitude management. The presentation also identifies state vector determination techniques, including PGNCS coasting flight navigation, PGNCS powered flight navigation and LM AGS navigation.

  2. Optimization techniques in statistics

    Rustagi, Jagdish S

    1994-01-01

    Statistics help guide us to optimal decisions under uncertainty. A large variety of statistical problems are essentially solutions to optimization problems. The mathematical techniques of optimization are fundamentalto statistical theory and practice. In this book, Jagdish Rustagi provides full-spectrum coverage of these methods, ranging from classical optimization and Lagrange multipliers, to numerical techniques using gradients or direct search, to linear, nonlinear, and dynamic programming using the Kuhn-Tucker conditions or the Pontryagin maximal principle. Variational methods and optimiza

  3. Techniques for colorectal anastomosis

    Yik-Hong; Ho; Mohamed; Ahmed; Tawfi; k; Ashour

    2010-01-01

    Colorectal anastomotic leak remains one of the most feared post-operative complications, particularly after anterior resection of the rectum with, the shift from abdomino-peritoneal resections to total mesorectal excision and primary anastomosis. The literature fails to demonstrate superiority of stapled over hand-sewn techniques in colorectal anastomosis, regardless of the level of anastomosis, although a high stricture rate was noted in the former technique. Thus, improvements in safety aspects of anastom...

  4. Composição centesimal, lisina disponível e digestibilidade in vitro de proteínas de fórmulas para nutrição oral ou enteral Proximate composition, available lysine and in vitro digestibility of proteins in formulae for oral or enteral nutrition

    Edma M. Araújo

    2005-12-01

    Full Text Available Ultimamente tem-se verificado aumento do uso de nutrição enteral (NE em domicílio, objetivando reduzir custos e melhorar a qualidade de vida. Contudo, é importante monitorar o valor nutricional das dietas. Nesse estudo foram avaliadas as formulações F1 e F2 (ARAÚJO; GALEAZZI, 1999 contendo carne bovina, ovo (F1, chicória, cenoura, fubá de milho, extrato hidrossolúvel de soja, óleo de soja, Nidex® e sal, para uso em NE ou oral domiciliar, objetivando obter dados mais confiáveis e seguros. Foram determinadas: composição centesimal, digestibilidade in vitro e lisina disponível. As composições centesimais (base seca foram as seguintes: F1: calorias 454,69, umidade 79,29±0,07, proteína 17,04±0,06, lipídios 14,85±0,11, carboidratos 63,22, fibra alimentar solúvel 0,67±0,66 e insolúvel 1,65±0,73, cinzas 2,57±0,01; F2: calorias 463,92, umidade 78,96±0,09, proteína 16,56±0,09, lipídios 15,12±0,20, fibra alimentar solúvel 1,09±0,11 e insolúvel 1,84±0,09, carboidratos 65,40 e cinzas 2,63±0,08. A distribuição calórica mostrou-se adequada. Os teores de lisina eram 80 mg/g de proteína para F1 e 139 para F2. A digestibilidade (% das proteínas foi 95 para F1 e 93 para F2. As formulações são factíveis de preparo em domicílio, possuem fontes de proteína de boa qualidade, baixo custo, podendo atender às necessidades nutricionais de indivíduos em terapia nutricional domiciliar e promover a recuperação nutricional.Recently the use of home enteral nutrition (EN has increased, aimed at reducing costs and improving the quality of life. Monitoring the nutritional value of these diets is therefore important. In this study the formulations F1 and F2 (ARAÚJO; GALEAZZI, 1999 containing beef, egg (F1, chicory, carrot, corn grits, ater-soluble soybean extract, soybean oil, Nidex ater-soluble soybean extract, soybean oil, Nidex® and salt, ere evaluated for use in home EN, aiming at obtaining more reliable, safer data. The

  5. Níveis de cálcio e fósforo disponível em rações com fitase para frangos de corte nas fases pré-inicial e inicial Calcium and available phosphorus levels in diets with phytase for broilers in the pre-starter and starter phases

    Luziane Moreira dos Santos

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available Dois experimentos independentes, um na fase pré-inicial (1 a 7 dias e outro na fase inicial (8 a 21 dias de idade, foram realizados com frangos de corte para avaliar níveis de cálcio e fósforo disponível (Pdisp em rações suplementadas com 500 unidades de atividade de fitase/kg de ração. Cada experimento constou de um ensaio de desempenho e outro de metabolismo e foi conduzido em esquema fatorial (3 × 4 + 1, sendo três níveis de Pdisp (0,42; 0,37; 0,32% na fase pré-inicial e 0,39; 0,34; 0,29% na fase inicial, quatro níveis de cálcio (0,94; 0,84; 0,74; 0,64% na fase pré-inicial e 0,88; 0,78; 0,68; 0,58% na fase inicial mais uma ração controle. O controle correspondeu à única ração sem fitase e continha 0,47% de Pdisp e 0,94% de cálcio (fase pré-inicial ou 0,44% de Pdisp e 0,88% de cálcio (fase inicial. Nos ensaios de desempenho, aos 7 e aos 21 dias de idade, foram avaliados o consumo de ração, o ganho de peso, a conversão alimentar e o teor de cinzas na tíbia. Nos ensaios de metabolismo, determinaram-se a energia metabolizável aparente corrigida pelo balanço de nitrogênio (EMAn das rações e os coeficientes de digestibilidade da matéria seca (CMMS. Na fase pré-inicial, os níveis de cálcio influenciaram o consumo de ração, a EMAn e o CMMS e, na fase inicial, afetaram o conteúdo de cinzas ósseas, a EMAn e o CMMS. Os níveis de Pdisp influenciaram o teor de cinzas na tíbia, a EMAn e o CMMS na fase pré-inicial e as cinzas ósseas e o CMMS na fase inicial. Adicionando 500 unidades de atividade de fitase/kg de ração, é possível reduzir, respectivamente, os níveis de cálcio e Pdisp para 0,64% e 0,37% na fase pré-inicial e 0,58% e 0,29% na fase inicial, pois essa redução não tem efeito negativo sobre o desempenho e a mineralização óssea dos frangos de corte nessas fases.Two independent experiments, one in pre-starter phase (1 to 7 days and the other in the starter phase (8 to 21 days of age, were

  6. Computer assisted audit techniques

    Dražen Danić

    2008-12-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of this work is to point to the possibilities of more efficient auditing. In the encirclement of more and more intensive use of computer techniques that help to CAAT all the aims and the volume of auditing do not change when the audit is done in the computer-informatics environment. The computer assisted audit technique (CAATs can improve the efficiency and productivity of audit procedures. In the computerized information system, the CAATs are the ways in which an auditor can use computer to gather or as help in gathering auditing evidence. There are more reasons why the auditors apply computer techniques that help in auditing. Most often, they do it to achieve improvement of auditing efficiency when the data volume is large. It depends on several factors whether the auditors will apply the computer techniques that help auditing and to what degree respectively. If they do it, the most important are the computer knowledge, professional skill, experience of auditors, and availability of computer technique, and adequacy of computer supports, infeasibility of hand tests, efficiency and time limit. Through several examples from practice, we showed the possibilities of ACL as one of the CAAT tools.

  7. Communication Analysis modelling techniques

    España, Sergio; Pastor, Óscar; Ruiz, Marcela

    2012-01-01

    This report describes and illustrates several modelling techniques proposed by Communication Analysis; namely Communicative Event Diagram, Message Structures and Event Specification Templates. The Communicative Event Diagram is a business process modelling technique that adopts a communicational perspective by focusing on communicative interactions when describing the organizational work practice, instead of focusing on physical activities1; at this abstraction level, we refer to business activities as communicative events. Message Structures is a technique based on structured text that allows specifying the messages associated to communicative events. Event Specification Templates are a means to organise the requirements concerning a communicative event. This report can be useful to analysts and business process modellers in general, since, according to our industrial experience, it is possible to apply many Communication Analysis concepts, guidelines and criteria to other business process modelling notation...

  8. Novel Foraminal Expansion Technique

    Senturk, Salim; Ciplak, Mert; Oktenoglu, Tunc; Sasani, Mehdi; Egemen, Emrah; Yaman, Onur; Suzer, Tuncer

    2016-01-01

    The technique we describe was developed for cervical foraminal stenosis for cases in which a keyhole foraminotomy would not be effective. Many cervical stenosis cases are so severe that keyhole foraminotomy is not successful. However, the technique outlined in this study provides adequate enlargement of an entire cervical foraminal diameter. This study reports on a novel foraminal expansion technique. Linear drilling was performed in the middle of the facet joint. A small bone graft was placed between the divided lateral masses after distraction. A lateral mass stabilization was performed with screws and rods following the expansion procedure. A cervical foramen was linearly drilled medially to laterally, then expanded with small bone grafts, and a lateral mass instrumentation was added with surgery. The patient was well after the surgery. The novel foraminal expansion is an effective surgical method for severe foraminal stenosis. PMID:27559460

  9. Neuronavigation. Principles. Surgical technique.

    Ivanov, Marcel; Ciurea, Alexandru Vlad

    2009-01-01

    Neuronavigation and stereotaxy are techniques designed to help neurosurgeons precisely localize different intracerebral pathological processes by using a set of preoperative images (CT, MRI, fMRI, PET, SPECT etc.). The development of computer assisted surgery was possible only after a significant technological progress, especially in the area of informatics and imagistics. The main indications of neuronavigation are represented by the targeting of small and deep intracerebral lesions and choosing the best way to treat them, in order to preserve the neurological function. Stereotaxis also allows lesioning or stimulation of basal ganglia for the treatment of movement disorders. These techniques can bring an important amount of confort both to the patient and to the neurosurgeon. Neuronavigation was introduced in Romania around 2003, in four neurosurgical centers. We present our five-years experience in neuronavigation and describe the main principles and surgical techniques.

  10. Vibrating wire alignment technique

    Xiao-Long, Wang; lei, Wu; Chun-Hua, Li

    2013-01-01

    Vibrating wire alignment technique is a kind of method which through measuring the spatial distribution of magnetic field to do the alignment and it can achieve very high alignment accuracy. Vibrating wire alignment technique can be applied for magnet fiducialization and accelerator straight section components alignment, it is a necessary supplement for conventional alignment method. This article will systematically expound the international research achievements of vibrating wire alignment technique, including vibrating wire model analysis, system frequency calculation, wire sag calculation and the relation between wire amplitude and magnetic induction intensity. On the basis of model analysis this article will introduce the alignment method which based on magnetic field measurement and the alignment method which based on amplitude and phase measurement. Finally, some basic questions will be discussed and the solutions will be given.

  11. Radiation techniques for acromegaly

    Minniti Giuseppe

    2011-12-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Radiotherapy (RT remains an effective treatment in patients with acromegaly refractory to medical and/or surgical interventions, with durable tumor control and biochemical remission; however, there are still concerns about delayed biochemical effect and potential late toxicity of radiation treatment, especially high rates of hypopituitarism. Stereotactic radiotherapy has been developed as a more accurate technique of irradiation with more precise tumour localization and consequently a reduction in the volume of normal tissue, particularly the brain, irradiated to high radiation doses. Radiation can be delivered in a single fraction by stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS or as fractionated stereotactic radiotherapy (FSRT in which smaller doses are delivered over 5-6 weeks in 25-30 treatments. A review of the recent literature suggests that pituitary irradiation is an effective treatment for acromegaly. Stereotactic techniques for GH-secreting pituitary tumors are discussed with the aim to define the efficacy and potential adverse effects of each of these techniques.

  12. Telescopes and Techniques

    Kitchin, C R

    2013-01-01

    Telescopes and Techniques has proved itself in its first two editions, having become probably one of the most widely used astronomy texts, both for amateur astronomers and astronomy and astrophysics undergraduates. Both earlier editions of the book were widely used for introductory practical astronomy courses in many universities. In this Third Edition the author guides the reader through the mathematics, physics and practical techniques needed to use today's telescopes (from the smaller models to the larger instruments installed in many colleges) and how to find objects in the sky. Most of the physics and engineering involved is described fully and requires little prior knowledge or experience. Both visual and electronic imaging techniques are covered, together with an introduction to how data (measurements) should be processed and analyzed. A simple introduction to radio telescopes is also included. Brief coverage of the more advanced topics of photometry and spectroscopy are included, but mainly to enable ...

  13. Clustering Techniques in Bioinformatics

    Muhammad Ali Masood

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Dealing with data means to group information into a set of categories either in order to learn new artifacts or understand new domains. For this purpose researchers have always looked for the hidden patterns in data that can be defined and compared with other known notions based on the similarity or dissimilarity of their attributes according to well-defined rules. Data mining, having the tools of data classification and data clustering, is one of the most powerful techniques to deal with data in such a manner that it can help researchers identify the required information. As a step forward to address this challenge, experts have utilized clustering techniques as a mean of exploring hidden structure and patterns in underlying data. Improved stability, robustness and accuracy of unsupervised data classification in many fields including pattern recognition, machine learning, information retrieval, image analysis and bioinformatics, clustering has proven itself as a reliable tool. To identify the clusters in datasets algorithm are utilized to partition data set into several groups based on the similarity within a group. There is no specific clustering algorithm, but various algorithms are utilized based on domain of data that constitutes a cluster and the level of efficiency required. Clustering techniques are categorized based upon different approaches. This paper is a survey of few clustering techniques out of many in data mining. For the purpose five of the most common clustering techniques out of many have been discussed. The clustering techniques which have been surveyed are: K-medoids, K-means, Fuzzy C-means, Density-Based Spatial Clustering of Applications with Noise (DBSCAN and Self-Organizing Map (SOM clustering.

  14. Novel food processing techniques

    Vesna Lelas

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available Recently, a lot of investigations have been focused on development of the novel mild food processing techniques with the aim to obtain the high quality food products. It is presumed also that they could substitute some of the traditional processes in the food industry. The investigations are primarily directed to usage of high hydrostatic pressure, ultrasound, tribomechanical micronization, microwaves, pulsed electrical fields. The results of the scientific researches refer to the fact that application of some of these processes in particular food industry can result in lots of benefits. A significant energy savings, shortening of process duration, mild thermal conditions, food products with better sensory characteristics and with higher nutritional values can be achieved. As some of these techniques act also on the molecular level changing the conformation, structure and electrical potential of organic as well as inorganic materials, the improvement of some functional properties of these components may occur. Common characteristics of all of these techniques are treatment at ambient or insignificant higher temperatures and short time of processing (1 to 10 minutes. High hydrostatic pressure applied to various foodstuffs can destroy some microorganisms, successfully modify molecule conformation and consequently improve functional properties of foods. At the same time it acts positively on the food products intend for freezing. Tribomechanical treatment causes micronization of various solid materials that results in nanoparticles and changes in structure and electrical potential of molecules. Therefore, the significant improvement of some rheological and functional properties of materials occurred. Ultrasound treatment proved to be potentially very successful technique of food processing. It can be used as a pretreatment to drying (decreases drying time and improves functional properties of food, as extraction process of various components

  15. Brachytherapy applications and techniques

    Devlin, Phillip M

    2015-01-01

    Written by the foremost experts in the field, this volume is a comprehensive text and practical reference on contemporary brachytherapy. The book provides detailed, site-specific information on applications and techniques of brachytherapy in the head and neck, central nervous system, breast, thorax, gastrointestinal tract, and genitourinary tract, as well as on gynecologic brachytherapy, low dose rate and high dose rate sarcoma brachytherapy, vascular brachytherapy, and pediatric applications. The book thoroughly describes and compares the four major techniques used in brachytherapy-intraca

  16. Radiographic constant exposure technique

    Domanus, Joseph Czeslaw

    1985-01-01

    The constant exposure technique has been applied to assess various industrial radiographic systems. Different X-ray films and radiographic papers of two producers were compared. Special attention was given to fast film and paper used with fluorometallic screens. Radiographic image quality...... was tested by the use of ISO wire IQI's and ASTM penetrameters used on Al and Fe test plates. Relative speed and reduction of kilovoltage obtained with the constant exposure technique were calculated. The advantages of fast radiographic systems are pointed out...

  17. Craniospinal irradiation techniques

    Scarlatescu, Ioana, E-mail: scarlatescuioana@gmail.com; Avram, Calin N. [Faculty of Physics, West University of Timisoara, Bd. V. Parvan 4, 300223 Timisoara (Romania); Virag, Vasile [County Hospital “Gavril Curteanu” - Oradea (Romania)

    2015-12-07

    In this paper we present one treatment plan for irradiation cases which involve a complex technique with multiple beams, using the 3D conformational technique. As the main purpose of radiotherapy is to administrate a precise dose into the tumor volume and protect as much as possible all the healthy tissues around it, for a case diagnosed with a primitive neuro ectoderm tumor, we have developed a new treatment plan, by controlling one of the two adjacent fields used at spinal field, in a way that avoids the fields superposition. Therefore, the risk of overdose is reduced by eliminating the field divergence.

  18. Surface science techniques

    Walls, JM

    2013-01-01

    This volume provides a comprehensive and up to the minute review of the techniques used to determine the nature and composition of surfaces. Originally published as a special issue of the Pergamon journal Vacuum, it comprises a carefully edited collection of chapters written by specialists in each of the techniques and includes coverage of the electron and ion spectroscopies, as well as the atom-imaging methods such as the atom probe field ion microscope and the scanning tunnelling microscope. Surface science is an important area of study since the outermost surface layers play a crucial role

  19. Advanced Techniques in Biophysics

    Arrondo, José Luis R

    2006-01-01

    Technical advancements are basic elements in our life. In biophysical studies, new applications and improvements in well-established techniques are being implemented every day. This book deals with advancements produced not only from a technical point of view, but also from new approaches that are being taken in the study of biophysical samples, such as nanotechniques or single-cell measurements. This book constitutes a privileged observatory for reviewing novel applications of biophysical techniques that can help the reader enter an area where the technology is progressing quickly and where a comprehensive explanation is not always to be found.

  20. Wireless communications algorithmic techniques

    Vitetta, Giorgio; Colavolpe, Giulio; Pancaldi, Fabrizio; Martin, Philippa A

    2013-01-01

    This book introduces the theoretical elements at the basis of various classes of algorithms commonly employed in the physical layer (and, in part, in MAC layer) of wireless communications systems. It focuses on single user systems, so ignoring multiple access techniques. Moreover, emphasis is put on single-input single-output (SISO) systems, although some relevant topics about multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems are also illustrated.Comprehensive wireless specific guide to algorithmic techniquesProvides a detailed analysis of channel equalization and channel coding for wi

  1. Modern recording techniques

    Huber, David Miles

    2013-01-01

    As the most popular and authoritative guide to recording Modern Recording Techniques provides everything you need to master the tools and day to day practice of music recording and production. From room acoustics and running a session to mic placement and designing a studio Modern Recording Techniques will give you a really good grounding in the theory and industry practice. Expanded to include the latest digital audio technology the 7th edition now includes sections on podcasting, new surround sound formats and HD and audio.If you are just starting out or looking for a step up

  2. Techniques for Vocal Health.

    Wiest, Lori

    1997-01-01

    Outlines a series of simple yet effective practices, techniques, and tips for improving the singing voice and minimizing stress on the vocal chords. Describes the four components for producing vocal sound: respiration, phonation, resonation, and articulation. Provides exercises for each and lists symptoms of sickness and vocal strain. (MJP)

  3. Art Appreciation and Technique.

    Dean, Diane R.; Milam, Debora

    1985-01-01

    Presents examples of independent study units for gifted high school students in a resource room setting. Both art appreciation and technique are covered in activities concerned with media (basics of pencil, India ink, pastels, crayons, oil, acrylics, and watercolors), subject matter (landscapes, animals, the human figure), design and illustration…

  4. Problem Solving Techniques Seminar.

    Massachusetts Career Development Inst., Springfield.

    This booklet is one of six texts from a workplace literacy curriculum designed to assist learners in facing the increased demands of the workplace. Six problem-solving techniques are developed in the booklet to assist individuals and groups in making better decisions: problem identification, data gathering, data analysis, solution analysis,…

  5. Imaging techniques in microbiology.

    Fung, D C; Theriot, J A

    1998-06-01

    Recent advances in optical imaging have dramatically expanded the capabilities of the light microscope and its usefulness in microbiology research. Some of these advances include improved fluorescent probes, better cameras, new techniques such as confocal and deconvolution microscopy, and the use of computers in imaging and image analysis. These new technologies have now been applied to microbiological problems with resounding success.

  6. Electronic waste recycling techniques

    Bernardes, Andréa

    2015-01-01

    This book presents an overview of the characterization of electronic waste. In addition, processing techniques for the recovery of metals, polymers and ceramics are described. This book serves as a source of information and as an educational technical reference for practicing scientists and engineers, as well as for students.

  7. Simple Driving Techniques

    Rosendahl, Mads

    2002-01-01

    Driving was introduced as a program transformation technique by Valentin Turchin in some papers around 1980. It was intended for the programming language REFAL and used in metasystem transitions based on super compilation. In this paper we present one version of driving for a more conventional li...

  8. Process measuring techniques; Prozessmesstechnik

    Freudenberger, A.

    2000-07-01

    This introduction into measurement techniques for chemical and process-technical plant in science and industry describes in detail the methods used to measure basic quantities. Most prominent are modern measuring techniques by means of ultrasound, microwaves and the Coriolis effect. Alongside physical and measuring technique fundamentals, the practical applications of measuring devices are described. Calculation examples are given to illustrate the subject matter. The book addresses students of physical engineering, process engineering and environmental engineering at technical schools as well as engineers of other disciplines wishing to familiarize themselves with the subject of process measurement techniques. (orig.) [German] Diese Einfuehrung in die Messtechnik fuer chemische und verfahrens-technische Forschungs- und Produktionsanlagen beschreibt ausfuehrlich die Methoden zur Messung der Basisgroessen. Moderne Messverfahren mit Ultraschall, Mikrowellen und Coriolis-Effekt stehen dabei im Vordergrund. Beruecksichtigung finden sowohl die physikalischen und messtechnischen Grundlagen als auch die praktischen Anwendungen der Geraete. Berechnungsbeispiele dienen der Erlaeuterung und Vertiefung des Stoffes. Angesprochen sind Studenten der Ingenieurstufengaenge Physikalische Technik und Verfahrens- und Umwelttechnik an Fachhochschulen als auch Ingenieure anderer Fachrichtungen, die sich in das Gebiet der Prozessmesstechnik einarbeiten wollen. (orig.)

  9. Differential doppler heterodyning technique

    Lading, Lars

    1971-01-01

    Measuring velocity without disturbing the moving object is possible by use of the laser doppler heterodyning technique. Theoretical considerations on the doppler shift show that the antenna property of the photodetector can solve an apparent conflict between two different ways of calculating the ...

  10. Managerial Techniques in Educational Administration.

    Lane, John J.

    1983-01-01

    Management techniques developed during the past 20 years assume the rational bureaucratic model. School administration requires contingent techniques. Quality Circle, Theory Z, and the McKenzie 7-Framework are discussed as techniques to increase school productivity. (MD)

  11. Exoplanet Detection Techniques

    Fischer, Debra A; Laughlin, Greg P; Macintosh, Bruce; Mahadevan, Suvrath; Sahlmann, Johannes; Yee, Jennifer C

    2015-01-01

    We are still in the early days of exoplanet discovery. Astronomers are beginning to model the atmospheres and interiors of exoplanets and have developed a deeper understanding of processes of planet formation and evolution. However, we have yet to map out the full complexity of multi-planet architectures or to detect Earth analogues around nearby stars. Reaching these ambitious goals will require further improvements in instrumentation and new analysis tools. In this chapter, we provide an overview of five observational techniques that are currently employed in the detection of exoplanets: optical and IR Doppler measurements, transit photometry, direct imaging, microlensing, and astrometry. We provide a basic description of how each of these techniques works and discuss forefront developments that will result in new discoveries. We also highlight the observational limitations and synergies of each method and their connections to future space missions.

  12. New measurements techniques

    Torras Rosell, Antoni

    Acoustic measurements are traditionally based on transducers, and in particular, the most advanced measurement techniques are nowadays based on transducer arrays. This poses a fundamental problem, namely the influence of the transducer itself on the actual properties of sound when the transducer...... is immersed into the sound field. Typically, this influence is assumed to be negligible when the size of the transducer is small compared to the wavelength of the sound wave, or is rendered negligible by using a transducerbased correction that depends on the frequency. Either solution introduces additional...... uncertainties to the measurement process. Optical techniques may help overcoming this problem because the sensing element is not a bulky instrument, but a beam of light that does not change the properties of sound. Optical methods are thus non-invasive and can thereby enhance the current state of the art...

  13. [Molecular techniques in mycology].

    Rodríguez-Tudela, Juan Luis; Cuesta, Isabel; Gómez-López, Alicia; Alastruey-Izquierdo, Ana; Bernal-Martínez, Leticia; Cuenca-Estrella, Manuel

    2008-11-01

    An increasing number of molecular techniques for the diagnosis of fungal infections have been developed in the last few years, due to the growing prevalence of mycoses and the length of time required for diagnosis when classical microbiological methods are used. These methods are designed to resolve the following aspects of mycological diagnosis: a) Identification of fungi to species level by means of sequencing relevant taxonomic targets; b) early clinical diagnosis of invasive fungal infections; c) detection of molecular mechanisms of resistance to antifungal agents; and d) molecular typing of fungi. Currently, these methods are restricted to highly developed laboratories. However, some of these techniques will probably be available in daily clinical practice in the near future.

  14. Nozzle fabrication technique

    Wells, Dennis L. (Inventor)

    1988-01-01

    This invention relates to techniques for fabricating hour glass throat or convergent divergent nozzle shapes, and more particularly to new and improved techniques for forming rocket nozzles from electrically conductive material and forming cooling channels in the wall thereof. The concept of positioning a block of electrically conductive material so that its axis is set at a predetermined skew angle with relation to a travelling electron discharge machine electrode and thereafter revolving the body about its own axis to generate a hyperbolic surface of revolution, either internal or external is novel. The method will generate a rocket nozzle which may be provided with cooling channels using the same control and positioning system. The configuration of the cooling channels so produced are unique and novel. Also the method is adaptable to nonmetallic material using analogous cutting tools, such as, water jet, laser, abrasive wire and hot wire.

  15. Whole cell entrapment techniques.

    Trelles, Jorge A; Rivero, Cintia W

    2013-01-01

    Microbial whole cells are efficient, ecological, and low-cost catalysts that have been successfully applied in the pharmaceutical, environmental, and alimentary industries, among others. Microorganism immobilization is a good way to carry out the bioprocess under preparative conditions. The main advantages of this methodology lie in their high operational stability, easy upstream separation and bioprocess scale-up feasibility. Cell entrapment is the most widely used technique for whole cell immobilization. This technique-in which the cells are included within a rigid network-is porous enough to allow the diffusion of substrates and products, protects the selected microorganism from the reaction medium, and has high immobilization efficiency (100 % in most cases).

  16. [Seldinger modified technique].

    Ramos Cuenca, Francisco; Linares Escudero, Joaquín; Romo García, Raquel; Cubo Amaya, Manuel; Climent Villanueva, Magdalena; Santos Sarria, Remedios

    2008-12-01

    The authors describe the procedure to insert central blood vessel catheters through peripheral blood vessel catheters using the Seldinger modified technique since critically ill patients service at the Carlos Haya Regional University Hospital in Malaga cares for a high number of patients who need to have canalized a central blood vessel catheter to maximize the treatment they receive. In many cases it is not possible to insert a DRUM type central blood vessel catheter due to an insufficient blood vessel caliber and then the nursing team at this hospital opts to carry out a procedure to canalize a central blood vessel using the Seldinger modified technique. This report was presented at the III National Social-Sanitary Nursing Congress.

  17. Oberst beam test technique

    Fasana, Alessandro; Garibaldi, Luigi; Giorcelli, Ermanno; Ruzzene, Massimo

    1998-06-01

    The definition of the mechanical properties of viscoelastic materials, i.e. the elastic modulus and the loss factor, is carried out, according to many national and international standards, with many different techniques, both of the resonant and non-resonant type. In this paper we focus our attention on the pros and cons of the resonant technique based on the classical Oberst beam method. When the damping material to be tested is not self-supporting, its properties are determined taking start from the measured modal frequencies and loss factors of a laminated beam, constituted by one or two metallic strips, ideally undamped, and one or two viscoelastic layers. The formulae specified on the standards hold valid under the assumptions of the theory developed by Kerwin, Ungar and Ross and we try in this paper to quantify witch deviation of the results should be expected when moving away from their ideal hypotheses.

  18. SUSY using boosted techniques

    Stark, Giordon; The ATLAS collaboration

    2016-01-01

    In this talk, I present a discussion of techniques used in supersymmetry searches in papers published by the ATLAS Collaboration from late Run 1 to early Run 2. The goal is to highlight concepts the analyses have in common, why/how they work, and possible SUSY searches that could benefit from boosted studies. Theoretical background will be provided for reference to encourage participants to explore in depth on their own time.

  19. Colorimetric protein assay techniques.

    Sapan, C V; Lundblad, R L; Price, N C

    1999-04-01

    There has been an increase in the number of colorimetric assay techniques for the determination of protein concentration over the past 20 years. This has resulted in a perceived increase in sensitivity and accuracy with the advent of new techniques. The present review considers these advances with emphasis on the potential use of such technologies in the assay of biopharmaceuticals. The techniques reviewed include Coomassie Blue G-250 dye binding (the Bradford assay), the Lowry assay, the bicinchoninic acid assay and the biuret assay. It is shown that each assay has advantages and disadvantages relative to sensitivity, ease of performance, acceptance in the literature, accuracy and reproducibility/coefficient of variation/laboratory-to-laboratory variation. A comparison of the use of several assays with the same sample population is presented. It is suggested that the most critical issue in the use of a chromogenic protein assay for the characterization of a biopharmaceutical is the selection of a standard for the calibration of the assay; it is crucial that the standard be representative of the sample. If it is not possible to match the standard with the sample from the perspective of protein composition, then it is preferable to use an assay that is not sensitive to the composition of the protein such as a micro-Kjeldahl technique, quantitative amino acid analysis or the biuret assay. In a complex mixture it might be inappropriate to focus on a general method of protein determination and much more informative to use specific methods relating to the protein(s) of particular interest, using either specific assays or antibody-based methods. The key point is that whatever method is adopted as the 'gold standard' for a given protein, this method needs to be used routinely for calibration.

  20. Techniques for Wireless Applications

    Gaaloul, Fakhreddine

    2012-05-01

    Switching techniques have been first proposed as a spacial diversity techniques. These techniques have been shown to reduce considerably the processing load while letting multi-antenna systems achieve a specific target performance. In this thesis, we take a different look at the switching schemes by implementing them for different other wireless applications. More specifically, this thesis consists of three main parts, where the first part considers a multiuser environment and an adaptive scheduling algorithm based on the switching with post-selection scheme for statistically independent but non-identically distributed channel conditions. The performance of this switched based scheduler is investigated and a multitude of performance metrics are presented. In a second part, we propose and analyze the performance of three switched-based algorithms for interference reduction in the downlink of over-loaded femtocells. For instance, performance metrics are derived in closed-form and these metrics are used to compare these three proposed schemes. Finally in a third part, a switch based opportunistic channel access scheme is proposed for a cognitive radio system and its performance is analyzed in terms of two new proposed metrics namely the average cognitive radio access and the waiting time duration.

  1. Empirical techniques in finance

    Bhar, Ramaprasad

    2005-01-01

    This book offers the opportunity to study and experience advanced empi- cal techniques in finance and in general financial economics. It is not only suitable for students with an interest in the field, it is also highly rec- mended for academic researchers as well as the researchers in the industry. The book focuses on the contemporary empirical techniques used in the analysis of financial markets and how these are implemented using actual market data. With an emphasis on Implementation, this book helps foc- ing on strategies for rigorously combing finance theory and modeling technology to extend extant considerations in the literature. The main aim of this book is to equip the readers with an array of tools and techniques that will allow them to explore financial market problems with a fresh perspective. In this sense it is not another volume in eco- metrics. Of course, the traditional econometric methods are still valid and important; the contents of this book will bring in other related modeling topics tha...

  2. Computer Assisted Audit Techniques

    Eugenia Iancu

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available From the modern point of view, audit takes intoaccount especially the information systems representingmainly the examination performed by a professional asregards the manner for developing an activity by means ofcomparing it to the quality criteria specific to this activity.Having as reference point this very general definition ofauditing, it must be emphasized that the best known segmentof auditing is the financial audit that had a parallel evolutionto the accountancy one.The present day phase of developing the financial audithas as main trait the internationalization of the accountantprofessional. World wide there are multinational companiesthat offer services in the financial auditing, taxing andconsultancy domain. The auditors, natural persons and auditcompanies, take part at the works of the national andinternational authorities for setting out norms in theaccountancy and auditing domain.The computer assisted audit techniques can be classified inseveral manners according to the approaches used by theauditor. The most well-known techniques are comprised inthe following categories: testing data techniques, integratedtest, parallel simulation, revising the program logics,programs developed upon request, generalized auditsoftware, utility programs and expert systems.

  3. Covariance mapping techniques

    Frasinski, Leszek J.

    2016-08-01

    Recent technological advances in the generation of intense femtosecond pulses have made covariance mapping an attractive analytical technique. The laser pulses available are so intense that often thousands of ionisation and Coulomb explosion events will occur within each pulse. To understand the physics of these processes the photoelectrons and photoions need to be correlated, and covariance mapping is well suited for operating at the high counting rates of these laser sources. Partial covariance is particularly useful in experiments with x-ray free electron lasers, because it is capable of suppressing pulse fluctuation effects. A variety of covariance mapping methods is described: simple, partial (single- and multi-parameter), sliced, contingent and multi-dimensional. The relationship to coincidence techniques is discussed. Covariance mapping has been used in many areas of science and technology: inner-shell excitation and Auger decay, multiphoton and multielectron ionisation, time-of-flight and angle-resolved spectrometry, infrared spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging, stimulated Raman scattering, directional gamma ray sensing, welding diagnostics and brain connectivity studies (connectomics). This review gives practical advice for implementing the technique and interpreting the results, including its limitations and instrumental constraints. It also summarises recent theoretical studies, highlights unsolved problems and outlines a personal view on the most promising research directions.

  4. Applied ALARA techniques

    Waggoner, L.O.

    1998-02-05

    The presentation focuses on some of the time-proven and new technologies being used to accomplish radiological work. These techniques can be applied at nuclear facilities to reduce radiation doses and protect the environment. The last reactor plants and processing facilities were shutdown and Hanford was given a new mission to put the facilities in a safe condition, decontaminate, and prepare them for decommissioning. The skills that were necessary to operate these facilities were different than the skills needed today to clean up Hanford. Workers were not familiar with many of the tools, equipment, and materials needed to accomplish:the new mission, which includes clean up of contaminated areas in and around all the facilities, recovery of reactor fuel from spent fuel pools, and the removal of millions of gallons of highly radioactive waste from 177 underground tanks. In addition, this work has to be done with a reduced number of workers and a smaller budget. At Hanford, facilities contain a myriad of radioactive isotopes that are 2048 located inside plant systems, underground tanks, and the soil. As cleanup work at Hanford began, it became obvious early that in order to get workers to apply ALARA and use hew tools and equipment to accomplish the radiological work it was necessary to plan the work in advance and get radiological control and/or ALARA committee personnel involved early in the planning process. Emphasis was placed on applying,ALARA techniques to reduce dose, limit contamination spread and minimize the amount of radioactive waste generated. Progress on the cleanup has,b6en steady and Hanford workers have learned to use different types of engineered controls and ALARA techniques to perform radiological work. The purpose of this presentation is to share the lessons learned on how Hanford is accomplishing radiological work.

  5. Formulation techniques for nanofluids.

    Rivera-Solorio, Carlos I; Payán-Rodríguez, Luis A; García-Cuéllar, Alejandro J; Ramón-Raygoza, E D; L Cadena-de-la-Peña, Natalia; Medina-Carreón, David

    2013-11-01

    Fluids with suspended nanoparticles, commonly known as nanofluids, may be formulated to improve the thermal performance of industrial heat transfer systems and applications. Nanofluids may show enhanced thermal and electrical properties such as thermal conductivity, viscosity, heat transfer coefficient, dielectric strength, etc. However, stability problems may arise as nanoparticles usually have the tendency to agglomerate and sediment producing deterioration in the increment of these properties. In this review, we discuss patents that report advances in the formulation of nanofluids including: production methods, selection of components (nanoparticles, base fluid and surfactants), their chemical compositions and morphologies, and characterization techniques. Finally, current and future directions in the development of nanofluid formulation are discussed.

  6. A fuzzy disaggregation technique

    Alessandro Polli

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available The aim of this paper is to analyze a problem of time series disaggregation in presence of broad information lack. In this framework it is not possible to follow standard methodologies, like those stemming from the Chow and Lin algorithm and based on probabilistic assumptions. In general terms, when information sets are limited, instead of referring to probabilistic measures it could be more appropriate to adopt an uncertainty measure satisfying only some general properties, like the fuzzy one. After a synthetic survey about fuzzy aggregation operators, we introduce a fuzzy disaggregation technique, based on Choquet capacity theory and characterized by De Finetti coherence.

  7. APPLICATION OF NUCLEAR TECHNIQUE

    1996-01-01

    1 Application of Fission Track Technique in Stratigraphy Guo Shilun Hao Xiuhong Chen Baoliu Huang Weiwen (Institute of Vertebrate Paleontology and Paleoanthropology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China) Laterite (red soil) is distributed in the south of China from Qinling mountains to Hainan province and extends to Southeast Asia. The age of the formation and deposition of the laterite is an important subject in geological research. Due to lack of fossils of ancient animals and plants, as well as other objects which could be used for dating , the age of the laterite and its related stratum is unknown in the south of China.

  8. Automatic Threshold Detector Techniques

    1976-07-15

    TECHNIQUES Contract No. DAAH01-76-C-0363 ER76-4208 15 July 1976 Prepared for: HEADQUA RTERS U.S. Army Missile Command Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35809 j...rain cross section each FFT filter) a MUT, MUCL , KCL, MUN, MUCLF (2 ), MUl, MUWI= MUW2 where MUT = Target cross section (M2), MUCL = total ground...variable is currently not used by the program. Since there is yet no point clutter model, MUCL represents the fluctuating component. Until a point plus

  9. Submersible Packaging Techniques

    1989-07-01

    Butyraldehyde E,K Aniline Hydrochloride E Butyric Acid V,E Fluid codes are defined in paragraph 40.2.1 and are listed in order of recommended use . 20...Furfuryl Alcohol E Ethyl Chloride E,B,N Gallic Acid V,FE Ethyl Chiorocarbonate V,F Gasoline BV,F Ethyl Chioroformate V,F Glycerine B,E Ethylene Chloride...This document describes packaging techniques that would allow sophisticated electronics to be used and transported reliably underwater. 20. DISTRIBUTION

  10. Pileup Mitigation Techniques

    Klein, Matthew Henry; The ATLAS collaboration

    2016-01-01

    We report on recent progress in the ATLAS experiment in developing tools to mitigate the effects of pile-up. Forward pile-up jet tagging techniques, as well as constituent-level pile-up suppression algorithms are discussed in details. The impacts of these approaches on both jet energy and angular resolution, as well as jet substructure and boosted object tagging performance are discussed. Improvements to various physics channels of interest are discussed and the potential future of such algorithms — both online and offline, and both at the current LHC and a future high-luminosity LHC and beyond — is considered in detail

  11. Diamond Anvil Cell Techniques

    Piermarini, Gasper J.

    It has often been said that scientific advances are made either in a dramatic and revolutionary way, or, as in the case of the diamond anvil cell (DAC), in a slow and evolutionary manner over a period of several years. For more than 2 decades, commencing in 1958, the DAC developed stepwise from a rather crude qualitative instrument to the sophisticated quantitative research tool it is today, capable of routinely producing sustained static pressures in the multi-megabar range and readily adaptable to numerous scientific measurement techniques because of its optical accessibility, miniature size, and portability.

  12. DNA Microarray Technique

    Thakare SP

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available DNA Microarray is the emerging technique in Biotechnology. The many varieties of DNA microarray or DNA chip devices and systems are described along with their methods for fabrication and their use. It also includes screening and diagnostic applications. The DNA microarray hybridization applications include the important areas of gene expression analysis and genotyping for point mutations, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs, and short tandem repeats (STRs. In addition to the many molecular biological and genomic research uses, this review covers applications of microarray devices and systems for pharmacogenomic research and drug discovery, infectious and genetic disease and cancer diagnostics, and forensic and genetic identification purposes.

  13. Optical techniques in optogenetics

    Mohanty, Samarendra K.; Lakshminarayananan, Vasudevan

    2015-07-01

    Optogenetics is an innovative technique for optical control of cells. This field has exploded over the past decade or so and has given rise to great advances in neuroscience. A variety of applications both from the basic and applied research have emerged, turning the early ideas into a powerful paradigm for cell biology, neuroscience, and medical research. This review aims at highlighting the basic concepts that are essential for a comprehensive understanding of optogenetics and some important biological/biomedical applications. Further, emphasis is placed on advancement in optogenetics-associated light-based methods for controlling gene expression, spatially controlled optogenetic stimulation and detection of cellular activities.

  14. High voltage test techniques

    Kind, Dieter

    2001-01-01

    The second edition of High Voltage Test Techniques has been completely revised. The present revision takes into account the latest international developments in High Voltage and Measurement technology, making it an essential reference for engineers in the testing field.High Voltage Technology belongs to the traditional area of Electrical Engineering. However, this is not to say that the area has stood still. New insulating materials, computing methods and voltage levels repeatedly pose new problems or open up methods of solution; electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) or components and systems al

  15. A Technique: Exposure Therapy

    Serkan AKKOYUNLU

    2013-07-01

    Full Text Available Introduction: Exposure with response prevention is an effective treatment for all anxiety disorders. According to the behavioral learning theories, fears which are conditioned via classical conditioning are reinforced by respondent conditioning. Avoidance and safety seeking behaviors prevent disconfirmation of anxious beliefs. In exposure client faces stimulates or cues that elicit fear or distress, by this avoidance is inhibited. Clients are also encouraged to resists performing safety seeking behaviors or rituals that they utilize to reduce fear or distress. Accomplishing these habituation or extinction is achieved. In addition to this clients learn that feared consequences does not realize or not harmful as they believed by experiencing. Emotional processing is believed to be the mechanism of change in exposure.Objective: The aim of this review is to provide a definition of exposure and its effectiveness briefly, and describe how to implement exposure, its steps and remarkable aspects using. Exposure therapies and treatments that involve exposure are proved to be effective in all anxiety disorders. Exposure therapy can be divided in three parts: Assessment and providing a treatment rationale, creating an exposure hierarchy and response prevention plan, implementing exposure sessions. Clients must also continue to perform exposure between sessions. Therapy transcripts are also provided to exemplify these parts. Conclusion: Exposure with response prevention is a basic and effective technique. Every cognitive behavior therapist must be able to implement this technique and be cognizant of pearls of this procedure.

  16. Decision Analysis Technique

    Hammad Dabo Baba

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available One of the most significant step in building structure maintenance decision is the physical inspection of the facility to be maintained. The physical inspection involved cursory assessment of the structure and ratings of the identified defects based on expert evaluation. The objective of this paper is to describe present a novel approach to prioritizing the criticality of physical defects in a residential building system using multi criteria decision analysis approach. A residential building constructed in 1985 was considered in this study. Four criteria which includes; Physical Condition of the building system (PC, Effect on Asset (EA, effect on Occupants (EO and Maintenance Cost (MC are considered in the inspection. The building was divided in to nine systems regarded as alternatives. Expert's choice software was used in comparing the importance of the criteria against the main objective, whereas structured Proforma was used in quantifying the defects observed on all building systems against each criteria. The defects severity score of each building system was identified and later multiplied by the weight of the criteria and final hierarchy was derived. The final ranking indicates that, electrical system was considered the most critical system with a risk value of 0.134 while ceiling system scored the lowest risk value of 0.066. The technique is often used in prioritizing mechanical equipment for maintenance planning. However, result of this study indicates that the technique could be used in prioritizing building systems for maintenance planning

  17. Techniques de hacking

    Erickson, Jon

    2008-01-01

    Dans cet ouvrage, Jon Erickson présente les bases de la programmation en C du point de vue du hacker et dissèque plusieurs techniques de hacking, passées et actuelles, afin de comprendre comment et pourquoi elles fonctionnent. Même si vous ne savez pas programmer, ce livre vous donnera une vue complète de la programmation, de l'architecture des machines, des communications réseau et des techniques de hacking existantes. Associez ces connaissances à l'environnement Linux fourni et laissez libre cours à votre imagination. Avec ce livre vous apprendrez à : • programmer les ordinateurs en C, en assembleur et avec des scripts shell ; • inspecter les registres du processeur et la mémoire système avec un débogueur afin de comprendre précisément ce qui se passe ; Vous découvrirez comment les hackers parviennent à : • corrompre la mémoire d'un système, en utilisant les débordements de tampons et les chaînes de format, pour exécuter un code quelconque ; • surpasser les mesures de sécurit...

  18. Other imaging techniques.

    Isard, H J

    1984-02-01

    Images of the breast can now be produced by five modalities: x-ray, heat, sound, light, and magnetism. X-ray mammography is generally accepted as the most accurate of these in the detection of breast cancer, and the standard by which the others are judged. Despite the obvious attraction of nonionizing techniques, the economic factor attendant on multiple studies requires consideration. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is currently being investigated in several clinics, but as yet there is no large series of documented cases. This report addresses itself to thermography, ultrasonography and diaphanography (transillumination). The unique characteristics of each and their respective roles in evaluation of the breast, particularly in the detection of breast cancer, will be discussed. When used in conjunction with mammography, potential advantages include: enhanced diagnostic accuracy, reduction of unnecessary surgery, and, in proven cases of breast cancer, prognostic capability. Thus far it has not been demonstrated that any of the nonionizing techniques can serve as a sole screening modality for breast cancer detection in asymptomatic women.

  19. Psoriatic arthritis: imaging techniques

    E. Lubrano

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Imaging techniques to assess psoriatic arthritis (PsA include radiography, ultrasonography (US, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI, computed tomography (CT and bone scintigraphy. The radiographic hallmark of PsA is the combination of destructive changes (joint erosions, tuft resorption, osteolysis with bone proliferation (including periarticular and shaft periostitis, ankylosis, spur formation and non-marginal syndesmophytes. US has an increasing important role in the evaluation of PsA. In fact, power Doppler US is useful mainly for its ability to assess musculoskeletal (joints, tendons, entheses and cutaneous (skin and nails involvement, to monitor efficacy of therapy and to guide steroid injections at the level of inflamed joints, tendon sheaths and entheses. MRI allows direct visualization of inflammation in peripheral and axial joints, and peripheral and axial entheses, and has dramatically improved the possibilities for early diagnosis and objective monitoring of the disease process in PsA. MRI has allowed explaining the relationships among enthesitis, synovitis and osteitis in PsA, supporting a SpA pattern of inflammation where enthesitis is the primary target of inflammation. CT has little role in assessment of peripheral joints, but it may be useful in assessing elements of spine disease. CT accuracy is similar to MRI in assessment of erosions in sacroiliac joint involvement, but CT is not as effective in detecting synovial inflammation. Bone scintigraphy lacks specificity and is now supplanted with US and MRI techniques.

  20. Advanced Coating Removal Techniques

    Seibert, Jon

    2006-01-01

    An important step in the repair and protection against corrosion damage is the safe removal of the oxidation and protective coatings without further damaging the integrity of the substrate. Two such methods that are proving to be safe and effective in this task are liquid nitrogen and laser removal operations. Laser technology used for the removal of protective coatings is currently being researched and implemented in various areas of the aerospace industry. Delivering thousands of focused energy pulses, the laser ablates the coating surface by heating and dissolving the material applied to the substrate. The metal substrate will reflect the laser and redirect the energy to any remaining protective coating, thus preventing any collateral damage the substrate may suffer throughout the process. Liquid nitrogen jets are comparable to blasting with an ultra high-pressure water jet but without the residual liquid that requires collection and removal .As the liquid nitrogen reaches the surface it is transformed into gaseous nitrogen and reenters the atmosphere without any contamination to surrounding hardware. These innovative technologies simplify corrosion repair by eliminating hazardous chemicals and repetitive manual labor from the coating removal process. One very significant advantage is the reduction of particulate contamination exposure to personnel. With the removal of coatings adjacent to sensitive flight hardware, a benefit of each technique for the space program is that no contamination such as beads, water, or sanding residue is left behind when the job is finished. One primary concern is the safe removal of coatings from thin aluminum honeycomb face sheet. NASA recently conducted thermal testing on liquid nitrogen systems and found that no damage occurred on 1/6", aluminum substrates. Wright Patterson Air Force Base in conjunction with Boeing and NASA is currently testing the laser remOval technique for process qualification. Other applications of liquid

  1. Technique murale picturale

    Claude Coupry

    2009-09-01

    Full Text Available Après des études remarquables publiées, entre autres, dans Peindre à Auxerre au Moyen Âge, IXe-XIVe siècles, l’étude technique et analytique des peintures murales n’avait pas donné lieu à de nouvelles recherches méthodologiques en dépit des travaux de terrain (Souvigny, Stavelot… où l’archéologie du bâti avait permis des rencontres entre archéologues, historiens de l’art et restaurateurs particulièrement impliqués pour la période qui nous intéresse, de la basse Antiquité au haut Moyen Âge.Ce...

  2. [Therapeutic education didactic techniques].

    Valverde, Maite; Vidal, Mercè; Jansa, Margarida

    2012-10-01

    This article includes an introduction to the role of Therapeutic Education for Diabetes treatment according to the recommendations of the American Diabetes Association (ADA), the Diabetes Education Study Group (DESG) of the "European Association for Study of Diabetes (EASD) and the clinical Practice Guidelines (CPG) of the Spanish Ministry of Health. We analyze theoretical models and the differences between teaching vs. learning as well as current trends (including Internet), that can facilitate meaningful learning of people with diabetes and their families and relatives. We analyze the differences, similarities, advantages and disadvantages of individual and group education. Finally, we describe different educational techniques (metaplan, case method, brainstorming, role playing, games, seminars, autobiography, forums, chats,..) applicable to individual, group or virtual education and its application depending on the learning objective.

  3. Extended Ewald summation technique

    Kylänpää, Ilkka; Räsänen, Esa

    2016-09-01

    We present a technique to improve the accuracy and to reduce the computational labor in the calculation of long-range interactions in systems with periodic boundary conditions. We extend the well-known Ewald method by using a linear combination of screening Gaussian charge distributions instead of only one. This enables us to find faster converging real-space and reciprocal space summations. The combined simplicity and efficiency of our method is demonstrated, and the scheme is readily applicable to large-scale periodic simulations, classical as well as quantum. Moreover, apart from the required a priori optimization the method is straightforward to include in most routines based on the Ewald method within, e.g., density-functional, molecular dynamics, and quantum Monte Carlo calculations.

  4. Kinetic Actviation Relaxation Technique

    Béland, Laurent Karim; El-Mellouhi, Fedwa; Joly, Jean-François; Mousseau, Normand

    2011-01-01

    We present a detailed description of the kinetic Activation-Relaxation Technique (k-ART), an off-lattice, self-learning kinetic Monte Carlo algorithm with on-the-fly event search. Combining a topological classification for local environments and event generation with ART nouveau, an efficient unbiased sampling method for finding transition states, k-ART can be applied to complex materials with atoms in off-lattice positions or with elastic deformations that cannot be handled with standard KMC approaches. In addition to presenting the various elements of the algorithm, we demonstrate the general character of k-ART by applying the algorithm to three challenging systems: self-defect annihilation in c-Si, self-interstitial diffusion in Fe and structural relaxation in amorphous silicon.

  5. Data flow modeling techniques

    Kavi, K. M.

    1984-01-01

    There have been a number of simulation packages developed for the purpose of designing, testing and validating computer systems, digital systems and software systems. Complex analytical tools based on Markov and semi-Markov processes have been designed to estimate the reliability and performance of simulated systems. Petri nets have received wide acceptance for modeling complex and highly parallel computers. In this research data flow models for computer systems are investigated. Data flow models can be used to simulate both software and hardware in a uniform manner. Data flow simulation techniques provide the computer systems designer with a CAD environment which enables highly parallel complex systems to be defined, evaluated at all levels and finally implemented in either hardware or software. Inherent in data flow concept is the hierarchical handling of complex systems. In this paper we will describe how data flow can be used to model computer system.

  6. Changes in urological surgical techniques

    Oktay Üçer

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available Recently, laparoscopic and afterwards robotic techniques have constituted most of urologic surgery procedures. Open surgery may give place to robotic surgery due to possible widespread use of robots in the future. Studies, that compare these two techniques are usually designed about radical prostatectomy, since it is the most common operation performed by using these techniques. In literature,robotic surgery seems more advantageous than other techniques but the most important disadvantage of this technique is cost-effective problems. In present review,history of open, laparoscopic and robotic surgery, and comparison of advantages, disadvantages and cost of these techniques have been discussed with literature.

  7. Matériaux : les nouveaux champs de recherche et développement pour la valorisation des fibres végétales techniques (lin fibres et chanvre

    Bono Pierre

    2015-11-01

    Full Text Available Les matériaux à base de fibres végétales techniques (lin et chanvre sont une réalité depuis plusieurs années. Une étude récente de FranceAgriMer (Thonier et Bono, 2015 montre que leur développement est une réalité tout particulièrement dans le domaine du bâtiment (isolation, panneaux de particules, bétons, du transport (plasturgie, composite et plus récemment des sports et loisirs et du luxe. Ces développements permettent de valoriser les propriétés différenciantes du lin fibre et du chanvre en matière de performance mécanique, de légèreté, d’amortissement des vibrations, d’isolation thermique ou phonique, d’absorption/désorption ou de bilan écologique. La poursuite de leur déploiement repose sur la capacité de nos filières à lever les principaux verrous technologiques encore à l’œuvre, à savoir : (1 amélioration des performances mécaniques par le fractionnement, (2 apport de nouvelles fonctions que le végétal n’a pas naturellement, (3 amélioration de la mise en œuvre des fractions en semi-produits et en matériaux, (4 maîtrise de la reproductibilité des performances. Elle repose également sur la capacité de l’ensemble des acteurs de ces filières à structurer des filières d’approvisionnement reconnues, permettant d’amener sur le marché une gamme complète de solutions (fibres, poudres, granulats, compounds, non-tissés, rovings, tissés, adaptées aux cahiers des charges clients, à un prix acceptable par tous les maillons de la chaîne de valeur. Une nouvelle économie est en train de naître.

  8. INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES

    Caescu Stefan Claudiu

    2011-12-01

    Full Text Available Theme The situation analysis, as a separate component of the strategic planning, involves collecting and analysing relevant types of information on the components of the marketing environment and their evolution on the one hand and also on the organization’s resources and capabilities on the other. Objectives of the Research The main purpose of the study of the analysis techniques of the internal environment is to provide insight on those aspects that are of strategic importance to the organization. Literature Review The marketing environment consists of two distinct components, the internal environment that is made from specific variables within the organization and the external environment that is made from variables external to the organization. Although analysing the external environment is essential for corporate success, it is not enough unless it is backed by a detailed analysis of the internal environment of the organization. The internal environment includes all elements that are endogenous to the organization, which are influenced to a great extent and totally controlled by it. The study of the internal environment must answer all resource related questions, solve all resource management issues and represents the first step in drawing up the marketing strategy. Research Methodology The present paper accomplished a documentary study of the main techniques used for the analysis of the internal environment. Results The special literature emphasizes that the differences in performance from one organization to another is primarily dependant not on the differences between the fields of activity, but especially on the differences between the resources and capabilities and the ways these are capitalized on. The main methods of analysing the internal environment addressed in this paper are: the analysis of the organizational resources, the performance analysis, the value chain analysis and the functional analysis. Implications Basically such

  9. Improved Search Techniques

    Albornoz, Caleb Ronald

    2012-01-01

    Thousands of millions of documents are stored and updated daily in the World Wide Web. Most of the information is not efficiently organized to build knowledge from the stored data. Nowadays, search engines are mainly used by users who rely on their skills to look for the information needed. This paper presents different techniques search engine users can apply in Google Search to improve the relevancy of search results. According to the Pew Research Center, the average person spends eight hours a month searching for the right information. For instance, a company that employs 1000 employees wastes $2.5 million dollars on looking for nonexistent and/or not found information. The cost is very high because decisions are made based on the information that is readily available to use. Whenever the information necessary to formulate an argument is not available or found, poor decisions may be made and mistakes will be more likely to occur. Also, the survey indicates that only 56% of Google users feel confident with their current search skills. Moreover, just 76% of the information that is available on the Internet is accurate.

  10. INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE MONITORING TECHNIQUE

    Ida Bagus Adi Kayana

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available Head injury is the most significant cause of increased morbidity and mortality. An estimated 1.4 million head injuries occur each year, with and more than 1.1 million come to the Emergency Unit. On each patient head injury, an increase in intracranial pressure (ICP related to poor outcomes and aggressive therapy to increased ICP can improve the outcomes. ICP monitoring is the most widely used because of the prevention and control of ICP as well as maintain the pressure increase perfusion of cerebral (Cerebral Perfusion Pressure/CPP is the basic purpose of handling head injury. There are two methods of monitoring ICP that is an invasive methods (directly and non-invasive techniques (indirectly. The method commonly used, namely intraventricular and intraparenkimal (microtransducer sensor because it is more accurate but keep attention to the existence of the risk of bleeding and infection resulting from installation. Monitoring of ICT can determine the actions that avoid further brain injury, which can be lethal and irreversibel.

  11. Fenestration obscuration techniques

    Smalley, Michael

    2007-10-01

    There are situations where it is advantageous to visually obscure through glass, to an external observer, the movement of people within a well lit room. It may be that the building use has changed or existing measures which had provided obscuration such as 'Bomb-blast' curtains have been discontinued. Recognising that implemented solutions must create the minimum disruption to outward visibility and involve the least procedural effort (be simple to use), the Centre for Protection of National Infrastructure, CPNI, commissioned this study, defining key requirements including: (a) Automatic or simple manual operation (b) Obscuration of movement within the building from outside (c) Varying levels of obscuration depending on the difference in internal and external light levels. (d) Minimum disruption to outward visibility (e) Acceptable for use on heritage and iconic sites (f) Easy to retrofit (g) Low cost This report reviews earlier work carried out into the protection of Guardrooms by the use of lighting techniques coupled with the use of reflective and screen printed films. Other innovative solutions including Electrochromatic controllable glazing which may prove more appropriate to office and commercial buildings are also considered. It is seen that some measures, (window films or blinds), are cost effective and unsophisticated while more complex automatic systems using reactive glazing can offer critical design advantages. It must be noted however that some of the key requirements are mutually exclusive and any solution chosen will always be a compromise based on client needs and circumstances.

  12. Dose Reduction Techniques

    Waggoner, L O

    2000-01-01

    As radiation safety specialists, one of the things we are required to do is evaluate tools, equipment, materials and work practices and decide whether the use of these products or work practices will reduce radiation dose or risk to the environment. There is a tendency for many workers that work with radioactive material to accomplish radiological work the same way they have always done it rather than look for new technology or change their work practices. New technology is being developed all the time that can make radiological work easier and result in less radiation dose to the worker or reduce the possibility that contamination will be spread to the environment. As we discuss the various tools and techniques that reduce radiation dose, keep in mind that the radiological controls should be reasonable. We can not always get the dose to zero, so we must try to accomplish the work efficiently and cost-effectively. There are times we may have to accept there is only so much you can do. The goal is to do the sm...

  13. COHERENT-LIGHT RECORDING TECHNIQUES.

    The purpose of this report is to summarize, define and demonstrate techniques necessary for the application of coherent light to the problems of...Investigations into such areas as the coherent light source itself, modulation, deflection or scanning techniques, readout techniques and the evaluation of recording media are reported.

  14. Techniques in Broadband Interferometry

    Erskine, D J

    2004-01-04

    This is a compilation of my patents issued from 1997 to 2002, generally describing interferometer techniques that modify the coherence properties of broad-bandwidth light and other waves, with applications to Doppler velocimetry, range finding, imaging and spectroscopy. Patents are tedious to read in their original form. In an effort to improve their readability I have embedded the Figures throughout the manuscript, put the Figure captions underneath the Figures, and added section headings. Otherwise I have resisted the temptation to modify the words, though I found many places which could use healthy editing. There may be minor differences with the official versions issued by the US Patent and Trademark Office, particularly in the claims sections. In my shock physics work I measured the velocities of targets impacted by flyer plates by illuminating them with laser light and analyzing the reflected light with an interferometer. Small wavelength changes caused by the target motion (Doppler effect) were converted into fringe shifts by the interferometer. Lasers having long coherence lengths were required for the illumination. While lasers are certainly bright sources, and their collimated beams are convenient to work with, they are expensive. Particularly if one needs to illuminate a wide surface area, then large amounts of power are needed. Orders of magnitude more power per dollar can be obtained from a simple flashlamp, or for that matter, a 50 cent light bulb. Yet these inexpensive sources cannot practically be used for Doppler velocimetry because their coherence length is extremely short, i.e. their bandwidth is much too wide. Hence the motivation for patents 1 & 2 is a method (White Light Velocimetry) for allowing use of these powerful but incoherent lamps for interferometry. The coherence of the illumination is modified by passing it through a preparatory interferometer.

  15. Dose Reduction Techniques

    WAGGONER, L.O.

    2000-05-16

    As radiation safety specialists, one of the things we are required to do is evaluate tools, equipment, materials and work practices and decide whether the use of these products or work practices will reduce radiation dose or risk to the environment. There is a tendency for many workers that work with radioactive material to accomplish radiological work the same way they have always done it rather than look for new technology or change their work practices. New technology is being developed all the time that can make radiological work easier and result in less radiation dose to the worker or reduce the possibility that contamination will be spread to the environment. As we discuss the various tools and techniques that reduce radiation dose, keep in mind that the radiological controls should be reasonable. We can not always get the dose to zero, so we must try to accomplish the work efficiently and cost-effectively. There are times we may have to accept there is only so much you can do. The goal is to do the smart things that protect the worker but do not hinder him while the task is being accomplished. In addition, we should not demand that large amounts of money be spent for equipment that has marginal value in order to save a few millirem. We have broken the handout into sections that should simplify the presentation. Time, distance, shielding, and source reduction are methods used to reduce dose and are covered in Part I on work execution. We then look at operational considerations, radiological design parameters, and discuss the characteristics of personnel who deal with ALARA. This handout should give you an overview of what it takes to have an effective dose reduction program.

  16. Available phosphorus levels in diets for pigs with high genetic potential for lean meat deposition kept in thermoneutral environment from 15 to 30 kg Níveis de fósforo disponível em rações para suínos de alto potencial genético para deposição de carne magra mantidos em ambiente termoneutro dos 15 aos 30 kg

    Leandro Alebrante

    2011-02-01

    Full Text Available It was used 72 pigs, 36 castrated males and 36 females, with initial weight of 14.97 ± 0.36 kg to evaluate levels of dietary available phosphorus (aP. The animals were distributed in a completely randomized block design, with six levels of aP (0.107; 0.214; 0.321; 0.428; 0.535 and 0.642%, six replicates and two animals (one castrated male and one female per experimental unit. Air temperature and relative humidity in the room were kept at 24.5 ± 1.2°C and 76.3 ± 8.5%, respectively. The levels of aP influenced both daily feed intake and daily weight gain, which increased in a quadratic way up to the estimated levels of 0.420% and 0.443%, respectively and feed conversion, which improved in a quadratic manner up to the estimated level of 0.461%. It was observed the effects of levels of aP on quantity of phosphorus and ash in the bone, which increased in a quadratic manner up to the estimated levels of 0.525% and 0.520%, respectively. Levels of Ap affected daily protein deposition in the carcass, which increased in a quadratic way up to the estimated level of 0.394%. There was no effect of levels of aP on daily fat carcass deposition. Levels of aP that provided the best results for daily weight gain, feed conversion and bone mineralization in swines with high genetic potential for lean meat kept in thermoneutral environment, from 15 to 30 kg are 0.443, 0.461 and 0.525%, respectively, corresponding to estimated daily intakes of 5.25, 5.45 and 6.14 g of aP.Foram utilizados 72 leitões, 36 machos castrados e 36 fêmeas, com peso inicial de 14,97 ± 0,36 kg para avaliar níveis de fósforo disponível (Pd. Os animais foram distribuídos em delineamento experimental de blocos ao acaso, com seis níveis de Pd (0,107; 0,214; 0,321; 0,428; 0,535 e 0,642%, seis repetições e dois animais (um macho castrado e uma fêmea por unidade experimental. A temperatura interna da sala foi mantida em 24,5 ± 1,2ºC e a umidade relativa do ar em 76,3 ± 8,5%. Os n

  17. ADOPTABLE TECHNIQUE(S FOR MANAGING GHANAIAN SALINE SOILS

    Akwasi Asamoah

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available : Salinization of Ghanaian soils is on the rise. Organic matter application has not proved an effective and feasible technique for curbing this rise. Hence this paper seeks to review techniques that Ghana is using to manage its saline soils and further recommend a feasible, cost effective and beneficial technique for exhaustive research and possible adoption in the future. Halophytes appear to be the most feasible, cost effective and beneficial technique which could be adopted for the effective management of Ghanaian saline soils. But where halophytes are exotic, care must be taken to avoid competition with native species and allow preservation of agrobiodiversity

  18. Classroom Assessment Techniques

    Narayanan, M.

    2003-12-01

    and the learner should be carefully observed and monitored. Forrest says that Student Portfolios, which document learning in more detail, seldom reveal how teaching contributes to students' progress. Cerbin further indicates that a course portfolio is essentially, a like a manuscript of scholarly work in progress. In this example, it is a work that explains what, how, and why students learn or do not learn in a course. In this paper, the author reports on a dozen techniques that could perhaps be used to document assessment of student learning. References : Cerbin, W. (1993). Fostering a culture of teaching as scholarship. The Teaching Professor, 7(3), 1-2. Edgerton, R., Hutchings, P., & Quinlan, P. (1991). The teaching portfolio: Capturing the scholarship in teaching. Washington, DC: American Association for Higher Education. Forrest, A. (1990). Time will tell: Portfolio-assisted assessment of general education. Washington, DC: American Association for Higher Education. Linn, R., Baker, E., & Dunbar, S. (1991). Complex, Performance-based Assessment: Expectations and Validation Criteria. Educational Researcher, 20 (8), 15-21. Narayanan, M. (2003). Assessment in Higher Education: Partnerships in Learning. Paper presented at the 23rd Annual Lilly Conference on College Teaching, Miami University, Oxford, OH. Seldin, P. (1991). The teaching portfolio. Bolton, MA: Anker. Young, C. O., Sr., & Young, L. H. (1999). Assessing Learning in Interactive Courses. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching, 10 (1), 63-76.

  19. Practical hacking techniques and countermeasures

    Spivey, Mark D

    2006-01-01

    Examining computer security from the hacker''s perspective, Practical Hacking Techniques and Countermeasures employs virtual computers to illustrate how an attack is executed, including the script, compilation, and results. It provides detailed screen shots in each lab for the reader to follow along in a step-by-step process in order to duplicate and understand how the attack works. It enables experimenting with hacking techniques without fear of corrupting computers or violating any laws.Written in a lab manual style, the book begins with the installation of the VMware® Workstation product and guides the users through detailed hacking labs enabling them to experience what a hacker actually does during an attack. It covers social engineering techniques, footprinting techniques, and scanning tools. Later chapters examine spoofing techniques, sniffing techniques, password cracking, and attack tools. Identifying wireless attacks, the book also explores Trojans, Man-in-the-Middle (MTM) attacks, and Denial of S...

  20. A summary of virtualization techniques

    Rodríguez Haro, Fernando; Freitag, Fèlix; Navarro Moldes, Leandro; Hernández Sánchez, Efraín; Farías Mendoza, Nicandro; Guerrero Ibáñez, Juan Antonio; González Potes, Apolinar

    2012-01-01

    Nowadays, virtualization is a technology that is applied for sharing the capabilities of physical computers by splitting the resources among OSs. The concept of Virtual Machines (VMs) started back in 1964 with a IBM project called CP/CMS system. Currently, there are several virtualization techniques that can be used for supporting the execution of entire operating systems. We classify the virtualization techniques from the OS view. First, we discuss two techniques that executes modified gu...

  1. Luminescence techniques: Instrumentation and methods

    Bøtter-Jensen, L.

    1997-01-01

    This paper describes techniques, instruments and methods used in luminescence dating and environmental dosimetry in many laboratories around the world. These techniques are based on two phenomena - thermally stimulated luminescence and optically stimulated luminescence. The most commonly used...... luminescence stimulation and detection techniques are reviewed and information is given on recent developments in instrument design and on the stale of the art in luminescence measurements and analysis. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved....

  2. Detection Techniques of Femtosecond Lasers

    LIU Li-peng; ZHOU Ming; DAI Qi-xun; CAI Lan

    2004-01-01

    The measurement techniques of femtosecond spectroscopy are effective method to investigate ultrafast dynamics, they are widely used in the fields of physics, chemistry and biology. In this paper, the principle, experiment setup and the approaches to deal with the experiment data were presented. Then different measurement techniques such as transient absorption spectroscopy, photon echoes, optical Kerr effect and degenerate four-wave mixing were explained with special examples. At last, the application prospect of measurement techniques of femtosecond spectroscopy was forecasted.

  3. Optical pulses, lasers, measuring techniques

    Früngel, Frank B A

    1965-01-01

    High Speed Pulse Technology: Volume II: Optical Pulses - Lasers - Measuring Techniques focuses on the theoretical and engineering problems that result from the capacitor discharge technique.This book is organized into three main topics: light flash production from a capacitive energy storage; signal transmission and ranging systems by capacitor discharges and lasers; and impulse measuring technique. This text specifically discusses the air spark under atmospheric conditions, industrial equipment for laser flashing, and claims for light transmitting system. The application of light impulse sign

  4. Correlation of cure monitoring techniques

    Chang, S. S.; Mopsik, F. I.; Hunston, D. L.

    Six different composite matrix or neat resin cure-monitoring methods are presently used to follow the cure process in a model epoxy system, and the results obtained are compared. Differential scanning calorimetry, viscosity monitoring, the ultrasonic shear wave propagation technique, dielectric spectrometry, and two different fluorescence intensity techniques are compared with a view to common traits and differences. Dielectric fluorescence and ultrasonic measurement techniques are noted to be applicable to on-line process monitoring.

  5. Geolocation Techniques Principles and Applications

    Gentile, Camillo; Raulefs, Ronald; Teolis, Carole

    2013-01-01

    Geolocation Techniques: Principles and Applications provides a comprehensive overview of geolocation technologies and techniques, from radio-frequency based to inertial based. The focus of this book is to provide an overview on the different types of infra-structure supported by most commercial localization systems as well as on the most popular computational techniques which these systems employ. This book can serve as a reference for scholarly activities such as teaching, self-learning, or research.

  6. Developing Fighting Technique Through Visualization

    Tim Lajcik

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available Visualization is a training technique that involves creating a detailed mental “movie” of successful performance. This article describes a type of visualization called “mental rehearsal” and explains how it can be used to reinforce the neuromuscular pattern of proper fighting technique. Drawing on his experience as a professional fighter and college coach, his studies in sport psychology as a college student, and his exposure to mental training techniques at the U.S. Olympic Training Center, the author reveals how to use mental imagery to facilitate the mastery of martial art technique.    

  7. Helium II level measurement techniques

    Celik, D.; Hilton, D. K.; Zhang, T.; Van Sciver, S. W.

    2001-05-01

    In this paper, a survey of cryogenic liquid level measurement techniques applicable to superfluid helium (He II) is given. The survey includes both continuous and discrete measurement techniques. A number of different probes and controlling circuits for this purpose have been described in the literature. They fall into one of the following categories: capacitive liquid level gauges, superconducting wire liquid level gauges, thermodynamic (heat transfer-based) liquid level gauges, resistive gauges, ultrasound and transmission line-based level detectors. The present paper reviews these techniques and their suitability for He II service. In addition to these methods, techniques for measuring the total liquid volume and mass gauging are also discussed.

  8. Common Tuina Techniques in Children

    Editor

    2004-01-01

    @@ Tuina techniques in children are similar to those in adults. Some are same in name, but different in methods,such as pushing technique. Some techniques are just applied to children rather than to adults, such as pushing method. In clinical practice, such intense Tuina techniques as nailing, grasping, and pinching are practiced as the ending manipulations, so as not to hurt children and affect treatment. Such media as ginger juice,Talcum powder and egg white are commonly used to prevent from skin abrasion and improve therapeutic effects.

  9. Radar interferometry persistent scatterer technique

    Kampes, Bert M

    2006-01-01

    Only book on Permanent Scatterer technique of radar interferometryExplains the Permanent Scatterer technique in detail, possible pitfalls, and details a newly developed stochastic model and estimator algorithm to cope with possible problems for the application of the PS techniqueThe use of Permanent Scatterer allows very precise measurements of the displacement of hundreds of points per square kilometerDescribes the only technique currently able to perform displacement measurements in the past, utilizing the ERS satellite data archive using data acquired from 1992-prese

  10. GPU Pro advanced rendering techniques

    Engel, Wolfgang

    2010-01-01

    This book covers essential tools and techniques for programming the graphics processing unit. Brought to you by Wolfgang Engel and the same team of editors who made the ShaderX series a success, this volume covers advanced rendering techniques, engine design, GPGPU techniques, related mathematical techniques, and game postmortems. A special emphasis is placed on handheld programming to account for the increased importance of graphics on mobile devices, especially the iPhone and iPod touch.Example programs and source code can be downloaded from the book's CRC Press web page. 

  11. Optical techniques in regenerative medicine

    Morgan, Stephen P

    2013-01-01

    In regenerative medicine, tissue engineers largely rely on destructive and time-consuming techniques that do not allow in situ and spatial monitoring of tissue growth. Furthermore, once the therapy is implanted in the patient, clinicians are often unable to monitor what is happening in the body. To tackle these barriers, optical techniques have been developed to image and characterize many tissue properties, fabricate tissue engineering scaffolds, and characterize the properties of the scaffolds. Optical Techniques in Regenerative Medicine illustrates how to use optical imaging techniques and

  12. Parachute technique for partial penectomy

    Fernando Korkes

    2010-04-01

    Full Text Available PURPOSE: Penile carcinoma is a rare but mutilating malignancy. In this context, partial penectomy is the most commonly applied approach for best oncological results. We herein propose a simple modification of the classic technique of partial penectomy, for better cosmetic and functional results. TECHNIQUE: If partial penectomy is indicated, the present technique can bring additional benefits. Different from classical technique, the urethra is spatulated only ventrally. An inverted "V" skin flap with 0.5 cm of extension is sectioned ventrally. The suture is performed with vicryl 4-0 in a "parachute" fashion, beginning from the ventral portion of the urethra and the "V" flap, followed by the "V" flap angles and than by the dorsal portion of the penis. After completion of the suture, a Foley catheter and light dressing are placed for 24 hours. CONCLUSIONS: Several complex reconstructive techniques have been previously proposed, but normally require specific surgical abilities, adequate patient selection and staged procedures. We believe that these reconstructive techniques are very useful in some specific subsets of patients. However, the technique herein proposed is a simple alternative that can be applied to all men after a partial penectomy, and takes the same amount of time as that in the classic technique. In conclusion, the "parachute" technique for penile reconstruction after partial amputation not only improves the appearance of the penis, but also maintains an adequate function.

  13. A disposition of interpolation techniques

    Knotters, M.; Heuvelink, G.B.M.

    2010-01-01

    A large collection of interpolation techniques is available for application in environmental research. To help environmental scientists in choosing an appropriate technique a disposition is made, based on 1) applicability in space, time and space-time, 2) quantification of accuracy of interpolated v

  14. A numerical grid generation technique

    Gilding, B.H.

    1988-01-01

    The paper describes a technique for the generation of boundary-fitted curvilinear coordinate systems for the numerical solution of partial differential equations in two space dimensions. The technique is algebraic, has a transfinite character, and is based on the blending of shearing transformations

  15. Instrumental Techniques in Archeological Research

    1988-09-01

    leather, amber, and mummified material. Evidently this is preliminary work. Schwarcz , H. P., 1986, "ESR Dating of Tooth Enamel," Abstracts of the 1984...Radiocarbon dating Contact: H. P. Schwarcz Technique(s): ESR 79 Illinois State Geological Survey McCrone Associates Inc. State Geological Survey

  16. Software Agent Techniques in Design

    Hartvig, Susanne C

    1998-01-01

    This paper briefly presents studies of software agent techniques and outline aspects of these which can be applied in design agents in integrated civil engineering design environments.......This paper briefly presents studies of software agent techniques and outline aspects of these which can be applied in design agents in integrated civil engineering design environments....

  17. Passage Retrieval: A Probabilistic Technique.

    Melucci, Massimo

    1998-01-01

    Presents a probabilistic technique to retrieve passages from texts having a large size or heterogeneous semantic content. Results of experiments comparing the probabilistic technique to one based on a text segmentation algorithm revealed that the passage size affects passage retrieval performance; text organization and query generality may have an…

  18. Etablissement de tests permettant de mesurer l'impact sur les performances de la sécurisation d'IPv6 par IPsec

    Bernard, Nicolas

    2002-01-01

    Magistère d'Informatique et Modélisation. Rapport de stage.; Ce document explique comment s'effectue la sécurisation des réseaux IPv6 à l'aide du protocole IPsec. Il présente, dans le contexte du système FreeBSD, comment est réalisée l'implémentation d'IPsec, sa configuration statique et dynamique. Il décrit ensuite les différents outils de mesure de performance utilisés et leur portage sur IPv6. Il présente enfin les résultats des tests réalisés au sein du laboratoire.

  19. Etude des ondes de surface permettant la réalisation de cartographies de défauts débouchants

    Jagnoux, P.; Vincent, A

    1988-01-01

    Nous avons réalisé une étude expérimentale de la propagation d'une onde de surface rayonnante se propageant à une interface liquide-solide et de son interaction avec une fissure idéale débouchant en surface. Les résultats expérimentaux concernant la propagation de cette onde sont comparés aux résultats numériques obtenus en résolvant l'équation de Rayleigh. L'étude se rapportant à l'interaction de l'onde avec le défaut artificiel permet de préciser les propriétés des deux composantes réémises...

  20. Strongly correlated systems experimental techniques

    Mancini, Ferdinando

    2015-01-01

    The continuous evolution and development of experimental techniques is at the basis of any fundamental achievement in modern physics. Strongly correlated systems (SCS), more than any other, need to be investigated through the greatest variety of experimental techniques in order to unveil and crosscheck the numerous and puzzling anomalous behaviors characterizing them. The study of SCS fostered the improvement of many old experimental techniques, but also the advent of many new ones just invented in order to analyze the complex behaviors of these systems. Many novel materials, with functional properties emerging from macroscopic quantum behaviors at the frontier of modern research in physics, chemistry and materials science, belong to this class of systems. The volume presents a representative collection of the modern experimental techniques specifically tailored for the analysis of strongly correlated systems. Any technique is presented in great detail by its own inventor or by one of the world-wide recognize...

  1. Photogrammetric techniques for aerospace applications

    Liu, Tianshu; Burner, Alpheus W.; Jones, Thomas W.; Barrows, Danny A.

    2012-10-01

    Photogrammetric techniques have been used for measuring the important physical quantities in both ground and flight testing including aeroelastic deformation, attitude, position, shape and dynamics of objects such as wind tunnel models, flight vehicles, rotating blades and large space structures. The distinct advantage of photogrammetric measurement is that it is a non-contact, global measurement technique. Although the general principles of photogrammetry are well known particularly in topographic and aerial survey, photogrammetric techniques require special adaptation for aerospace applications. This review provides a comprehensive and systematic summary of photogrammetric techniques for aerospace applications based on diverse sources. It is useful mainly for aerospace engineers who want to use photogrammetric techniques, but it also gives a general introduction for photogrammetrists and computer vision scientists to new applications.

  2. Séminaire de l'enseignement technique : Forum AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006 - French version only

    Davide Vitè

    2005-01-01

    Jeudi 17 novembre 2005 de 14:30 à 16:30 - Training Centre Auditorium Forum AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006 CADSCHOOL, CH-1207 GENEVE, Suisse Ce nouveau séminaire de l'Enseignement technique, organisé en forme de forum et en collabora- tion avec TS-MME et notre entreprise partenaire en formation, sera consacré à la présentation de la nouvelle version d'AutoCAD, AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006, disponible au CERN. Au programme : Présentation d'AutoCAD Mechanical 2006 Améliorations par rapport à AutoCAD Mechanical 6 Power Pack Questions - Réponses Langue: Français. Séminaire libre, sans inscription. Organisateurs: Manfred Mayer / TS-MME / 74499 ; Davide Vitè / HR-PMD / 75141 Pour plus d'information, veuillez SVP visiter les pages des Séminaires de l'Enseignement Technique à l'adresse http://www.cern.ch/TechnicalTraining/special/TTseminars.asp . ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE TECHNICAL TRAINING technical.training@cern.ch

  3. Séminaire de l'enseignement technique : Forum AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006

    - French version only

    Davide Vitè

    2005-01-01

    Jeudi 17 novembre 2005 de 14:30 à 16:30 - Training Centre Auditorium, Bât 593 Forum AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006 CADSCHOOL, CH-1207 GENEVE, Suisse Ce nouveau séminaire de l'Enseignement technique, organisé en forme de forum et en collaboration avec TS-MME et notre entreprise partenaire en formation, sera consacré à la présentation de la nouvelle version d'AutoCAD, AutoCAD 2006 et AutoCAD Mechanical 2006, disponible au CERN. Au programme : Présentation d'AutoCAD Mechanical 2006 Améliorations par rapport à AutoCAD Mechanical 6 Power Pack Questions - Réponses Langue: Français. Séminaire libre, sans inscription. Organisateurs: Manfred Mayer / TS-MME / 74499 ; Davide Vitè / HR-PMD / 75141 Pour plus d'information, veuillez SVP visiter les pages des Séminaires de l'Enseignement Technique à l'adresse http://www.cern.ch/TechnicalTraining/special/TTseminars.asp . ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE TECHNICAL TRAINING technical.training@cern.ch

  4. Jaime Sabines no ha muerto. Materiales de consulta disponibles en la Biblioteca Central. Lectura obligada

    Muela-Meza, Zapopan Martín

    1999-01-01

    Short article (Jaime Sabines hasn't died. Reference works at the Central Library. A must read work) describing the electronic reference works related to Jaime Sabines poet available at the Reference Section, Central Library, Ciudad Juarez Autonomous University, Chihuahua, Mexico.

  5. Formation sécurité : places disponibles dans les sessions de juin

    DGS Unit

    2010-01-01

    Il reste des places dans les formations sécurité suivantes. Pour les mises à jour et les inscriptions, veuillez vous reportez au catalogue des formations sécurité. Safety in Cryogenics level 1, 14 juin, en anglais, 3 heures, 9h00 – 12h00 (5 places) Radiological Protection, 18 juin, en anglais, 4 heures, 13h30 – 17h30 (15 places) Radiological Protection, 22 juin, en anglais, 4 heures, 08h30 – 12h30 (15 places) Sécurité Radiologique, 22 juin, en français, 4 heures, 13h30 – 17h30 (15 places) Conduite de chariots élévateurs, 24-25 juin, en français, 2 jours, 8h00 – 17h30 (3 places) 

  6. LA COMPTABILITÉ DES ACTIFS OU DES IMMOBILISATIONS NON COURANTS ET DISPONIBLES POUR VENTE

    Lucian-Dorel ILINCUŢĂ

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available IFRS 5 Actifs non courants destinés à être vendus et activités abandonnées prévoie qu’une entité cataloguera un actif immobilisé (ou groupe d’actifs destinés à la cession comme destiné à être vendu, si sa valeur comptable est récupérée premièrement par une opération de vente et non pas par son utilisation continue. Les règlements comptables de Roumanie prévoient le transfert des actifs immobilisés destinés à être vendus aux stocks.

  7. Selección de recursos de información disponibles en el Web invisible

    Brocos Fernández, José Martín; Salinas Pardo, Carolina

    2003-01-01

    In order to develop a useful reference tool to search information in what is known as the invisible Internet , that is, that set of information accessible through Internet which, by diverse reasons, is not processed by the search engines, with special attention to the sources of information on science and technology, and based on such criteria as accessibility, usefulness, usability, number of databases to which it offers access and quality, an useful and up-to-date collection of resources wa...

  8. La biblioteca como puerta de acceso a la información disponible en Internet

    Cabezas-Mardones, Cristian

    1998-01-01

    En Internet una de las áreas de más rápido crecimiento ha sido la World Wide Web o WWW. Su importancia alcanza a todas las zonas geográficas que tienen acceso a la Red. El hipertexto es su forma de expresión (como HTTP y HTML). Las bibliotecas deben abordar la información que contiene, y se encuentran con un nuevo formato que comienza a diferenciarse radicalmente del libro. El presente trabajo propone que las bibliotecas tienen habilidades para ser parte de este cambio, y alcanzar metas q...

  9. Gestion communale du patrimoine arboré non forestier : aperçu des moyens disponibles

    Paul R.

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Urban tree management in walloon municipalities: overview of available means. A survey has been sent in 2006 to the 262 municipalities from Wallonia concerning their green areas management and particularly focused on local arboricultural heritage. The questionnaire was structured by 3 themes: (1 the managed heritage, (2 economical and technical means available for municipalities, (3 available management tools. Fifty-three answers have been gathered which represent 20.2%. This enquiry gives a first overview of the situation. It shows that 70% of answering municipalities have no specific green service. Tree management is a priority for only 11% of the municipal services that are involved in urban greening. Half of the municipalities are delegating at least a part of green area management to private societies. That concerns tree pruning, safety diagnosis, tree care and revitalisation. Only 15% of municipalities have a complete inventory of their trees. Ninety percent declare they have no planning tool and 95% have no legal text describing good management practices. An important information and formation work is then necessary to reinforce local tree managers to avoid that well known mistakes continue to be done (death of veteran trees after herbicide misuse, tree topping, root destruction during public works, etc..

  10. Estudo do desgaste abrasivo das resinas compostas disponíveis no mercado brasileiro

    Bianchi Eduardo Carlos

    2003-01-01

    Full Text Available This work presents a proposal to assess the abrasive wear of composite resins available in the national market, which are materials largely used in dental clinics for functional and aesthetic tooth restorations. This was achieved by utilizing an experimental set-up on which a dynamic disc covered with proper porcelain (representing hardness close to the human teeth wears a static disc covered with the resin tested under a constant and pre-determined load. Thus, by means of this set-up and keeping a behavioral status needed to the calculus for all tests, the aggressiveness (referred as to letter k for all tests was analyzed. Due to the fact that resin characteristic revels how weary the material has become to the abrasion process with other harder material, the strength to wear for such resins was observed. Therefore, a real classification for these materials with their strength to the abrasion wear was made, which is a very important factor in the influence on their lifetime in dental restorations. The classification in descending order for those resins is presented as following: HELIOMOLAR RO, DURAFILL, FILTEK A110, HELIO FILL, POINT 4, FLOW IT; NATURAL FLOW, SUPRAFILL, FILTEK P60, FILTEK Z250, TETRIC FLOW, REVOLUTION, PRODIGY, TETRIC CERAM, HERCULITE, FILLMAGIC, TPH, CHARISMA, Z100.

  11. Nuclear techniques in analytical chemistry

    Moses, Alfred J; Gordon, L

    1964-01-01

    Nuclear Techniques in Analytical Chemistry discusses highly sensitive nuclear techniques that determine the micro- and macro-amounts or trace elements of materials. With the increasingly frequent demand for the chemical determination of trace amounts of elements in materials, the analytical chemist had to search for more sensitive methods of analysis. This book accustoms analytical chemists with nuclear techniques that possess the desired sensitivity and applicability at trace levels. The topics covered include safe handling of radioactivity; measurement of natural radioactivity; and neutron a

  12. PIGE technique implementation at ININ

    Policroniades, R.; Martínez-Quiroz, E.; Méndez-Garrido, B.; Murillo, G.; Moreno, E.; Villaseñor, P.

    2015-07-01

    In this work, we present a general overview about the implementation at ININ of a Particle Induced Gamma Emission (PIGE) analysis technique, based on the bombardment of samples by protons and deuterons at different energies within our tandem accelerator facility. As it is well known, this technique is based on the detection of γ-rays emitted by nuclei in a target following a charged particle irradiation. The main feature of this technique, apart from being non-destructive and low time consuming, is that it allows a multi-elemental analysis of a sample, permitting an isotopic identification of many nuclides. Advances and some preliminary results are presented.

  13. PIGE technique implementation at ININ

    Policroniades, R., E-mail: rafael.policroniades@inin.gob.mx; Martínez-Quiroz, E.; Méndez-Garrido, B.; Murillo, G.; Moreno, E.; Villaseñor, P. [Departamento de Aceleradores, Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Nucleares (ININ), Carr. México-Toluca S/N, La Marquesa, Ocoyoacac, México CP 52750 (Mexico)

    2015-07-23

    In this work, we present a general overview about the implementation at ININ of a Particle Induced Gamma Emission (PIGE) analysis technique, based on the bombardment of samples by protons and deuterons at different energies within our tandem accelerator facility. As it is well known, this technique is based on the detection of γ-rays emitted by nuclei in a target following a charged particle irradiation. The main feature of this technique, apart from being non-destructive and low time consuming, is that it allows a multi-elemental analysis of a sample, permitting an isotopic identification of many nuclides. Advances and some preliminary results are presented.

  14. A simplified indirect bonding technique

    Radha Katiyar

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available With the advent of lingual orthodontics, indirect bonding technique has become an integral part of practice. It involves placement of brackets initially on the models and then their transfer to teeth with the help of transfer trays. Problems encountered with current indirect bonding techniques used are (1 the possibility of adhesive flash remaining around the base of the brackets which requires removal (2 longer time required for the adhesive to gain enough bond strength for secure tray removal. The new simplified indirect bonding technique presented here overcomes both these problems.

  15. Low Light Level TV Techniques.

    Gildea, J

    1970-10-01

    As the science of low light level sensing becomes better understood, the demand for systems with this capability has increased considerably in recent years. Low light level television systems are part of these low light sensing devices in which interest has grown. Development of low light level TV systems has, in turn, stimulated technical advances in new tube types with improved performance, development of electronic techniques which enhance the over-all performance, and design techniques which make the system more versatile and adaptable. A general look at some of these developments and techniques gives insight into the versatility and adaptability of low light level TV.

  16. Artificial intelligence techniques in Prolog

    Shoham, Yoav

    1993-01-01

    Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Prolog introduces the reader to the use of well-established algorithmic techniques in the field of artificial intelligence (AI), with Prolog as the implementation language. The techniques considered cover general areas such as search, rule-based systems, and truth maintenance, as well as constraint satisfaction and uncertainty management. Specific application domains such as temporal reasoning, machine learning, and natural language are also discussed.Comprised of 10 chapters, this book begins with an overview of Prolog, paying particular attention to Prol

  17. New techniques on embryo manipulation.

    Escribá, M J; Valbuena, D; Remohí, J; Pellicer, A; Simón, C

    2002-01-01

    For many years, experience has been accumulated on embryo and gamete manipulation in livestock animals. The present work is a review of these techniques and their possible application in human embryology in specific cases. It is possible to manipulate gametes at different levels, producing paternal or maternal haploid embryos (hemicloning), using different techniques including nuclear transfer. At the embryonic stage, considering practical, ethical and legal issues, techniques will be reviewed that include cloning and embryo splitting at the cleavage stage, morula, or blastocyst stage.

  18. Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification

    Ray, Sandip

    2010-01-01

    This book presents state-of-the-art approaches to formal verification techniques to seamlessly integrate different formal verification methods within a single logical foundation. It should benefit researchers and practitioners looking to get a broad overview of the spectrum of formal verification techniques, as well as approaches to combining such techniques within a single framework. Coverage includes a range of case studies showing how such combination is fruitful in developing a scalable verification methodology for industrial designs. This book outlines both theoretical and practical issue

  19. Statistical Techniques for Project Control

    Badiru, Adedeji B

    2012-01-01

    A project can be simple or complex. In each case, proven project management processes must be followed. In all cases of project management implementation, control must be exercised in order to assure that project objectives are achieved. Statistical Techniques for Project Control seamlessly integrates qualitative and quantitative tools and techniques for project control. It fills the void that exists in the application of statistical techniques to project control. The book begins by defining the fundamentals of project management then explores how to temper quantitative analysis with qualitati

  20. Modern techniques of surface science

    Woodruff, D Phil

    2016-01-01

    This fully revised, updated and reorganised third edition provides a thorough introduction to the characterisation techniques used in surface science and nanoscience today. Each chapter brings together and compares the different techniques used to address a particular research question, including how to determine the surface composition, surface structure, surface electronic structure, surface microstructure at different length scales (down to sub-molecular), and the molecular character of adsorbates and their adsorption or reaction properties. Readers will easily understand the relative strengths and limitations of the techniques available to them and, ultimately, will be able to select the most suitable techniques for their own particular research purposes. This is an essential resource for researchers and practitioners performing materials analysis, and for senior undergraduate students looking to gain a clear understanding of the underlying principles and applications of the different characterisation tec...

  1. Swabs and other sampling techniques.

    Lawrence, J C; Ameen, H

    1998-05-01

    This study explores the absorptive capacity of standard cotton wool-tipped swabs in vitro and in vivo. An alternative wound exudate sampling technique using small filter paper discs is also briefly examined. Results showed a poor uniformity of fluid absorption by swabs and a limited correlation of wound exudate quantities in relation to visual estimates and size of wound. It was found, however, that swabs reliably removed material from a wound surface. The filter paper technique appeared to offer no advantages.

  2. RECAT - Redundant Channel Alignment Technique

    2016-06-07

    distribution unlimited 13. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES NUWC2015 14. ABSTRACT A problem in the analog-to- digital , (A/D), conversion of broadband tape recorded...Alignment Technique, is used to align data taken on one pass with data from any other pass. The accuracy of this alignment is a function of the digital ...Redundant Channel Alignment Technique; analog-to- digital ; A/D; Broadband Bearing Time Processing 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF

  3. Simple techniques can increase motivation

    Smith, E.A.

    1982-12-01

    Productivity depends upon strong motivation. This article describes how the symptoms of weak motivation can be detected among engineers and other employees and what to do about it. Fortunately, most people want to be productive and respond to simple motivation building techniques. These techniques include establishing twoway communication between supervisor and subordinate, delegating authority on the basis of responsibility, effective organization of time, and the use of positive reinforcement (or rewards) and, when conditions merit it, negative reinforcement (or sanctions).

  4. Discovering the Botnet Detection Techniques

    Rahim, Aneel; Bin Muhaya, Fahad T.

    Botnet is a network of compromised computers. It just fellow the master slave concept. Bots are comprised computers and do the tasks what ever their master orders them. Internet Relay Chat (IRC) is used for the communication between the master and bots. Information is also encrypted to avoid the effect of third party. In this paper we discuss the Botnets detection techniques and comparative analysis of these techniques on the basis of DNS query, History data and group activity.

  5. Survey of semantic modeling techniques

    Smith, C.L.

    1975-07-01

    The analysis of the semantics of programing languages was attempted with numerous modeling techniques. By providing a brief survey of these techniques together with an analysis of their applicability for answering semantic issues, this report attempts to illuminate the state-of-the-art in this area. The intent is to be illustrative rather than thorough in the coverage of semantic models. A bibliography is included for the reader who is interested in pursuing this area of research in more detail.

  6. Review of advanced imaging techniques

    Yu Chen

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Pathology informatics encompasses digital imaging and related applications. Several specialized microscopy techniques have emerged which permit the acquisition of digital images ("optical biopsies" at high resolution. Coupled with fiber-optic and micro-optic components, some of these imaging techniques (e.g., optical coherence tomography are now integrated with a wide range of imaging devices such as endoscopes, laparoscopes, catheters, and needles that enable imaging inside the body. These advanced imaging modalities have exciting diagnostic potential and introduce new opportunities in pathology. Therefore, it is important that pathology informaticists understand these advanced imaging techniques and the impact they have on pathology. This paper reviews several recently developed microscopic techniques, including diffraction-limited methods (e.g., confocal microscopy, 2-photon microscopy, 4Pi microscopy, and spatially modulated illumination microscopy and subdiffraction techniques (e.g., photoactivated localization microscopy, stochastic optical reconstruction microscopy, and stimulated emission depletion microscopy. This article serves as a primer for pathology informaticists, highlighting the fundamentals and applications of advanced optical imaging techniques.

  7. Microscopy techniques in flavivirus research.

    Chong, Mun Keat; Chua, Anthony Jin Shun; Tan, Terence Tze Tong; Tan, Suat Hoon; Ng, Mah Lee

    2014-04-01

    The Flavivirus genus is composed of many medically important viruses that cause high morbidity and mortality, which include Dengue and West Nile viruses. Various molecular and biochemical techniques have been developed in the endeavour to study flaviviruses. However, microscopy techniques still have irreplaceable roles in the identification of novel virus pathogens and characterization of morphological changes in virus-infected cells. Fluorescence microscopy contributes greatly in understanding the fundamental viral protein localizations and virus-host protein interactions during infection. Electron microscopy remains the gold standard for visualizing ultra-structural features of virus particles and infected cells. New imaging techniques and combinatory applications are continuously being developed to push the limit of resolution and extract more quantitative data. Currently, correlative live cell imaging and high resolution three-dimensional imaging have already been achieved through the tandem use of optical and electron microscopy in analyzing biological specimens. Microscopy techniques are also used to measure protein binding affinities and determine the mobility pattern of proteins in cells. This chapter will consolidate on the applications of various well-established microscopy techniques in flavivirus research, and discuss how recently developed microscopy techniques can potentially help advance our understanding in these membrane viruses.

  8. Indirect bonding technique in orthodontics

    Kübra Yıldırım

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available ‘Direct Bonding Technique’ which allows the fixed orthodontic appliances to be directly bonded to teeth without using bands decreased the clinic time for bracket bonding and increased esthetics and oral hygiene during orthodontic treatment. However, mistakes in bracket positioning were observed due to decreased direct visual sight and access to posterior teeth. ‘Indirect Bonding Technique’ was developed for eliminating these problems. Initially, decreased bond strength, higher bond failure rate, periodontal tissue irritation, compromised oral hygiene and increased laboratory time were the main disadvantages of this technique when compared to direct bonding. The newly developed materials and modified techniques help to eliminate these negative consequences. Today, the brackets bonded with indirect technique have similar bond strength with brackets bonded directly. Moreover, indirect and direct bonding techniques have similar effects on periodontal tissues. However, indirect bonding technique requires more attention and precision in laboratory and clinical stage, and has higher cost. Orthodontist's preference between these two bonding techniques may differ according to time spent in laboratory and clinic, cost, patient comfort and personal opinion.

  9. Genetic techniques for the archaea.

    Farkas, Joel A; Picking, Jonathan W; Santangelo, Thomas J

    2013-01-01

    Genetic techniques for the Archaea have undergone a rapid expansion in complexity, resulting in increased exploration of the role of Archaea in the environment and detailed analyses of the molecular physiology and information-processing systems in the third domain of life. Complementary gains in describing the ever-increasing diversity of archaeal organisms have allowed these techniques to be leveraged in new and imaginative ways to elucidate shared and unique aspects of archaeal diversity and metabolism. In this review, we introduce the four archaeal clades for which advanced genetic techniques are available--the methanogens, halophiles, Sulfolobales, and Thermococcales--with the aim of providing an overall profile of the advantages and disadvantages of working within each clade, as essentially all of the genetically accessible archaeal organisms require unique culturing techniques that present real challenges. We discuss the full repertoire of techniques possible within these clades while highlighting the recent advances that have been made by taking advantage of the most prominent techniques and approaches.

  10. [Current techniques in tonsil surgery].

    Coromina Isern, Jordi; Esteller Moré, Eduard

    2010-12-01

    In recent years, consolidation of tonsillar hypertrophy as the principal surgical procedure has led to the emergence of new techniques. Most aim to reduce volume (tonsillectomy or tonsil reduction). These techniques have considerably decreased intra- and postoperative hemorrhages and pain intensity. The present article describes the mechanisms and the advantages and disadvantages of the various techniques, including electro-dissection using electrical scalpels, reduction using a microdebrider, ultrasonic scalpel, radiofrequency (with its different variations) and CO(2) laser. When techniques that reduce tonsil volume are used, the possibility of recurrence of the tonsillar hypertrophy is high if less than 85% of the tonsil is removed. There is also a considerable possibility of infection of the remaining tonsils, whichever technique is used, and therefore these techniques are not valid in the case of repetitive tonsillitis. Recently, alternatives to classical adenoidectomy using adenoid curette have also appeared. Bleeding can be minimized by using a microdebrider, radiofrequency or a blood coagulator. We also discuss the concept of partial adenoidectomy, which is preferred in patients at risk of velopharyngeal insufficiency.

  11. Ageing Mechanisms and Control. Specialists’ Meeting on Life Management Techniques for Ageing Air Vehicles (Les mecanismes vieillissants et le controle) (Reunions des specialistes des techniques de gestion du cycle de vie pour vehicules aeriens vieillissants)

    2003-02-01

    développement et la mise en œuvre de technologies nouvelles/existantes, ainsi que de processus de gestion de la logistique , permettant l’établissement...technologies existantes et nouvelles, ainsi que des processus de gestion de la logistique . Ils seront alors plus à même de déterminer leurs priorités en

  12. Nontraditional manufacturing technique-Nano machining technique based on SPM

    DONG; Shen; YAN; Yongda; SUN; Tao; LIANG; Yingchun; CHENG

    2004-01-01

    Nano machining based on SPM is a novel, nontraditional advanced manufacturing technique. There are three main machining methods based on SPM, i.e.single atom manipulation, surface modification using physical or chemical actions and mechanical scratching. The current development of this technique is summarized. Based on the analysis of mechanical scratching mechanism, a 5 μm micro inflation hole is fabricated on the surface of inertial confinement fusion (ICF) target. The processing technique is optimized. The machining properties of brittle material, single crystal Ge, are investigated. A micro machining system combining SPM and a high accuracy stage is developed. Some 2D and 3D microstructures are fabricated using the system. This method has broad applications in the field of nano machining.

  13. Modified technique in treating recurrent priapism: a technique report

    Wei Chen

    2015-04-01

    Full Text Available Recurrent ischemic priapism is a problem in clinical treatment. Most of the cases require more invasive surgery to shunt the blood stasis. We introduce a modified technique in treating recurrent ischemic priapism. The technique described is applied to acute ischaemic priapic episodes in patients with a history of stuttering priapism. It was carried out by a Winter's shunt combined with a continuous cavernosal irrigation system. Priapism was effectively resolved on the patients without recurrence. The four patients who received this treatment recovered most sexual function after 6 months follow-up.

  14. LANDING TECHNIQUES IN BEACH VOLLEYBALL

    Markus Tilp

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available The aims of the present study were to establish a detailed and representative record of landing techniques (two-, left-, and right-footed landings in professional beach volleyball and compare the data with those of indoor volleyball. Beach volleyball data was retrieved from videos taken at FIVB World Tour tournaments. Landing techniques were compared in the different beach and indoor volleyball skills serve, set, attack, and block with regard to sex, playing technique, and court position. Significant differences were observed between men and women in landings following block actions (χ²(2 = 18.19, p < 0.01 but not following serve, set, and attack actions. Following blocking, men landed more often on one foot than women. Further differences in landings following serve and attack with regard to playing technique and position were mainly observed in men. The comparison with landing techniques in indoor volleyball revealed overall differences both in men (χ²(2 = 161.4, p < 0.01 and women (χ²(2 = 84.91, p < 0.01. Beach volleyball players land more often on both feet than indoor volleyball players. Besides the softer surface in beach volleyball, and therefore resulting lower loads, these results might be another reason for fewer injuries and overuse conditions compared to indoor volleyball

  15. Twin - Arch technique. Revival of the "edgewise -Technique"?

    Jacob Karp

    2012-01-01

    The SNB – Bracket brings a new dimension into the orthodontic world which is most apparent in extraction cases. Its Teflon – like material has a very low friction coefficient thus, reducing the treatment time considerably. Through the use of low dimensioned arch wires, the Twin – Arch Technique becomes a Light – wire system and simultaneously provides good anchorage and torque control.

  16. Infrared Devices And Techniques (Revision

    Rogalski A.

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available The main objective of this paper is to produce an applications-oriented review covering infrared techniques and devices. At the beginning infrared systems fundamentals are presented with emphasis on thermal emission, scene radiation and contrast, cooling techniques, and optics. Special attention is focused on night vision and thermal imaging concepts. Next section concentrates shortly on selected infrared systems and is arranged in order to increase complexity; from image intensifier systems, thermal imaging systems, to space-based systems. In this section are also described active and passive smart weapon seekers. Finally, other important infrared techniques and devices are shortly described, among them being: non-contact thermometers, radiometers, LIDAR, and infrared gas sensors.

  17. Lead extraction. Indications and techniques.

    Byrd, C L; Schwartz, S J; Hedin, N

    1992-11-01

    Each of the extraction techniques and their ancillary tools was reported as used successfully; however, until now, no technique has been successful when used in more than a few isolated instances. The technique for intravascular countertraction and the associated tools described in this paper were devised and selected in an attempt to develop one technique to be used on all patients, with all types of leads, and with a very low complication rate. Its versatility permitted single or multiple lead extractions combined with the precision of selecting and extracting a specific lead. In our experience, as well as the experience of others, the techniques described in this paper have proved to be superior by minimizing the inherent risk and morbidity, allowing us to expand the indications for lead removal beyond septicemia and free-floating leads, to include infection, abandonment of pockets, and replacement of malfunctioning or fractured leads. Intravascular countertraction was a consistently safe and efficacious method of removing transvenous pacemaker leads regardless of the duration of the implant, thus permitting extractions in patients not considered candidates for a more extensive surgical procedure. Intravascular countertraction encompasses surgical and fluoroscopic techniques possessed by most physicians experienced in pacemaker and automatic implantable cardioverter defibrillator implants. However, there is a learning curve, predicating caution for the inexperienced physician. In addition, advanced surgical skills may be needed in handling associated conditions such as debridement and primary closure of chronically inflamed tissues, especially in submuscular pockets and sinus tracts in the neck. Although the potential for a cardiovascular complication is small, it does exist, and cardiovascular surgical backup is a recommended precaution.

  18. Resolution enhancement techniques in microscopy

    Cremer, Christoph; Masters, Barry R.

    2013-05-01

    We survey the history of resolution enhancement techniques in microscopy and their impact on current research in biomedicine. Often these techniques are labeled superresolution, or enhanced resolution microscopy, or light-optical nanoscopy. First, we introduce the development of diffraction theory in its relation to enhanced resolution; then we explore the foundations of resolution as expounded by the astronomers and the physicists and describe the conditions for which they apply. Then we elucidate Ernst Abbe's theory of optical formation in the microscope, and its experimental verification and dissemination to the world wide microscope communities. Second, we describe and compare the early techniques that can enhance the resolution of the microscope. Third, we present the historical development of various techniques that substantially enhance the optical resolution of the light microscope. These enhanced resolution techniques in their modern form constitute an active area of research with seminal applications in biology and medicine. Our historical survey of the field of resolution enhancement uncovers many examples of reinvention, rediscovery, and independent invention and development of similar proposals, concepts, techniques, and instruments. Attribution of credit is therefore confounded by the fact that for understandable reasons authors stress the achievements from their own research groups and sometimes obfuscate their contributions and the prior art of others. In some cases, attribution of credit is also made more complex by the fact that long term developments are difficult to allocate to a specific individual because of the many mutual connections often existing between sometimes fiercely competing, sometimes strongly collaborating groups. Since applications in biology and medicine have been a major driving force in the development of resolution enhancing approaches, we focus on the contribution of enhanced resolution to these fields.

  19. Surface analysis the principal techniques

    Vickerman, John C

    2009-01-01

    This completely updated and revised second edition of Surface Analysis: The Principal Techniques, deals with the characterisation and understanding of the outer layers of substrates, how they react, look and function which are all of interest to surface scientists. Within this comprehensive text, experts in each analysis area introduce the theory and practice of the principal techniques that have shown themselves to be effective in both basic research and in applied surface analysis. Examples of analysis are provided to facilitate the understanding of this topic and to show readers how they c

  20. Development of laser decontamination technique

    Ogawa, Ryuichiro; Fukui, Yasutaka; Tanimoto, Kenichi [Japan Nuclear Cycle Development Inst., Oarai, Ibaraki (Japan). Oarai Engineering Center

    2002-06-01

    For decommissioning of nuclear fuel facilities, a laser decontamination technique has been developed. The technique was expected to decontaminate high-level radioactive waste to back ground levels, keep the amount of secondary waste low, and be operated by remote control. In the development, a decontamination experiment was executed. Type and operation mode of the laser oscillator, Type and flow rate of the assist gas, repetition rate of the laser pulse, moving velocity of the laser nozzle and irradiation energy were parameters in the experiment. Hot radioactive waste could be decontaminated to background levels uniformly with optimized parameters, which were determined by comparative evaluation. (author)

  1. High-speed pulse techniques

    Coekin, J A

    1975-01-01

    High-Speed Pulse Techniques covers the many aspects of technique in digital electronics and encompass some of the more fundamental factors that apply to all digital systems. The book describes the nature of pulse signals and their deliberate or inadvertent processing in networks, transmission lines and transformers, and then examines the characteristics and transient performance of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. Some of the problems associated with the assembly of these into viable systems operating at ultra high speed are also looked at. The book examines the transients and w

  2. Multiple frequency atmospheric radar techniques

    Stitt, Gary Richard

    The use of multiple frequency coding to improve the vertical resolution of pulsed-Doppler very high frequency atmospheric radars, especially with regards to the two-frequency techniques known as frequency domain interferometry (FDI), is presented. This technique consists of transmitting alternate pulses on two distinct carrier frequencies. The two resulting time series are used to evaluate the normalized cross-correlation function, whose magnitude and phase are related to the thickness and position of a scattering layer. These same time series are also used to evaluate cross-spectra, which yield magnitude and phase values for each Doppler frequency component of the return signal.

  3. CLEAN Technique for Polarimetric ISAR

    M. Martorella

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Inverse synthetic aperture radar (ISAR images are often used for classifying and recognising targets. To reduce the amount of data processed by the classifier, scattering centres are extracted from the ISAR image and used for classifying and recognising targets. This paper addresses the problem of estimating the position and the scattering vector of target scattering centres from polarimetric ISAR images. The proposed technique is obtained by extending the CLEAN technique, which was introduced in radar imaging for extracting scattering centres from single-polarisation ISAR images. The effectiveness of the proposed algorithm, namely, the Polarimetric CLEAN (Pol-CLEAN is tested on simulated and real data.

  4. Simple technique for facial dimple

    Ahmed Hassan El-Sabbagh

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Subjects seeking aesthetic surgery for facial dimples are increasing in number. Literature on dimple creation surgery are sparse. Various techniques have been used with their own merits and disadvantages. Materials and Methods: Facial dimples were created in 23 cases. All the subjects were females. Five cases were bilateral and the rest were unilateral. Results: Minor complications such as swelling and hematoma were observed in four cases. Infection occurred in two cases. Most of the subjects were satisfied with the results. Conclusions: Suturing technique is safe, reliable and an easily reproducible way to create facial dimple. Level of Evidence: IV: Case series.

  5. Computerized proof techniques for undergraduates

    Smith, Christopher J.; Tefera, Akalu; Zeleke, Aklilu

    2012-12-01

    The use of computer algebra systems such as Maple and Mathematica is becoming increasingly important and widespread in mathematics learning, teaching and research. In this article, we present computerized proof techniques of Gosper, Wilf-Zeilberger and Zeilberger that can be used for enhancing the teaching and learning of topics in discrete mathematics. We demonstrate by examples how one can use these computerized proof techniques to raise students' interests in the discovery and proof of mathematical identities and enhance their problem-solving skills.

  6. Computer animation algorithms and techniques

    Parent, Rick

    2012-01-01

    Driven by the demands of research and the entertainment industry, the techniques of animation are pushed to render increasingly complex objects with ever-greater life-like appearance and motion. This rapid progression of knowledge and technique impacts professional developers, as well as students. Developers must maintain their understanding of conceptual foundations, while their animation tools become ever more complex and specialized. The second edition of Rick Parent's Computer Animation is an excellent resource for the designers who must meet this challenge. The first edition establ

  7. EDITORIAL: Imaging Systems and Techniques Imaging Systems and Techniques

    Giakos, George; Yang, Wuqiang; Petrou, M.; Nikita, K. S.; Pastorino, M.; Amanatiadis, A.; Zentai, G.

    2011-10-01

    This special feature on Imaging Systems and Techniques comprises 27 technical papers, covering essential facets in imaging systems and techniques both in theory and applications, from research groups spanning three different continents. It mainly contains peer-reviewed articles from the IEEE International Conference on Imaging Systems and Techniques (IST 2011), held in Thessaloniki, Greece, as well a number of articles relevant to the scope of this issue. The multifaceted field of imaging requires drastic adaptation to the rapid changes in our society, economy, environment, and the technological revolution; there is an urgent need to address and propose dynamic and innovative solutions to problems that tend to be either complex and static or rapidly evolving with a lot of unknowns. For instance, exploration of the engineering and physical principles of new imaging systems and techniques for medical applications, remote sensing, monitoring of space resources and enhanced awareness, exploration and management of natural resources, and environmental monitoring, are some of the areas that need to be addressed with urgency. Similarly, the development of efficient medical imaging techniques capable of providing physiological information at the molecular level is another important area of research. Advanced metabolic and functional imaging techniques, operating on multiple physical principles, using high resolution and high selectivity nanoimaging techniques, can play an important role in the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, as well as provide efficient drug-delivery imaging solutions for disease treatment with increased sensitivity and specificity. On the other hand, technical advances in the development of efficient digital imaging systems and techniques and tomographic devices operating on electric impedance tomography, computed tomography, single-photon emission and positron emission tomography detection principles are anticipated to have a significant impact on a

  8. Digital synchronization and communication techniques

    Lindsey, William C.

    1992-01-01

    Information on digital synchronization and communication techniques is given in viewgraph form. Topics covered include phase shift keying, modems, characteristics of open loop digital synchronizers, an open loop phase and frequency estimator, and a digital receiver structure using an open loop estimator in a decision directed architecture.

  9. Teaching Techniques in Clinical Chemistry.

    Wilson, Diane

    This master's thesis presents several instructional methods and techniques developed for each of eleven topics or subject areas in clinical chemistry: carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, diagnostic enzymology, endocrinology, toxicology, quality control, electrolytes, acid base balance, hepatic function, nonprotein nitrogenous compounds, and…

  10. Hlaallele Detection Using Molecular Techniques

    Philip A. Dyer

    1993-01-01

    Full Text Available There are now many molecular biological techniques available to define HLA class I and class II alleles. Some of these are also applicable to other human polymorphic genes, in particular to those non-HLA genes encoded within the Mhc. The range of techniques available allows laboratories to choose those most suited to their purpose. The routine laboratory supporting solid organ transplants will need to type large numbers of potential recipients over a period of time, probably using PCR-SSOP while donors will be typed singly and rapidly using PCR-SSP with HLA allele compatibility determined by heteroduplex analysis. Laboratories supporting bone marrow transplantation, where time is less pressing, can choose from the whole range of techniques to determine accurately donor recipient Mhc compatibility. For disease studies, techniques defining precise HLA allele sequence polymorphisms are needed and high sample numbers have to be accommodated. When an association is established allele sequencing has to be used. In the near future, the precise role of HLA alleles in transplantation and disease susceptibility is likely to be established unambiguously.

  11. Advances of the IBIC technique

    Breese, M.B.H.; Laird, J.S.; Jamieson, D.N. [Melbourne Univ., Parkville, VIC (Australia). School of Physics

    1993-12-31

    The ion beam induced charge (IBIC) technique has been used for a wide variety of analytical applications in the study of semiconductor materials. This paper briefly reviews these uses and identifies those areas which require further development in order to facilitate the more widespread use of the IBIC method. Progress towards implementing these improvements is discussed. 14 refs., 1 fig.

  12. Advances phase-lock techniques

    Crawford, James A

    2008-01-01

    From cellphones to micrprocessors, to GPS navigation, phase-lock techniques are utilized in most all modern electronic devices. This high-level book takes a systems-level perspective, rather than circuit-level, which differentiates it from other books in the field.

  13. Microprocessor Simulation: A Training Technique.

    Oscarson, David J.

    1982-01-01

    Describes the design and application of a microprocessor simulation using BASIC for formal training of technicians and managers and as a management tool. Illustrates the utility of the modular approach for the instruction and practice of decision-making techniques. (SK)

  14. Practical Techniques for Achieving Consensus.

    Kline, John A.

    Consensus is important in the making of a policy decision. If a decision is reached without consensus, morale and unit satisfaction may both suffer. With genuine consensus, a unit tends to willingly support and implement the new policy. After analyzing how observed small groups had actually reached consensus, the following ten techniques were…

  15. DEMINERALIZATION AND REMINERALIZATION EVALUATION TECHNIQUES

    ARENDS, J; TENBOSCH, JJ

    1992-01-01

    This paper compares the experimental techniques utilized to assess the de- or remineralization of enamel or dentin in intra-oral studies. In in situ studies, it is important for one to know how much mineral has been lost or gained, and where the loss or gain occurred. The main emphasis in this paper

  16. Dressing Technique for Intermediate Hierarchies

    Holod, P.; Pakuliak, S.

    1994-01-01

    A generalized AKNS systems introduced and discussed recently in \\cite{dGHM} are considered. It was shown that the dressing technique both in matrix pseudo-differential operators and formal series with respect to the spectral parameter can be developed for these hierarchies.

  17. Uranium Detection - Technique Validation Report

    Colletti, Lisa Michelle [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division; Garduno, Katherine [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division; Lujan, Elmer J. [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division; Mechler-Hickson, Alexandra Marie [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division; Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, WI (United States); May, Iain [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division; Reilly, Sean Douglas [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States). Chemistry Division

    2016-04-14

    As a LANL activity for DOE/NNSA in support of SHINE Medical Technologies™ ‘Accelerator Technology’ we have been investigating the application of UV-vis spectroscopy for uranium analysis in solution. While the technique has been developed specifically for sulfate solutions, the proposed SHINE target solutions, it can be adapted to a range of different solution matrixes. The FY15 work scope incorporated technical development that would improve accuracy, specificity, linearity & range, precision & ruggedness, and comparative analysis. Significant progress was achieved throughout FY 15 addressing these technical challenges, as is summarized in this report. In addition, comparative analysis of unknown samples using the Davies-Gray titration technique highlighted the importance of controlling temperature during analysis (impacting both technique accuracy and linearity/range). To fully understand the impact of temperature, additional experimentation and data analyses were performed during FY16. The results from this FY15/FY16 work were presented in a detailed presentation, LA-UR-16-21310, and an update of this presentation is included with this short report summarizing the key findings. The technique is based on analysis of the most intense U(VI) absorbance band in the visible region of the uranium spectra in 1 M H2SO4, at λmax = 419.5 nm.

  18. Biomedical engineering and rehabilitation techniques

    Gaussens, G.; Jouve, B.; Laizier, J. (Office des Rayonnements Ionisants, CEN Saclay (France))

    The authors outline the programmes set up by the ORIS for the development of biomaterials and rehabilitation products using the radiochemical techniques. They then discuss the development of instruments designed to make the handling and use of radioactive isotopes easier for users.

  19. Wavelength conversion techniques and devices

    Danielsen, Søren Lykke; Mikkelsen, Benny; Hansen, Peter Bukhave

    1997-01-01

    interesting for use in WDM optical fibre networks. However, the perfect converter has probably not yet been fabricated and new techniques such as conversion relying on cross-absorption modulation in electro-absorption modulators might also be considered in pursue of effective conversion devices...

  20. New techniques in digital holography

    Picart, Pascal

    2015-01-01

    A state of the art presentation of important advances in the field of digital holography, detailing advances related to fundamentals of digital holography, in-line holography applied to fluid mechanics, digital color holography, digital holographic microscopy, infrared holography, special techniques in full field vibrometry and inverse problems in digital holography

  1. FUTURE ENGINEER TRAINING: MOTIVATING TECHNIQUES

    2016-01-01

    The motivating techniques for training future engineer are proposed. Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations in professional training have been analyzed. The peculiarities of the formation process of students’ motivation in learning language at non-language universities have been systematized. Heuristic training technology based on students’ motivation to cognitive research has been implemented.

  2. Thematic Repetition as Rhetorical Technique.

    Allen, Jo

    1991-01-01

    Explores William Harvey's work, "On the Motion of the Heart and Blood in Animals." Highlights Harvey's fear of publication and his strategies for reducing resistance to his ideas. Underscores his use of circular references, metaphors, and organizational techniques that enhance and demonstrate his underlying thesis. (SG)

  3. Generalized fast automatic differentiation technique

    Evtushenko, Yu. G.; Zubov, V. I.

    2016-11-01

    A new efficient technique intended for the numerical solution of a broad class of optimal control problems for complicated dynamical systems described by ordinary and/or partial differential equations is investigated. In this approach, canonical formulas are derived to precisely calculate the objective function gradient for a chosen finite-dimensional approximation of the objective functional.

  4. Techniques for evaluating cash flow.

    Sylvestre, J; Urbancic, F

    1994-01-01

    Jean Sylvestre, Ph.D., and Frank Urbancic, D.B.A., CPA, of the University of South Alabama, write that because of the financial challenges for health care, cash flow problems can arise. They offer techniques for interpreting and evaluating cash flow information as a means to more effective decision making.

  5. A measurement technique for hydroxyacetone

    Klotz, P.J.

    1999-10-04

    Hydroxyacetone (HA) is mainly produced in the atmosphere from oxidation of hydrocarbons of the type, CH{sub 3}(R)C{double{underscore}bond}CH{sub 2}. Tuazon and Atkinson (1990) reported HA yield of 41% from the OH-initiated oxidation of methacrolein in the presence of NOx. Since methacrolein is a major product of isoprene oxidation (Carter and Atkinson, 1996), isoprene, a key biogenic hydrocarbon, is therefore expected to be an important source for HA. Consequently, knowledge of ambient concentration of HA would provide information needed to examine the applicability of isoprene reaction mechanisms developed in laboratory and to assess the contribution of isoprene to photooxidant production. The commonly used GC-FID technique involving cryo-focusing is unsuitable for HA owing to HA's thermal instability. When subjected to a temperature of 100 C for only a few seconds, HA was found to disappear completely. Since HA is highly soluble in water, the authors developed a wet chemical technique similar in principle to the one they reported earlier, namely, derivatization following liquid scrubbing. To increase the sensitivity, they adopted a fluorescence detection scheme based on o-phthaldialdehyde (OPA) chemistry. The technique was deployed in the field during two measurement periods at a NARSTO site located on Long Island, New York. The authors report the principle and the operation of this technique and the results obtained from these field studies.

  6. Schlenk Techniques for Anionic Polymerization

    Ratkanthwar, Kedar

    2015-09-01

    Anionic polymerization-high vacuum techniques (HVTs) are doubtlessly the most prominent and reliable experimental tools to prepare polymer samples with well-defined and, in many cases, complex macromolecular architectures. Due to the high demands for time and skilled technical personnel, HVTs are currently used in only a few research laboratories worldwide. Instead, most researchers in this filed are attracted to more facile Schlenk techniques. The basic principle of this technique followed in all laboratories is substantially the same, i.e. the use of alternate vacuum and inert gas atmosphere in glass apparatus for the purification/charging of monomer, solvents, additives, and for the manipulation of air-sensitive compounds such as alkyl metal initiators, organometallic or organic catalysts. However, it is executed quite differently in each research group in terms of the structure of Schlenk apparatus (manifolds, connections, purification/storage flasks, reactors, etc.), the use of small supplementary devices (soft tubing, cannulas, stopcocks, etc.) and experimental procedures. The operational methods are partly purpose-oriented while also featured by a high flexibility, which makes it impossible to describe in detail each specific one. In this chapter we will briefly exemplify the application of Schlenk techniques for anionic polymerization by describing the performance of a few experiments from our own work.

  7. Quantitative Techniques in Volumetric Analysis

    Zimmerman, John; Jacobsen, Jerrold J.

    1996-12-01

    Quantitative Techniques in Volumetric Analysis is a visual library of techniques used in making volumetric measurements. This 40-minute VHS videotape is designed as a resource for introducing students to proper volumetric methods and procedures. The entire tape, or relevant segments of the tape, can also be used to review procedures used in subsequent experiments that rely on the traditional art of quantitative analysis laboratory practice. The techniques included are: Quantitative transfer of a solid with a weighing spoon Quantitative transfer of a solid with a finger held weighing bottle Quantitative transfer of a solid with a paper strap held bottle Quantitative transfer of a solid with a spatula Examples of common quantitative weighing errors Quantitative transfer of a solid from dish to beaker to volumetric flask Quantitative transfer of a solid from dish to volumetric flask Volumetric transfer pipet A complete acid-base titration Hand technique variations The conventional view of contemporary quantitative chemical measurement tends to focus on instrumental systems, computers, and robotics. In this view, the analyst is relegated to placing standards and samples on a tray. A robotic arm delivers a sample to the analysis center, while a computer controls the analysis conditions and records the results. In spite of this, it is rare to find an analysis process that does not rely on some aspect of more traditional quantitative analysis techniques, such as careful dilution to the mark of a volumetric flask. Figure 2. Transfer of a solid with a spatula. Clearly, errors in a classical step will affect the quality of the final analysis. Because of this, it is still important for students to master the key elements of the traditional art of quantitative chemical analysis laboratory practice. Some aspects of chemical analysis, like careful rinsing to insure quantitative transfer, are often an automated part of an instrumental process that must be understood by the

  8. Advanced Tools and Techniques for Formal Techniques in Aerospace Systems

    Knight, John C.

    2005-01-01

    This is the final technical report for grant number NAG-1-02101. The title of this grant was "Advanced Tools and Techniques for Formal Techniques In Aerospace Systems". The principal investigator on this grant was Dr. John C. Knight of the Computer Science Department, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22904-4740. This report summarizes activities under the grant during the period 7/01/2002 to 9/30/2004. This report is organized as follows. In section 2, the technical background of the grant is summarized. Section 3 lists accomplishments and section 4 lists students funded under the grant. In section 5, we present a list of presentations given at various academic and research institutions about the research conducted. Finally, a list of publications generated under this grant is included in section 6.

  9. Application d'une technique de modelisation aerodynamique conceptuelle sur la simulation d'un pilote automatique a commande optimale pour un avion d'affaires

    Pollender-Moreau, Olivier

    Ce document présente, dans le cadre d'un contexte conceptuel, une méthode d'enchaînement servant à faire le lien entre les différentes étapes qui permettent de réaliser la simulation d'un aéronef à partir de ses données géométriques et de ses propriétés massiques. En utilisant le cas de l'avion d'affaires Hawker 800XP de la compagnie Hawker Beechcraft, on démontre, via des données, un processus de traitement par lots et une plate-forme de simulation, comment (1) modéliser la géométrie d'un aéronef en plusieurs surfaces, (2) calculer les forces aérodynamiques selon une technique connue sous le nom de Vortex Lattice Method, (3) construire un modèle de vol servant à la simulation des aéronefs pour leur enveloppe de vol en ajoutant des fonctions supplémentaires, (4) construire un modèle de turbosoufflante simplifié, (5) développer un algorithme d'équilibre (trim) du mouvement longitudinal, (6) développer des algorithmes de contrôle à commande moderne, (7) développer certaines fonctions d'un système de pilotage automatique, et (8) rassembler le tout sous une même plate-forme de simulation. Afin de supporter ce travail, une application publique Matlab, connue sous le nom de Tornado, est utilisée conjointement avec d'autres fonctions pour la conception du modèle de vol aérodynamique. D'ailleurs, il sera démontré que le modèle de vol, quoiqu'il soit quand même crédible, ne concorde pas tout à fait avec les données de référence. Par contre, puisque le modèle des moteurs fonctionne bien, que l'algorithme d'équilibrage du mouvement longitudinal fonctionne bien et que les pôles des systèmes dynamiques concordent avec la littérature, les tests dynamiques effectués au sein de la plate-forme de simulation permettent d'obtenir des résultats fonctionnels et crédibles. D'ailleurs, deux systèmes d'augmentation de la stabilité basés sur la méthode de contrôle moderne LQR et couvrant l'enveloppe de vol de l'aéronef via un

  10. Higher-order techniques in computational electromagnetics

    Graglia, Roberto D

    2016-01-01

    Higher-Order Techniques in Computational Electromagnetics explains 'high-order' techniques that can significantly improve the accuracy, computational cost, and reliability of computational techniques for high-frequency electromagnetics, such as antennas, microwave devices and radar scattering applications.

  11. Pinch Technique: Theory and Applications

    Binosi, D; 10.1016/j.physrep.2009.05.001

    2009-01-01

    We review the theoretical foundations and most important physical applications of the Pinch Technique (PT). This method allows the construction of off-shell Green's functions in non-Abelian gauge theories that are independent of the gauge-fixing parameter and satisfy ghost-free Ward identities. We first present the diagrammatic formulation of the technique in QCD, deriving at one loop the gauge independent gluon self-energy, quark-gluon vertex, and three-gluon vertex, together with their Abelian Ward identities. The generalization to theories with spontaneous symmetry breaking is carried out in detail, and the connection with the optical theorem and the dispersion relations are explained within the electroweak sector of the Standard Model. The equivalence between the PT and the Feynman gauge of the Background Field Method (BFM) is elaborated, and the crucial differences between the two methods are critically scrutinized. The Batalin-Vilkovisky quantization method and the general formalism of algebraic renorma...

  12. Data mining concepts and techniques

    Han, Jiawei

    2005-01-01

    Our ability to generate and collect data has been increasing rapidly. Not only are all of our business, scientific, and government transactions now computerized, but the widespread use of digital cameras, publication tools, and bar codes also generate data. On the collection side, scanned text and image platforms, satellite remote sensing systems, and the World Wide Web have flooded us with a tremendous amount of data. This explosive growth has generated an even more urgent need for new techniques and automated tools that can help us transform this data into useful information and knowledge.Like the first edition, voted the most popular data mining book by KD Nuggets readers, this book explores concepts and techniques for the discovery of patterns hidden in large data sets, focusing on issues relating to their feasibility, usefulness, effectiveness, and scalability. However, since the publication of the first edition, great progress has been made in the development of new data mining methods, systems, and app...

  13. UML-ising formal techniques

    Bjørner, Dines; George, Chris W.; Haxthausen, Anne Elisabeth

    2004-01-01

    these different UML views are unified, integrated, correlated or merely co-located is for others to dispute. We also seek to support multiple views, but are also in no doubt that there must be sound, well defined relations between such views. We thus report on ways and means of integrating formal techniques...... Modeling Language [10,67,36,20] has caused, for one reason or another, the research community to try formalise one or another facet of UML. In this paper we report on another way to achieve what UML attempts to achieve: Broadness of application, convenience of notation, and multiplicity of views. Whether...... techniques, one that can be believably deployed for as wide a spectrum, or even a wider spectrum of software (and hardware) development, as, respectively than UML....

  14. Nanorobotics current approaches and techniques

    Ferreira, Antoine

    2013-01-01

    Nanorobot devices now perform a wide variety of tasks at the nanoscale in a wide variety of fields including but not limited to fields such as manufacturing, medicine, supply chain, biology, and outer space. Nanorobotics: Current Approaches and Techniques is a comprehensive overview of this interdisciplinary field with a wide ranging discussion that includes nano-manipulation and industrial nanorobotics, nanorobotics in biology and medicine, nanorobotic sensing, navigation and swarm behavior, and protein and DNA-based nanorobotics. Also included is the latest on topics such as bio-nano-actuators and propulsion and navigation of nanorobotic systems using magnetic fields. Nanorobotics: Current Approaches and Techniques is an ideal book for scientists, researchers, and engineers actively involved in applied and robotic research and development.

  15. Embodying embodied design research techniques

    Wilde, Danielle; Tomico, Oscar; Lucero, Andrés

    2015-01-01

    ideation, communication and collaboration techniques enable enhanced creative engagement and assist creativity [2]. By applying such methods to the problem of their reporting, we hope to deepen understanding of how to move towards enriched, nuanced and repeatable methods for embodied design and knowledge...... propose to investigate how embodied research techniques may be used as direct and unmediated vehicles for their own reporting. Rather than engaging in oral presentations, participants will lead other workshop participants through a proven embodied method or approach. Small groups will create mash...... of reporting embodied experiments, so that intangible elements are not lost. Participants will be supported to reflect on unfolding discoveries, to share impressions, as well as outcomes, including documentation experiments that aim to tangibly capture and communicate the processes undertaken. Embodied...

  16. Apoptosis Evaluation by Electrochemical Techniques.

    Yin, Jian; Miao, Peng

    2016-03-01

    Apoptosis has close relevance to pathology, pharmacology, and toxicology. Accurate and convenient detection of apoptosis would be beneficial for biological study, clinical diagnosis, and drug development. Based on distinct features of apoptotic cells, a diversity of analytical techniques have been exploited for sensitive analysis of apoptosis, such as surface plasmon resonance, electrochemical methods, flow cytometry, and some imaging assays. Among them, the features of simplicity, easy operation, low cost, and high sensitivity make electrochemical techniques powerful tools to investigate electron-transfer processes of in vitro biological systems. In this contribution, a general overview of current knowledge on various technical approaches for apoptosis evaluation is provided. Furthermore, recently developed electrochemical biosensors for detecting apoptotic cells and their advantages over traditional methods are summarized. One of the main considerations focuses on designing the recognition elements based on various biochemical events during apoptosis.

  17. The ancient Chinese casting techniques

    Tan Derui

    2011-02-01

    Full Text Available In the course of Chinese civilization, which lasted more than 5,000 years, casting production has made a huge contribution. In this paper, some representative metal castings were presented. According to their forming techniques, they can be grouped into stone mould casting, clay mould casting, ablation casting, lost wax casting, stack casting, permanent mould casting, sand casting, etc. According to their materials, they can be categorized into tin bronze, bimetallic bronze, malleable cast iron, ductile cast iron, brass, cupronickel alloy (Packtong, etc. According to their surface decorative techniques they can be devided into gem inlay, gilding, gold and silver inlay, copper inlay, engraved decoration, surface tin-enrichment, mother-of-pearl inlay, burnished works with gold or silver inlay, surface coloring and cloisonné enamel, etc.

  18. Historical Techniques of Lie Detection

    Martina Vicianova

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available Since time immemorial, lying has been a part of everyday life. For this reason, it has become a subject of interest in several disciplines, including psychology. The purpose of this article is to provide a general overview of the literature and thinking to date about the evolution of lie detection techniques. The first part explores ancient methods recorded circa 1000 B.C. (e.g., God’s judgment in Europe. The second part describes technical methods based on sciences such as phrenology, polygraph and graphology. This is followed by an outline of more modern-day approaches such as FACS (Facial Action Coding System, functional MRI, and Brain Fingerprinting. Finally, after the familiarization with the historical development of techniques for lie detection, we discuss the scope for new initiatives not only in the area of designing new methods, but also for the research into lie detection itself, such as its motives and regulatory issues related to deception.

  19. Barley Transformation Using Biolistic Techniques

    Harwood, Wendy A.; Smedley, Mark A.

    Microprojectile bombardment or biolistic techniques have been widely used for cereal transformation. These methods rely on the acceleration of gold particles, coated with plasmid DNA, into plant cells as a method of directly introducing the DNA. The first report of the generation of fertile, transgenic barley plants used biolistic techniques. However, more recently Agrobacterium-mediated transformation has been adopted as the method of choice for most cereals including barley. Biolistic procedures are still important for some barley transformation applications and also provide transient test systems for the rapid checking of constructs. This chapter describes methods for the transformation of barley using biolistic procedures and also highlights the use of the technology in transient assays.

  20. Submucosal tunneling techniques: current perspectives

    Kobara H

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available Hideki Kobara,1 Hirohito Mori,1 Kazi Rafiq,2 Shintaro Fujihara,1 Noriko Nishiyama,1 Maki Ayaki,1 Tatsuo Yachida,1 Tae Matsunaga,1 Johji Tani,1 Hisaaki Miyoshi,1 Hirohito Yoneyama,1 Asahiro Morishita,1 Makoto Oryu,1 Hisakazu Iwama,3 Tsutomu Masaki1 1Department of Gastroenterology and Neurology, 2Department of Pharmacology, 3Life Science Research Center, Faculty of Medicine, Kagawa University, Miki-cho, Kita-Gun, Kagawa, Japan Abstract: Advances in endoscopic submucosal dissection include a submucosal tunneling technique, involving the introduction of tunnels into the submucosa. These tunnels permit safer offset entry into the peritoneal cavity for natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery. Technical advantages include the visual identification of the layers of the gut, blood vessels, and subepithelial tumors. The creation of a mucosal flap that minimizes air and fluid leakage into the extraluminal cavity can enhance the safety and efficacy of surgery. This submucosal tunneling technique was adapted for esophageal myotomy, culminating in its application to patients with achalasia. This method, known as per oral endoscopic myotomy, has opened up the new discipline of submucosal endoscopic surgery. Other clinical applications of the submucosal tunneling technique include its use in the removal of gastrointestinal subepithelial tumors and endomicroscopy for the diagnosis of functional and motility disorders. This review suggests that the submucosal tunneling technique, involving a mucosal safety flap, can have potential values for future endoscopic developments. Keywords: submucosal endoscopy, submucosal tunneling method, natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery, peroral endoscopic myotomy, gastrointestinal subepithelial tumor, functional and motility disorders

  1. Radar techniques using array antennas

    Wirth, Wulf-Dieter

    2013-01-01

    Radar Techniques Using Array Antennas is a thorough introduction to the possibilities of radar technology based on electronic steerable and active array antennas. Topics covered include array signal processing, array calibration, adaptive digital beamforming, adaptive monopulse, superresolution, pulse compression, sequential detection, target detection with long pulse series, space-time adaptive processing (STAP), moving target detection using synthetic aperture radar (SAR), target imaging, energy management and system parameter relations. The discussed methods are confirmed by simulation stud

  2. Believing in the buttonhole technique.

    Kregness, Allison

    2008-11-01

    Vascular access cannulation for dialysis staff is the most difficult obstacle to overcome during the orientation process and can remain a challenge throughout one's career in caring for patients with renal disease. Learning the "buttonhole technique" can make venipuncture more comfortable for the patient and can eliminate the fear of failure for the cannulator. Not only does it preserve the timeframe of the patient's access, but establishes a routine process for the dialysis facility to follow for successful cannulation.

  3. Electromigration techniques theory and practice

    Dziubakiewicz, Ewelina; Szumski, Michal

    2013-01-01

    The book provides the broad knowledge on electromigration techniques including: theory of CE, description of instrumentation, theory and practice in micellar electrokinetic chromatography, isotachophoresis, capillary isoelectric focusing, capillary and planar electrochromatography (including description of instrumentation and packed and monolithic column preparation), 2D-gel electrophoresis (including sample preparation) and lab-on-a-chip systems. The book also provides the most recent examples of applications including food, environmental, pharmaceutical analysis as well as proteomics.

  4. Cobbler's technique for Iridodialysis repair

    Surinder Singh Pandav

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available We describe a novel “Cobbler's technique” for iridodialysis repair in the right eye of a patient aged 18 years, with a traumatic iridodialysis secondary to open globe injury with an iron rod. Our technique is simple with easy surgical maneuvers, that is, effective for repairing iridodialysis. The “Cobbler's technique” allows a maximally functional and cosmetic result for iridodialysis.

  5. Thermal measurements and inverse techniques

    Orlande, Helcio RB; Maillet, Denis; Cotta, Renato M

    2011-01-01

    With its uncommon presentation of instructional material regarding mathematical modeling, measurements, and solution of inverse problems, Thermal Measurements and Inverse Techniques is a one-stop reference for those dealing with various aspects of heat transfer. Progress in mathematical modeling of complex industrial and environmental systems has enabled numerical simulations of most physical phenomena. In addition, recent advances in thermal instrumentation and heat transfer modeling have improved experimental procedures and indirect measurements for heat transfer research of both natural phe

  6. The ancient Chinese casting techniques

    2011-01-01

    In the course of Chinese civilization, which lasted more than 5,000 years, casting production has made a huge contribution. In this paper, some representative metal castings were presented. According to their forming techniques, they can be grouped into stone mould casting, clay mould casting, ablation casting, lost wax casting, stack casting, permanent mould casting, sand casting, etc. According to their materials, they can be categorized into tin bronze, bimetallic bronze, malleable cast ir...

  7. Full scale lightning test technique

    Walko, L. C.; Schneider, J. G.

    1980-01-01

    A test technique was developed for applying a full scale mean value (30 kiloampere peak) simulated lightning return stroke current on a complete flight ready aircraft to assess the threat of lightning to aircraft electrical circuits. A computer-aided generator design was used to establish the parameters of the test system. Data from previous work done on development of low inductance current paths determined the basic system configuration.

  8. AINV AND BILUM PRECONDITIONING TECHNIQUES

    谷同祥; 迟学斌; 刘兴平

    2004-01-01

    It was proposed that a robust and efficient parallelizable preconditioner for solving general sparse linear systems of equations, in which the use of sparse approximate inverse (AINV) techniques in a multi-level block ILU (BILUM) preconditioner were investigated. The resulting preconditioner retains robustness of BILUM preconditioner and has two advantages over the standard BILUM preconditioner: the ability to control sparsity and increased parallelism. Numerical experiments are used to show the effectiveness and efficiency of the new preconditioner.

  9. A MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUE FOR HYDROXYACETONE.

    KLOTZ,P.J.

    1999-10-04

    Hydroxyacetone (HA) is mainly produced in the atmosphere from oxidation of hydrocarbons of the type, CH{sub 3}(R)C=CH{sub 2}. Tuazon and Atkinson (1990) reported HA yield of 41% from the OH-initiated oxidation of methacrolein in the presence of NO{sub x}. Since methacrolein is a major product of isoprene oxidation (Carter and Atkinson, 1996), isoprene, a key biogenic hydrocarbon, is therefore expected to be an important source for HA. Consequently, knowledge of ambient concentration of HA would provide information needed to examine the applicability of isoprene reaction mechanisms developed in laboratory and to assess the contribution of isoprene to photooxidant production. The commonly used GC-FID technique involving cryo-focusing is unsuitable for HA owing to HA's thermal instability. When subjected to a temperature of 100 C for only a few seconds, HA was found to disappear completely. Since HA is highly soluble in water (it's Henry's law constant being {approx}2 x 10{sup 4} M atm{sup -1} at 20 C, Zhou and Lee, unpublished data), we developed a wet chemical technique similar in principle to the one we reported earlier (Lee and Zhou, 1993), namely, based on derivatization following liquid scrubbing. To increase the sensitivity, we adopted a fluorescence detection scheme based on o-phthaldialdehyde (OPA) chemistry. The technique was deployed in the field during two measurement periods at a NARSTO site located on Long Island (LI), New York. We report the principle and the operation of this technique and the results obtained from these field studies.

  10. Hip: Anatomy and US technique

    2011-01-01

    Ultrasound (US) has always had a relatively limited role in the evaluation of the hip due to the deep location of this joint. However, many hip diseases are well detectable at US, but before approaching such a study it is necessary to be thoroughly familiar with the normal anatomy and related US images. The study technique is particularly important as optimization of various parameters is required, such as probe frequency, focalization, positioning of the probe, etc. Also the patient’s positi...

  11. Techniques for Specifying Bug Patterns

    Quinlan, D J; Vuduc, R W; Misherghi, G

    2007-04-30

    We present our on-going work to develop techniques for specifying source code signatures of bug patterns. Specifically, we discuss two approaches. The first approach directly analyzes a program in the intermediate representation (IR) of the ROSE compiler infrastructure using ROSE's API. The second analyzes the program using the bddbddb system of Lam, Whaley, et al.. In this approach, we store the IR produced by ROSE as a relational database, express patterns as declarative inference rules on relations in the language Datalog, and bddbddb implements the Datalog programs using binary decision diagram (BDD) techniques. Both approaches readily apply to large-scale applications, since ROSE provides full type analysis, control flow, and other available analysis information. In this paper, we primarily consider bug patterns expressed with respect to the structure of the source code or the control flow, or both. More complex techniques to specify patterns that are functions of data flow properties may be addressed by either of the above approaches, but are not directly treated here. Our Datalog-based work includes explicit support for expressing patterns on the use of the Message Passing Interface (MPI) in parallel distributed memory programs. We show examples of this on-going work as well.

  12. Microirradiation techniques in radiobiological research

    Guido A Drexler; Miguel J Ruiz-Gómez

    2015-09-01

    The aim of this work is to review the uses of laser microirradiation and ion microbeam techniques within the scope of radiobiological research. Laser microirradiation techniques can be used for many different purposes. In a specific condition, through the use of pulsed lasers, cell lysis can be produced for subsequent separation of different analytes. Microsurgery allows for the identification and isolation of tissue sections, single cells and subcellular components, using different types of lasers. The generation of different types of DNA damage, via this type of microirradiation, allows for the investigation of DNA dynamics. Ion microbeams are important tools in radiobiological research. There are only a limited number of facilities worldwide where radiobiological experiments can be performed. In the beginning, research was mostly focused on the bystander effect. Nowadays, with more sophisticated molecular and cellular biological techniques, ion microirradiation is used to unravel molecular processes in the field of radiobiology. These include DNA repair protein kinetics or chromatin modifications at the site of DNA damage. With the increasing relevance of charged particles in tumour therapy and new concepts on how to generate them, ion microbeam facilities are able to address unresolved questions concerning particle tumour therapy.

  13. Triangulation of Data Analysis Techniques

    Lauri, M

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available In psychology, as in other disciplines, the concepts of validity and reliability are considered essential to give an accurate interpretation of results. While in quantitative research the idea is well established, in qualitative research, validity and reliability take on a different dimension. Researchers like Miles and Huberman (1994 and Silverman (2000, 2001, have shown how these issues are addressed in qualitative research. In this paper I am proposing that the same corpus of data, in this case the transcripts of focus group discussions, can be analysed using more than one data analysis technique. I refer to this idea as ‘triangulation of data analysis techniques’ and argue that such triangulation increases the reliability of the results. If the results obtained through a particular data analysis technique, for example thematic analysis, are congruent with the results obtained by analysing the same transcripts using a different technique, for example correspondence analysis, it is reasonable to argue that the analysis and interpretation of the data is valid.

  14. [Our technique in orthotopic neobladder].

    Del Boca, C; Colloi, D; Guardamagna, A; Giuberti, A C; Ferrari, C

    1995-09-01

    The strive in the field of orthotopic neobladders derives from the need to improve their morphofunctional aspects and to simplify the surgical procedures. The Authors propose their experience on a new method of orthotopic neobladder in 8 patients submitted to radical cystectomy for advanced bladder neoplasia from march 91 until june 93. The surgical technique was to prepare a reservoir with a simile Camey 2 type procedure modified by them using 50 cm of ileus, 30 of which detubularized and reconfigured into a simile spheric shape with Polygia 75 staplers. The remaining length was left intact for the ureteral anastomosis performing the Wallace 1 type procedure. The advantages of this technique are that: the neobladder is prepared rapidly using staplers, thus reducing operating time the presence of an isoperistaltic segment of ileus for ureteral anastomosis permits an reduced ureteral mobilization with a low probability of reflux a simple reconversion in ileal conduit in case of reservoir failure or neoplastic urethral recurrence is possible. The criteria for selecting the patients are reported and the diagnostic algorithm regarding the follow-up presented. The latter is done with biochemical, echographic, radiological and pressure studies, every 4-6 or 12 months. Particular attention has been focused on the quality of life in relation to the diurnal/nocturnal continence and micturation interval. They conclude that this technique is surgically simple and rapid with satisfactory clinical and urodynamic results.

  15. EDITORIAL: Imaging systems and techniques Imaging systems and techniques

    Yang, Wuqiang; Giakos, George; Nikita, Konstantina; Pastorino, Matteo; Karras, Dimitrios

    2009-10-01

    The papers in this special issue focus on providing the state-of-the-art approaches and solutions to some of the most challenging imaging areas, such as the design, development, evaluation and applications of imaging systems, measuring techniques, image processing algorithms and instrumentation, with an ultimate aim of enhancing the measurement accuracy and image quality. This special issue explores the principles, engineering developments and applications of new imaging systems and techniques, and encourages broad discussion of imaging methodologies, shaping the future and identifying emerging trends. The multi-faceted field of imaging requires drastic adaptation to the rapid changes in our society, economy, environment and technological evolution. There is an urgent need to address new problems, which tend to be either static but complex, or dynamic, e.g. rapidly evolving with time, with many unknowns, and to propose innovative solutions. For instance, the battles against cancer and terror, monitoring of space resources and enhanced awareness, management of natural resources and environmental monitoring are some of the areas that need to be addressed. The complexity of the involved imaging scenarios and demanding design parameters, e.g. speed, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), specificity, contrast, spatial resolution, scatter rejection, complex background and harsh environments, necessitate the development of a multi-functional, scalable and efficient imaging suite of sensors, solutions driven by innovation, and operation on diverse detection and imaging principles. Efficient medical imaging techniques capable of providing physiological information at the molecular level present another important research area. Advanced metabolic and functional imaging techniques, operating on multiple physical principles, and using high-resolution, high-selectivity nano-imaging methods, quantum dots, nanoparticles, biomarkers, nanostructures, nanosensors, micro-array imaging chips

  16. Adaptation des techniques de forage à la recherche et à l'équipement des stockages souterrains de gaz naturel Adapting Drilling Techniques to the Search for and Equipment of Underground Natural-Gas Storage Facilities

    Grandin J.

    2006-11-01

    Full Text Available Pour répondre à la modulation annuelle de la consommation de gaz, le Gaz de France a décidé, il y a une trentaine d'années, de stocker du gaz, soit dans des nappes aquifères, soit dans des cavités salines. La recherche de structures géologiques aptes à recevoir ce gaz, la réalisation et l'équipement de puits d'exploration ou d'exploitation, l'entretien de ces puits et le contrôle des stockages ont été confiés au Département réservoirs souterrains de la Direction des études et techniques nouvelles. Les phases d'exploration et de développement d'un stockage souterrain nécessitent le forage de puits du type pétrolier. Ces sondages permettent, d'une part la récupération d'un maximum de renseignements concernant les différentes couches géologiques traversées et l'évaluation de leur aptitude à stocker le gaz, et d'autre part, d'assurer une exploitation optimale et fiable du stockage dans les meilleures conditions de sécurité. La pratique acquise dans l'exécution de ces forages par le Gaz de France lui a permis d'adapter aux stockages souterrains de nombreuses techniques des forages pétroliers. Parallèlement des procédés originaux ont pu être mis au point pour répondre à certaines exigences particulières du forage des puits de réservoirs souterrains, notamment à celles concernant le bon calibrage du trou foré ou la qualité des cimentations des cuvelages. L'article présente l'ensemble de ces adaptationset pratiques originales; bien que ne prétendant rien d'autre qu'apporter une contribution au chapitre problèmes particuliers des forages pour stockages souterrains de la technique pétrolière, certaines de celles-ci devraient pouvoir, en retour, trouver des applications intéressantes dans les forages pétroliers de moyenne profondeur. About 30 years ago and with a view to keep pace with the annual variation of gas consumption, Gaz de France decided to store gas in either aquifer layers or salt cavities. The

  17. Swept Impact Seismic Technique (SIST)

    Park, C.B.; Miller, R.D.; Steeples, D.W.; Black, R.A.

    1996-01-01

    A coded seismic technique is developed that can result in a higher signal-to-noise ratio than a conventional single-pulse method does. The technique is cost-effective and time-efficient and therefore well suited for shallow-reflection surveys where high resolution and cost-effectiveness are critical. A low-power impact source transmits a few to several hundred high-frequency broad-band seismic pulses during several seconds of recording time according to a deterministic coding scheme. The coding scheme consists of a time-encoded impact sequence in which the rate of impact (cycles/s) changes linearly with time providing a broad range of impact rates. Impact times used during the decoding process are recorded on one channel of the seismograph. The coding concept combines the vibroseis swept-frequency and the Mini-Sosie random impact concepts. The swept-frequency concept greatly improves the suppression of correlation noise with much fewer impacts than normally used in the Mini-Sosie technique. The impact concept makes the technique simple and efficient in generating high-resolution seismic data especially in the presence of noise. The transfer function of the impact sequence simulates a low-cut filter with the cutoff frequency the same as the lowest impact rate. This property can be used to attenuate low-frequency ground-roll noise without using an analog low-cut filter or a spatial source (or receiver) array as is necessary with a conventional single-pulse method. Because of the discontinuous coding scheme, the decoding process is accomplished by a "shift-and-stacking" method that is much simpler and quicker than cross-correlation. The simplicity of the coding allows the mechanical design of the source to remain simple. Several different types of mechanical systems could be adapted to generate a linear impact sweep. In addition, the simplicity of the coding also allows the technique to be used with conventional acquisition systems, with only minor modifications.

  18. Research Techniques Made Simple: Skin Carcinogenesis Models: Xenotransplantation Techniques.

    Mollo, Maria Rosaria; Antonini, Dario; Cirillo, Luisa; Missero, Caterina

    2016-02-01

    Xenotransplantation is a widely used technique to test the tumorigenic potential of human cells in vivo using immunodeficient mice. Here we describe basic technologies and recent advances in xenotransplantation applied to study squamous cell carcinomas (SCCs) of the skin. SCC cells isolated from tumors can either be cultured to generate a cell line or injected directly into mice. Several immunodeficient mouse models are available for selection based on the experimental design and the type of tumorigenicity assay. Subcutaneous injection is the most widely used technique for xenotransplantation because it involves a simple procedure allowing the use of a large number of cells, although it may not mimic the original tumor environment. SCC cell injections at the epidermal-to-dermal junction or grafting of organotypic cultures containing human stroma have also been used to more closely resemble the tumor environment. Mixing of SCC cells with cancer-associated fibroblasts can allow the study of their interaction and reciprocal influence, which can be followed in real time by intradermal ear injection using conventional fluorescent microscopy. In this article, we will review recent advances in xenotransplantation technologies applied to study behavior of SCC cells and their interaction with the tumor environment in vivo.

  19. Développement d'un système expert d'aide à la définition d'un programme de reconnaissance pour les tunnels

    Laouini, H.; Deffayet, M.; Robert, A.; Gueniffey, Yves

    1992-01-01

    International audience; La definition d'un progranune de reconnaissance pour un projet de tunnel s'efforce de prendre en compte le plus completement possible le contexte particulier de chaque ouvrage, ainsi que l'ensemble des informations geologiques et geotechniques disponibles. La formalisation sous forme de regles de l'experience acquise dans ce domaine, et son traitement par Systeme expert permettent d'aider le specialiste dans son choix d'un Programme de reconnaissance adapte a la determ...

  20. Blob-enhanced reconstruction technique

    Castrillo, Giusy; Cafiero, Gioacchino; Discetti, Stefano; Astarita, Tommaso

    2016-09-01

    A method to enhance the quality of the tomographic reconstruction and, consequently, the 3D velocity measurement accuracy, is presented. The technique is based on integrating information on the objects to be reconstructed within the algebraic reconstruction process. A first guess intensity distribution is produced with a standard algebraic method, then the distribution is rebuilt as a sum of Gaussian blobs, based on location, intensity and size of agglomerates of light intensity surrounding local maxima. The blobs substitution regularizes the particle shape allowing a reduction of the particles discretization errors and of their elongation in the depth direction. The performances of the blob-enhanced reconstruction technique (BERT) are assessed with a 3D synthetic experiment. The results have been compared with those obtained by applying the standard camera simultaneous multiplicative reconstruction technique (CSMART) to the same volume. Several blob-enhanced reconstruction processes, both substituting the blobs at the end of the CSMART algorithm and during the iterations (i.e. using the blob-enhanced reconstruction as predictor for the following iterations), have been tested. The results confirm the enhancement in the velocity measurements accuracy, demonstrating a reduction of the bias error due to the ghost particles. The improvement is more remarkable at the largest tested seeding densities. Additionally, using the blobs distributions as a predictor enables further improvement of the convergence of the reconstruction algorithm, with the improvement being more considerable when substituting the blobs more than once during the process. The BERT process is also applied to multi resolution (MR) CSMART reconstructions, permitting simultaneously to achieve remarkable improvements in the flow field measurements and to benefit from the reduction in computational time due to the MR approach. Finally, BERT is also tested on experimental data, obtaining an increase of the

  1. Pinch technique: Theory and applications

    Binosi, Daniele; Papavassiliou, Joannis

    2009-08-01

    We review the theoretical foundations and the most important physical applications of the Pinch Technique (PT). This general method allows the construction of off-shell Green’s functions in non-Abelian gauge theories that are independent of the gauge-fixing parameter and satisfy ghost-free Ward identities. We first present the diagrammatic formulation of the technique in QCD, deriving, at one loop, the gauge independent gluon self-energy, quark-gluon vertex, and three-gluon vertex, together with their Abelian Ward identities. The generalization of the PT to theories with spontaneous symmetry breaking is carried out in detail, and the profound connection with the optical theorem and the dispersion relations are explained within the electroweak sector of the Standard Model. The equivalence between the PT and the Feynman gauge of the Background Field Method (BFM) is elaborated, and the crucial differences between the two methods are critically scrutinized. A variety of field theoretic techniques needed for the generalization of the PT to all orders are introduced, with particular emphasis on the Batalin-Vilkovisky quantization method and the general formalism of algebraic renormalization. The main conceptual and technical issues related to the extension of the technique beyond one loop are described, using the two-loop construction as a concrete example. Then the all-order generalization is thoroughly examined, making extensive use of the field theoretic machinery previously introduced; of central importance in this analysis is the demonstration that the PT-BFM correspondence persists to all orders in perturbation theory. The extension of the PT to the non-perturbative domain of the QCD Schwinger-Dyson equations is presented systematically, and the main advantages of the resulting self-consistent truncation scheme are discussed. A plethora of physical applications relying on the PT are finally reviewed, with special emphasis on the definition of gauge

  2. Tracing Technique for Blaster Attack

    S., Siti Rahayu; S., Shahrin; A., Faizal M; M, Mohd Zaki; R, Irda

    2009-01-01

    Blaster worm of 2003 is still persistent, the infection appears to have successfully transitioned to new hosts as the original systems are cleaned or shut off, suggesting that the Blaster worm, and other similar worms, will remain significant Internet threats for many years after their initial release. This paper is to propose technique on tracing the Blaster attack from various logs in different OSI layers based on fingerprint of Blaster attack on victim logs, attacker logs and IDS alert log. The researchers intended to do a preliminary investigation upon this particular attack so that it can be used for further research in alert correlation and computer forensic investigation.

  3. An Effective Fingerprint Verification Technique

    Gogoi, Minakshi

    2010-01-01

    This paper presents an effective method for fingerprint verification based on a data mining technique called minutiae clustering and a graph-theoretic approach to analyze the process of fingerprint comparison to give a feature space representation of minutiae and to produce a lower bound on the number of detectably distinct fingerprints. The method also proving the invariance of each individual fingerprint by using both the topological behavior of the minutiae graph and also using a distance measure called Hausdorff distance.The method provides a graph based index generation mechanism of fingerprint biometric data. The self-organizing map neural network is also used for classifying the fingerprints.

  4. A Survey: Face Recognition Techniques

    Muhammad Sharif

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available In this study, the existing techniques of face recognition are to be encountered along with their pros and cons to conduct a brief survey. The most general methods include Eigenface (Eigenfeatures, Hidden Markov Model (HMM, geometric based and template matching approaches. This survey actually performs analysis on these approaches in order to constitute face representations which will be discussed as under. In the second phase of the survey, factors affecting the recognition rates and processes are also discussed along with the solutions provided by different authors.

  5. Operations Research – Tools & Techniques

    Sreeramana Aithal

    2017-01-01

    Chapter 1 : Introduction to Operations Research   Chapter 2 : Linear Programming (LP)   Chapter  3 : Graphical Method in LP   Chapter  4 :  Simplex Method in LP   Chapter  5 :  Transportation Problems   Chapter  6 :  Assignment Problems   Chapter  7 :  Network Scheduling   Chapter  8 :  Game Theory   Chapter  9 :  Queuing Theory   Chapter  10 :  Markov Analysis   Chapter  11 :  Simulation Techniques   Chap...

  6. Deconvolution Method for TOFD Technique

    Lee, Sun Heum; Kim, Sun Hyoung; Kong, Yong Hae [Soonchunhyang University, Asan (Korea, Republic of); Lee, Weon Heum [Acohlap, Bucheon (Korea, Republic of)

    1999-12-15

    Time of flight diffraction(TOFD) method is used in nondestructive tests of piping and pressure vessels because of its advantages over a pulse echo technique: its speed, objectivity, repeatability and its insensitivity to specimen surface conditions and discontinuity orientation. But it is the one of weak points in TOFD method that it has the dead zone in sub-surface resolution induced by lateral waves. We solved the dead-zone problem near the sub-surface by using the deconvolution method and the developed ultrasonic testing system showed high performance

  7. New Techniques in Neutron Scattering

    Birk, Jonas Okkels

    Neutron scattering is an important experimental technique in amongst others solid state physics, biophysics, and engineering. This year construction of European Spallation Source (ESS) was commenced in Lund, Sweeden. The facility will use a new long pulsed source principle to obtain higher...... potential performance than any existing facility, however in order to use this pulse structure optimally many existing neutron scattering instruments will need to be redesigned. This defense will concentrate on the design and optimization of the inverse time-of-flight cold neutron spectrometer CAMEA...

  8. Negotiation Techniques (That Really Work!)

    Schiffman, Stephan

    2010-01-01

    Sales is all about negotiation. Price. Delivery. Terms. And every day, salespeople leave money on the table. They just don't have the skills to get what they want. Now Stephan Schiffman, drawing on years of experience, shows you how to nail the sale, hit quotas, and boost the bottom line. Schiffman-style negotiation is all about getting the best deal. And he outlines specific techniques to get there. Things can be tough out there. But with Schiffman's negotiation skills in your pocket, you can do battle and win.

  9. EPR techniques for space biodosimetry

    Haskell, E.; Hayes, R.; Kenner, G.; Sholom, S.; Chumak, V.

    1996-12-31

    Retrospective dosimetry of tooth enamel has become an increasingly complex and difficult discipline to undertake while still attaining accuracy. The paper provides a review of the major obstacles, advances and pertinent phenomenon associated with low level retrospective dosimetry of human tooth enamel. Also covered is the many sources of error in EPR dosimetry, their potential solutions, as well as the different analysis and scanning techniques in use with their prospective pros and cons. Prospective directions for new approaches, methods, and instruments are also reviewed.

  10. Multimedia watermarking techniques and applications

    Kirovski, Darko

    2006-01-01

    Intellectual property owners must continually exploit new ways of reproducing, distributing, and marketing their products. However, the threat of piracy looms as a major problem with digital distribution and storage technologies. Multimedia Watermarking Techniques and Applications covers all current and future trends in the design of modern systems that use watermarking to protect multimedia content. Containing the works of contributing authors who are worldwide experts in the field, this volume is intended for researchers and practitioners, as well as for those who want a broad understanding

  11. Raman Imaging Techniques and Applications

    2012-01-01

    Raman imaging has long been used to probe the chemical nature of a sample, providing information on molecular orientation, symmetry and structure with sub-micron spatial resolution. Recent technical developments have pushed the limits of micro-Raman microscopy, enabling the acquisition of Raman spectra with unprecedented speed, and opening a pathway to fast chemical imaging for many applications from material science and semiconductors to pharmaceutical drug development and cell biology, and even art and forensic science. The promise of tip-enhanced raman spectroscopy (TERS) and near-field techniques is pushing the envelope even further by breaking the limit of diffraction and enabling nano-Raman microscopy.

  12. Study of Face Recognition Techniques

    Sangeeta Kaushik

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available A study of both face recognition and detection techniques is carried out using the algorithms like Principal Component Analysis (PCA, Kernel Principal Component Analysis (KPCA, Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA and Line Edge Map (LEM. These algorithms show different rates of accuracy under different conditions. The automatic recognition of human faces presents a challenge to the pattern recognition community. Typically, human faces are different in shapes with minor similarity from person to person. Furthermore, lighting condition changes, facial expressions and pose variations further complicate the face recognition task as one of the difficult problems in pattern analysis.

  13. Data acquisition techniques using PC

    Austerlitz, Howard

    1991-01-01

    Data Acquisition Techniques Using Personal Computers contains all the information required by a technical professional (engineer, scientist, technician) to implement a PC-based acquisition system. Including both basic tutorial information as well as some advanced topics, this work is suitable as a reference book for engineers or as a supplemental text for engineering students. It gives the reader enough understanding of the topics to implement a data acquisition system based on commercial products. A reader can alternatively learn how to custom build hardware or write his or her own software.

  14. Techniques for Automated Performance Analysis

    Marcus, Ryan C. [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2014-09-02

    The performance of a particular HPC code depends on a multitude of variables, including compiler selection, optimization flags, OpenMP pool size, file system load, memory usage, MPI configuration, etc. As a result of this complexity, current predictive models have limited applicability, especially at scale. We present a formulation of scientific codes, nodes, and clusters that reduces complex performance analysis to well-known mathematical techniques. Building accurate predictive models and enhancing our understanding of scientific codes at scale is an important step towards exascale computing.

  15. Assessment Techniques To Enhance Organizational Learning.

    Lyons, Paul

    This paper addresses the need for group-based or team-based techniques to facilitate organizational learning. It identifies two process-oriented strategies: the role analysis technique (RAT) and the diagnostic window technique. These techniques can be used in meetings to model the intellectual tasks that need to occur in today's learning…

  16. A Comparative of business process modelling techniques

    Tangkawarow, I. R. H. T.; Waworuntu, J.

    2016-04-01

    In this era, there is a lot of business process modeling techniques. This article is the research about differences of business process modeling techniques. For each technique will explain about the definition and the structure. This paper presents a comparative analysis of some popular business process modelling techniques. The comparative framework is based on 2 criteria: notation and how it works when implemented in Somerleyton Animal Park. Each technique will end with the advantages and disadvantages. The final conclusion will give recommend of business process modeling techniques that easy to use and serve the basis for evaluating further modelling techniques.

  17. Minimally invasive technique for curettage of chondroblastoma using endoscopic technique.

    Errani, C; Traina, F; Chehrassan, M; Donati, D; Faldini, C

    2014-11-01

    Chondroblastoma is a rare benign bone tumor. The treatment for chondroblastoma usually consists of curettage of the lesion and packing the tumor cavity with bone grafts or bone cement. However, chondroblastomas are known to recur in 10% to 20% of cases after excision, possibly because the incomplete removal of pathological tissue at surgery. We present a case of chondroblastoma in the distal femur treated by endoscopic curettage, which allowed a complete resection of tumor tissue and a minimal damage of the bone. The patient had relief of symptoms, rapid function restoration and no local recurrence. Endoscopic curettage is a promising new treatment for chondroblastoma. In fact, the extra-articular technique enters the tumor cavity via a tunnel drilled through the medullary canal, allowing to visualize possible residual tumor tissue or defects of the articular surface, without violating the joint and without taking away a much bigger cortical window.

  18. Immunological techniques in viral hepatitis.

    Rehermann, Barbara; Naoumov, Nikolai V

    2007-03-01

    The need to quantitate and monitor immune responses of large patient cohorts with standardized techniques is increasing due to the growing range of treatment options for hepatitis B and hepatitis C, the development of combination therapies, and candidate experimental vaccines for HCV. In addition, advances in immunological techniques have provided new tools for detailed phenotypic and functional analysis of cellular immune responses. At present, there is substantial variation in laboratory protocols, reagents, controls and analysis and presentation of results. Standardization of immunological assays would therefore allow better comparison of results amongst individual laboratories and patient cohorts. The EASL-sponsored and AASLD-endorsed Monothematic Conference on Clinical Immunology in Viral Hepatitis was held at the University College London, United Kingdom, Oct 7-8, 2006 to bring together investigators with research experience in clinical immunology of hepatitis B virus (HBV) and hepatitis C virus (HCV) infections for in-depth discussion, critical evaluation and standardization of immunological assays. This report summarizes the information presented and discussed at the conference, but is not intended to represent a consensus statement. Our aim is to highlight topics and issues that were supported by general agreement and those that were controversial, as well as to provide suggestions for future work.

  19. SHADOW: a new welding technique

    Kramer, Thorsten; Olowinsky, Alexander M.; Durand, Friedrich

    2002-06-01

    The new welding technique 'SHADOW ' is introduced. SHADOW means the use of a single pulse to generate a quasi continuous weld of several millimeters in length. HET processing time is defined by the pulse duration of the pulsed laser. At present, a state-of-the-art laser is capable of a maximum pulse duration of 20 ms. The variation of the laser power depend on time is a vital capability of the pulsed laser to adapt the energy deposition into the workpiece. Laser beam welds of several watch components were successfully performed. Similar metals like crowns and axes made out of stainless steel have been welded using pulsed laser radiation. Applying a series of about 130 single pulses for the crown-axis combination the total energy accumulates to 19.5 J. The use of the SHADOW welding technique reduces the energy to 2.5 J. While welding dissimilar metals like stainless steel and bras, the SHADOW welding reduces drastically the contamination as well as the distortion. Laser beam welding of copper has a low process reliability due to the high reflection and the high thermal conductivity. SHADOW welds of 3.6 mm length were performed on 250 micrometers thick copper plates with very high reproducibility. As a result, a pilot plant for laser beam welding of copper plates has been set up. The work to be presented has partly been funded by the European Commission in a project under the contract BRPR-CT-0634.

  20. Compensation Techniques in Accelerator Physics

    Sayed, Hisham Kamal [Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA (United States)

    2011-05-01

    Accelerator physics is one of the most diverse multidisciplinary fields of physics, wherein the dynamics of particle beams is studied. It takes more than the understanding of basic electromagnetic interactions to be able to predict the beam dynamics, and to be able to develop new techniques to produce, maintain, and deliver high quality beams for different applications. In this work, some basic theory regarding particle beam dynamics in accelerators will be presented. This basic theory, along with applying state of the art techniques in beam dynamics will be used in this dissertation to study and solve accelerator physics problems. Two problems involving compensation are studied in the context of the MEIC (Medium Energy Electron Ion Collider) project at Jefferson Laboratory. Several chromaticity (the energy dependence of the particle tune) compensation methods are evaluated numerically and deployed in a figure eight ring designed for the electrons in the collider. Furthermore, transverse coupling optics have been developed to compensate the coupling introduced by the spin rotators in the MEIC electron ring design.

  1. [Other techniques of arterial recanalization].

    Lablanche, J M; Bauters, C; Leroy, F; Bertrand, M E

    1990-11-11

    During the last few years several new instruments have been added to the armentarium of endovascular procedures. They are aimed at destroying atheromatous plaques and recalibrating the arteries. The plaque destruction techniques include atherectomy which may be directional (as with Simpson's Atherocath) and applicable only to very proximal vascular segments, or rotational, pulverizing the plaques with a bur. In this category are the flexible Auth's rotablator and Stack's transluminal extraction catheter (TEC) where planning is combined with extraction. To traverse complete occlusions, Kaltenbach's rotating guide increases the success rate, but its use must always be completed by conventional angioplasty. Vascular recalibration can be achieved by stents or heating balloons. Numerous types of stent are now available. The best known are the Medivent stent which is self-expansive and stents with expanding balloons, such as the Palmaz Schatz stent or the radio-opaque Wiktor stent made of tantalum. These stents require an important anticoagulant therapy. These technique have widened the limits of angioplasty by tackling stenoses that have long been regarded as inaccessible. They have also made it possible to treat a number of acute occlusions. On the other hand, none of them has yet proved effective in the prevention of restenosis.

  2. A Technique: Generating Alternative Thoughts

    Serkan AKKOYUNLU

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available Introduction: One of the basic techniques of cognitive therapy is examination of automatic thoughts and reducing the belief in them. By employing this, we can overcome the cognitive bias apparent in mental disorders. Despite this view, according to another cognitive perspective in a given situation, there are distinct cognitive representations competing for retrieval from memory just like positive and negative schemas. In this sense generating or strengthening alternative explanations or balanced thoughts that explain the situation better than negative automatic thoughts is one of the important process goals of cognitive therapy.Objective: Aim of this review is to describe methods used to generate alternative/balanced thoughts that are used in examining automatic thoughts and also a part of automatic thought records. Alternative/balanced thoughts are the summary and end point of automatic thought work. In this text different ways including listing alternative thoughts, using examining the evidence for generating balanced thoughts, decatastrophizing in anxiety and a meta-cognitive method named two explanations are discussed. Different ways to use this technique as a homework assignment is also reviewed. Remarkable aspects of generating alternative explanations and realistic/balanced thoughts are also reviewed and exemplified using therapy transcripts. Conclusion: Generating alternative explanations and balanced thoughts are the end point and important part of therapy work on automatic thoughts. When applied properly and rehearsed as homework between sessions, these methods may lead to improvement in many mental disorders

  3. Model building techniques for analysis.

    Walther, Howard P.; McDaniel, Karen Lynn; Keener, Donald; Cordova, Theresa Elena; Henry, Ronald C.; Brooks, Sean; Martin, Wilbur D.

    2009-09-01

    The practice of mechanical engineering for product development has evolved into a complex activity that requires a team of specialists for success. Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) has product engineers, mechanical designers, design engineers, manufacturing engineers, mechanical analysts and experimentalists, qualification engineers, and others that contribute through product realization teams to develop new mechanical hardware. The goal of SNL's Design Group is to change product development by enabling design teams to collaborate within a virtual model-based environment whereby analysis is used to guide design decisions. Computer-aided design (CAD) models using PTC's Pro/ENGINEER software tools are heavily relied upon in the product definition stage of parts and assemblies at SNL. The three-dimensional CAD solid model acts as the design solid model that is filled with all of the detailed design definition needed to manufacture the parts. Analysis is an important part of the product development process. The CAD design solid model (DSM) is the foundation for the creation of the analysis solid model (ASM). Creating an ASM from the DSM currently is a time-consuming effort; the turnaround time for results of a design needs to be decreased to have an impact on the overall product development. This effort can be decreased immensely through simple Pro/ENGINEER modeling techniques that summarize to the method features are created in a part model. This document contains recommended modeling techniques that increase the efficiency of the creation of the ASM from the DSM.

  4. A Survey on Design Pattern Recovery Techniques

    Ghulam Rasool; Detlef Streitfdert

    2011-01-01

    The evaluation of design pattern recovery techniques and tools is significant as numbers of emergent techniques are presented and used in the past to recover patterns from source code of legacy applications. The problem of very diverse precision and recall values extracted by different pattern recovery techniques and tools on the same examined applications is not investigated thoroughly. It is very desirable to compare features of existing techniques as abundance of techniques supplemented wi...

  5. Kinetic activation-relaxation technique

    Béland, Laurent Karim; Brommer, Peter; El-Mellouhi, Fedwa; Joly, Jean-François; Mousseau, Normand

    2011-10-01

    We present a detailed description of the kinetic activation-relaxation technique (k-ART), an off-lattice, self-learning kinetic Monte Carlo (KMC) algorithm with on-the-fly event search. Combining a topological classification for local environments and event generation with ART nouveau, an efficient unbiased sampling method for finding transition states, k-ART can be applied to complex materials with atoms in off-lattice positions or with elastic deformations that cannot be handled with standard KMC approaches. In addition to presenting the various elements of the algorithm, we demonstrate the general character of k-ART by applying the algorithm to three challenging systems: self-defect annihilation in c-Si (crystalline silicon), self-interstitial diffusion in Fe, and structural relaxation in a-Si (amorphous silicon).

  6. FIRAS wire grid characterization techniques

    Barney, Richard D.; Magner, Thomas J.

    1989-01-01

    Characterization techniques used to verify the quality and spectral performance of the large freestanding wire grid polarizing beamsplitters and input/output polarizers used in the Far Infrared Absolute Spectrophotometer (FIRAS) are presented. The clear aperture of these grids is lined with 20.8 micron diameter gold coated tungsten wire, spaced 33 microns apart. The grid characteristics measured throughout fabrication and space flight qualification are the center to center wire spacing and wire plane flatness. Ideally, the wire grids should produce coherent wavefronts with equal reflectance and transmittance properties. When the spacing is inconsistent, these wavefront intensities are unequal, thus decreasing the efficiency of the grids and reducing the output signal of the FIRAS. The magnitude of the output interferogram is also reduced by incoherence in the interfering wave fronts caused by uneven flatness.

  7. Optimization Techniques To Record Deduplication

    Rangarajan Rangaswamy

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Duplicate record detection is important for data preprocessing and cleaning. Artificial Bee Colony (ABC is one of the most recently introduced algorithms based on the intelligent foraging behavior of a honey bee swarm. Our approach to duplicate detection is the use of ABC algorithm for generating the optimal similarity measure to decide whether the data is duplicate or not. In the training phase, ABC algorithm is used to generate the optimal similarity measure. Once the optimal similarity measure obtained, the deduplication of remaining datasets is done with the help of optimal similarity measure generated from the ABC algorithm. We have used Restaurant and Cora datasets to analyze the proposed algorithm and the performance of the proposed algorithm is compared against the genetic programming technique with the help of evaluation metrics.

  8. Present challenges in hadrontherapy techniques

    Amaldi, U.; Braccini, S.

    2011-07-01

    Hadrontherapy is a high-precision technique in cancer radiation therapy, which allows obtaining a superior conformal treatment with respect to photons used in conventional radiation therapy. To reach this ambitious goal without reducing the patient throughput needed in a hospital-based environment, the physical and radiobiological properties of charged hadrons, protons and carbon ions in particular, have to be exploited at best, making use of the most modern technologies issued from research in nuclear and particle physics. In the present days, we are assisting to a continuous technological challenge, leading to the conception and to the development of innovative methods and instruments. In this paper, the most relevant challenges in dose delivery systems, gantries, imaging, quality assurance and particle accelerators are reviewed.

  9. Fabrication Technique of Holographic Sight

    LIN Ling; LIU Shou; ZHANG Xiang-su

    2005-01-01

    There are several types of sights used for small arms. All of them have advantages and disadvantages. A new type of sight-holographic sight-is introduced in the paper, with the emphasis on the fabrication technique of the hologram which is the most important part in the sight. A Gaussian dot and a reticle pattern are recorded in the hologram. When illuminated by a laser diode, the virtual images of the dot and the reticle pattern for aiming are observed through the hologram. Compared with other sights, the holographic sight provides quicker, more accurate and covert aiming at moving targets, particularly in close quarter combat situations. It significantly improves the capability of small arms used in close quarter fighting in all weathers.

  10. [Tomodensitometry: current technique and perspectives].

    Bousquet, J C

    1994-10-01

    The inventors of computed tomography were rewarded by the Nobel Prize for Medicine in 1979. This apparatus, now used routinely, is based on the physical principle of attenuation of x-rays combined with computerised calculation to generate a tomographic image of the human body. This article describes the components of computed tomography, the mode of acquisition, calculation and image reconstruction and the criteria of image quality and artefacts. Continuous rotation of the x-ray tube, now available on the latest machines, allows rapid 3D acquisition of raw data, largely eliminating movement artefacts, particularly those related to respiration. It is also possible to reconstitute images in a different plane from the plane of acquisition and to obtain 3D representations of the volume studied. The advantages and disadvantages of this recent technique are discussed.

  11. Asset management techniques for transformers

    Abu-Elanien, Ahmed E.B.; Salama, M.M.A. [University of Waterloo, Waterloo, ON (Canada)

    2010-04-15

    In a deregulated/reformed environment, the electric utilities are under constant pressure for reducing operating costs, enhancing the reliability of transmission and distribution equipments, and improving quality of power and services to the customer. Moreover, the risk involved in running the system without proper attention to assets integrity in service is quite high. Additionally, the probability of losing any equipment vital to the transmission and distribution system, such as power and distribution transformers, is increasing especially with the aging of power system's assets. Today the focus of operating the power system is changed and efforts are being directed to explore new approaches/techniques of monitoring, diagnosis, condition evaluation, maintenance, life assessment, and possibility of extending the life of existing assets. In this paper, a comprehensive illustration of the transformer asset management activities is presented. The importance of each activity together with the latest researches done in the area is highlighted. (author)

  12. Kinetic activation-relaxation technique.

    Béland, Laurent Karim; Brommer, Peter; El-Mellouhi, Fedwa; Joly, Jean-François; Mousseau, Normand

    2011-10-01

    We present a detailed description of the kinetic activation-relaxation technique (k-ART), an off-lattice, self-learning kinetic Monte Carlo (KMC) algorithm with on-the-fly event search. Combining a topological classification for local environments and event generation with ART nouveau, an efficient unbiased sampling method for finding transition states, k-ART can be applied to complex materials with atoms in off-lattice positions or with elastic deformations that cannot be handled with standard KMC approaches. In addition to presenting the various elements of the algorithm, we demonstrate the general character of k-ART by applying the algorithm to three challenging systems: self-defect annihilation in c-Si (crystalline silicon), self-interstitial diffusion in Fe, and structural relaxation in a-Si (amorphous silicon).

  13. Wavelet Based Image Denoising Technique

    Sachin D Ruikar

    2011-03-01

    Full Text Available This paper proposes different approaches of wavelet based image denoising methods. The search for efficient image denoising methods is still a valid challenge at the crossing of functional analysis and statistics. In spite of the sophistication of the recently proposed methods, most algorithms have not yet attained a desirable level of applicability. Wavelet algorithms are useful tool for signal processing such as image compression and denoising. Multi wavelets can be considered as an extension of scalar wavelets. The main aim is to modify the wavelet coefficients in the new basis, the noise can be removed from the data. In this paper, we extend the existing technique and providing a comprehensive evaluation of the proposed method. Results based on different noise, such as Gaussian, Poisson’s, Salt and Pepper, and Speckle performed in this paper. A signal to noise ratio as a measure of the quality of denoising was preferred.

  14. Special Issue: Single Molecule Techniques

    Hans H. Gorris

    2015-04-01

    Full Text Available Technological advances in the detection and manipulation of single molecules have enabled new insights into the function, structure and interactions of biomolecules. This Special Issue was launched to account for the rapid progress in the field of “Single Molecule Techniques”. Four original research articles and seven review articles provide an introduction, as well as an in-depth discussion, of technical developments that are indispensable for the characterization of individual biomolecules. Fluorescence microscopy takes center stage in this Special Issue because it is one of the most sensitive and flexible techniques, which has been adapted in many variations to the specific demands of single molecule analysis. Two additional articles are dedicated to single molecule detection based on atomic force microscopy.

  15. Developments in luminescence measurement techniques

    Thomsen, Kristina Jørkov; Bøtter-Jensen, L.; Denby, Phil M.

    2006-01-01

    We report on our continuing investigation and development of new measurement facilities for use in irradiation, optical stimulation and luminescence signal detection; these facilities have potential application to all forms of luminescence-based retrospective dosimetry, and are particularly...... intended for use with the Riso TL/OSL reader. We have investigated the potential of new more powerful blue (455 nm) and green (530nm) LEDs, and of gated counting combined with pulsed stimulation light techniques using conventional LEDs. Measurement of time-resolved OSL has resulted in a method of real......; both types are very stable and reproducible. Other recent developments include the modification of a Riso reader to measure both thermally and optically stimulated electrons (TSE and OSE) from granular or chip phosphors. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved....

  16. Surgical skin-marking techniques.

    Granick, M S; Heckler, F R; Jones, E W

    1987-04-01

    Surgical skin-marking inks and dyes are in everyday use for designing and planning incisions in plastic and reconstructive surgery. We have traced the historical development of surgical skin-marking techniques from ancient times to the present. The biochemical characteristics of the commonly used marking agents are discussed. A three-part experiment utilizing a pig model was carried out to test the tissue inflammatory response to the various dyes and inks when used intradermally as tattoos, the persistence of such tattoos, and the ease of skin erasure for each of eight stains. Methylene blue and gentian violet are recommended as the best all-purpose marking agents. The use of proprietary inks is discouraged.

  17. Robotic pyeloplasty: technique and results.

    Peschel, Reinhard; Neururer, Richard; Bartsch, Georg; Gettman, Matthew T

    2004-11-01

    The da Vinci robotic system can be used to perform dismembered and nondismembered pyeloplasty techniques effectively. Robotics not only seems to improve dexterity and surgical precision but also provides an ergonomic surgical environment for a surgeon performing complex reconstructive procedures such as pyeloplasty. Although performance-enhancing features of the da Vinci robot seem to decrease the difficulty of intracorporeal suturing, a learning curve also exists for telerobotic procedures. This learning curve may decrease as experience with telerobotics increases and as advances in technology are introduced. Presently, the interaction between the primary and assistant surgeon seems crucial to the success of the procedure. Although the early clinical experience with robotic pyeloplasty is favorable, continuing clinical evaluation and careful follow-up are required to determine if the procedure is as efficacious in the long run as open pyeloplasty and laparoscopic pyeloplasty.

  18. New techniques in systems neuroscience

    2015-01-01

    This volume is essential reading for anyone wishing to understand the recent explosion of experimental tools in neuroscience that now make it possible to manipulate, record, and understand neuronal activity within the intact brain, and which are helping us to learn how the many neurons that comprise a network act together to control behavior. Leaders in the field discuss the latest developments in optogenetics, functional imaging, circuit mapping, and the application of these tools to complex biological problems. New Techniques in Systems Neuroscience Explores cutting-edge methodological developments and their biological motivations Covers state-of-the-art advances in optogenetics, imaging, circuit mapping, and the molecular characterization of individual neurons Describes key examples of how these methods have been applied in different model organisms Is appropriate for experts and those just entering the field alike.

  19. Techniques for Solving Sudoku Puzzles

    Chi, Eric C

    2012-01-01

    Solving Sudoku puzzles is one of the most popular pastimes in the world. Puzzles range in difficulty from easy to very challenging; the hardest puzzles tend to have the most empty cells. The current paper compares the performance of three computer algorithms in solving puzzles. Backtracking, simulated annealing, and alternating projections are generic methods for attacking combinatorial optimization problems. Our results favor backtracking. It infallibly solves Sudoku puzzles or deduces that a unique solution does not exist. However, backtracking does not scale well in high-dimensional combinatorial optimization. Hence, it is useful to expose statistics students to the other two solution techniques in a concrete setting. Simulated annealing shares a common structure with MCMC (Markov chain Monte Carlo) and enjoys wide applicability. The method of alternating projections solves the feasibility problem in convex programming. Converting a discrete optimization problem into a continuous optimization problem opens...

  20. Medium voltage switching techniques; Techniques de coupure en moyenne tension

    Theoleyre, S. [Schneider Electric S.A., 92 - Boulogne-Billancourt (France)

    1999-08-01

    The link between power production plants and users is ensured by a grid or an arborescence of connections, lines and cables. For exploitation, maintenance or safety reasons it may be necessary to switch off and switch on the current at any point of the network. Switching devices are used for this purpose and the choice of a given device depends on the nature of the current (load, overload and fault currents) and of the domain of application. During switching and during continuous operation, these devices are submitted to dielectric, thermal, electrodynamical and mechanical stresses. The most important stresses are those linked with transient phenomena and involving an electric arc. This paper deals principally with the switching of medium voltage (1 to 52 kV) AC currents using circuit breakers. The first part analyzes the phenomena that occur during the operation of circuit breakers while the second part presents the four switching techniques currently used: in air, oil, vacuum and in sulfur hexafluoride (SF{sub 6}). (J.S.) 35 refs.

  1. [Review of effervescent technique in pharmaceutics research].

    Luo, Xiao-Jian; Xin, Hong-Liang; Rao, Xiao-Yong; Xiao, Zhi-Qiang; Gao, Li-Li; Sun, Ting-Ting; Guo, Qi-Li

    2008-04-01

    Effervescent technique, which can accelerate drug disintegration and dissolution, is usually applied in quick release preparations. Along with the development of pharmaceutical technique and theory, effervescent technique is used more and more extensively to adjust the behavior of drug release, such as in sustained and controlled release preparations, pulsatile drug delivery systems, and so on. This review demonstrated the new applying of effervescent technique in effervescent tablets, stomach floating forms, osmotic pump tablets and pulsatile drug delivery systems, adding to the critical common technique of effervescent forms in drug research. This will be benefit for the further research and development of effervescent technique.

  2. Photomontage technique for artists using stereograms

    Boyd, Patrick K.

    1994-01-01

    With more and more holographers using Stereograms, existing photographic techniques can be employed for creative uses. Using stereograms gives the artist/holographer new increased creative possibilities with fewer restrictions in subject matter. Photomontage techniques increase these possibilities even more.

  3. Plant Variety Protection and DUS Testing Technique

    LI Xiao-hui; LI Xin-hai; ZHANG Shi-huang; LI Ming-shun; LI Wen-hua

    2002-01-01

    DUS testing technique used for plant variety protection was reviewed in the paper, and somesuggestions were made on how to establish the appropriate technology system in China. Meanwhile, the poten-tial exploitation of the technique was discussed.

  4. Bisection technique for designing synchronous parallel algorithms

    王能超

    1995-01-01

    A basic technique for designing synchronous parallel algorithms, the so-called bisection technique, is proposed. The basic pattern of designing parallel algorithms is described. The relationship between the designing idea and I Ching (principles of change) is discussed.

  5. Computational optimization techniques applied to microgrids planning

    Gamarra, Carlos; Guerrero, Josep M.

    2015-01-01

    appear along the planning process. In this context, technical literature about optimization techniques applied to microgrid planning have been reviewed and the guidelines for innovative planning methodologies focused on economic feasibility can be defined. Finally, some trending techniques and new...

  6. Success of Hall technique crowns questioned.

    Nainar, S M Hashim

    2012-01-01

    Hall technique is a method of providing stainless steel crowns for primary molars without tooth preparation and requires no local anesthesia. Literature review showed inconclusive evidence and therefore this technique should not be used in clinical practice.

  7. TECHNIQUE OF THINKING STYLE EVALUATING

    Alla Belousova

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available The results of psychometric analysis of the new technique of thinking styles diagnostics are presented. The fundamental principles of thinking style concept by A. Belousova, according to which the thinking style is determined by the dominance of a person’s function in the structure of thinking activity during the problem solving, are covered. In accordance with A. Belousova’s ideas that the collaborative thinking activity as a self-organizing system is carried out by means of functions assumed by each participant: function of generating ideas, the function of selection (review and evaluation of information, functions of sense transfer and function of implementation. Thinking of adult, acting as a complex self-organizing system, combines the same functions: generation, selection, sense transfer and implementation. In this connection, we believe that the thinking style is defined as a characteristic set of functions actualized by a person in different situations of the problem solving. Domination of generation function determines the development of initiative thinking style, selection - critical, sense transfer - administrative, implementation - practical. The results of testing the reliability and validity of a new questionnaire for the thinking style diagnostics on a representative sample of Russians are given. The author’s version of the questionnaire is presented.

  8. Prefractionation techniques in proteome analysis.

    Righetti, Pier Giorgio; Castagna, Annalisa; Herbert, Ben; Reymond, Frederic; Rossier, Joël S

    2003-08-01

    The present review deals with a number of prefractionation protocols in preparation for two-dimensional map analysis, both in the fields of chromatography and in the field of electrophoresis. In the first case, Fountoulaki's groups has reported just about any chromatographic procedure useful as a prefractionation step, including affinity, ion-exchange, and reversed-phase resins. As a result of the various enrichment steps, several hundred new species, previously undetected in unfractionated samples, could be revealed for the first time. Electrophoretic prefractionation protocols include all those electrokinetic methodologies which are performed in free solution, essentially all relying on isoelectric focusing steps. The devices here reviewed include multichamber apparatus, such as the multicompartment electrolyzer with Immobiline membranes, Off-Gel electrophoresis in a multicup device and the Rotofor, an instrument also based on a multichamber system but exploiting the conventional technique of carrier-ampholyte-focusing. Other instruments of interest are the Octopus, a continuous-flow device for isoelectric focusing in a upward flowing liquid curtain, and the Gradiflow, where different pI cuts are obtained by a multistep passage through two compartments buffered at different pH values. It is felt that this panoply of methods could offer a strong step forward in "mining below the tip of the iceberg" for detecting the "unseen proteome".

  9. Pediatric DXA: technique and interpretation

    Binkovitz, Larry A. [Columbus Children' s Hospital, Department of Radiology, Columbus, OH (United States); Henwood, Maria J. [Columbus Children' s Hospital, Department of Radiology, Columbus, OH (United States); Columbus Children' s Hospital, Department of Endocrinology, Columbus, OH (United States)

    2007-01-15

    This article reviews dual X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) technique and interpretation with emphasis on the considerations unique to pediatrics. Specifically, the use of DXA in children requires the radiologist to be a ''clinical pathologist'' monitoring the technical aspects of the DXA acquisition, a ''statistician'' knowledgeable in the concepts of Z-scores and least significant changes, and a ''bone specialist'' providing the referring clinician a meaningful context for the numeric result generated by DXA. The patient factors that most significantly influence bone mineral density are discussed and are reviewed with respect to available normative databases. The effects the growing skeleton has on the DXA result are also presented. Most important, the need for the radiologist to be actively involved in the technical and interpretive aspects of DXA is stressed. Finally, the diagnosis of osteoporosis should not be made on DXA results alone but should take into account other patient factors. (orig.)

  10. ON NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES IN CFD

    Zhuang Fenggan

    2000-01-01

    Numerical techniques play an important role in CFD. Some of them are reviewed in this paper. The necessity of using high order difference scheme is demonstrated for the study of high Reynolds number viscous flow. Physical guide lines are provided for the construction of these high order schemes. To avoid unduly ad hoc treatment in the boundary region the use of compact scheme is recommended because it has a small stencil size compared with the traditional finite difference scheme. Besides preliminary Fourier analysis shows the compact scheme can also yield better space resolution which makes it more suitable to study flow with multiscales e.g. turbulence. Other approaches such as perturbation method and finite spectral method are also emphasized. Typical numerical simulations were carried out. The first deals with Euler equations to show its capabilities to capture flow discontinuity.The second deals with Navier-Stokes equations studying the evolution of a mixing layer, the pertinent structures at different times are shown. Asymmetric break down occurs and also the appearance of small vortices.

  11. Nanotechnology in Disease Diagnostic Techniques.

    Savaliya, Reema; Shah, Darshini; Singh, Ragini; Kumar, Ashutosh; Shankar, Rishi; Dhawan, Alok; Singh, Sanjay

    2015-06-25

    Currently the major research highlights of bioengineering and medical technology are directed towards development of improved diagnostic techniques to screen complex diseases. Screening requirements are for the identification of the cause of illnesses, monitoring the improvement or progression of the state of diseases such as cancer, cardiovascular or neurodegenerative diseases. Nanotechnology enables the manipulation of materials at nanoscale and has shown potential to enhance sensitivity, selectivity and lower the cost of a diagnosis. The causative biomolecules (DNA, proteins) can be detected by red-shifted absorbance of gold nanoparticles or alteration in the conductance of a nanowire or nanotubes, and deflection of a micro or nano-cantilever. Several types of nanomaterials such as metals, metal-oxides and quantum dots have shown ample advantages over traditional diagnosis, intracellular labeling and visualization of target cells/tissues. Nanotechnology has also opened several avenues which could be further developed to enable enhanced visualization of tissues, cells, DNA and proteins over a point-of-care device. Protein or gene chips created using nanomaterials could be further be integrated into a convenient nano-fluidic device for better disease diagnosis.

  12. Reattachment techniques - Few case reports

    Nitin Shah

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Anterior crown fractures are a common form of injury that mainly affects children and adolescents. In the pre-adhesive era fractured teeth needed to be restored either with pin-retained inlays or cast restorations that sacrificed healthy tooth structure. Achieving aesthetic requirements were also a challenge for the clinicians. The development of adhesive dentistry has allowed dentists to use the broken fragment to restore the fractured tooth. The acid etch adhesive technique may be used to restore function and esthetics of fractured anterior teeth. Reattachment of the fractured segment offers some advantages over composite restorations. The original enamel translucency is maintained, and the incisal edge will wear at the same rate as the adjacent teeth. Esthetic, biologic and restorative problems may occur as a result of the fracture extending subgingivally and impinging on the biologic width. The treatment options depend on the relationship of the fracture to the alveolar crest, degree of pulpal involvement, amount of eruption, apex formation and esthetic requirement of the patient. This article presents two clinical reports describing the treatment modalities of patients who sustained fractures of maxillary anterior teeth due to trauma.

  13. An acoustic mode measurement technique

    Joppa, P. D.

    1984-10-01

    Turbomachinery noise propagates in aircraft jet engine ducts in a complicated manner. Measurement of this propagation is useful both to identify source mechanisms and to design efficient linings. A practical method of making these measurements has been developed, using linear arrays of equally spaced microphones mounted flush with the duct wall. Circumferential or axial arrays are analyzed by spatial Fourier transform, giving sound level as a function of spinning order or axial wavenumber respectively. Complex demodulation is used to acquire data in a modest bandwidth around a high frequency of interest. A joint NASA/Boeing test of the system used 32 microphones in a JT15D turbofan engine inlet. A 400-Hz bandwidth centered at blade passage frequency and at half blade passage frequency was studied. The theoretically predicted modes were clearly seen at blade passage frequency; broadband noise at half blade passage frequency was biased towards modes corotating with the fan. Interference between similar modes was not a significant problem. A lining design study indicated a 15 percent improvement in lining efficiency was possible when mode data were used, for this particular engine. The technique has proven reliable and useful for source diagnostics and lining design.

  14. Catalytic reforming feed characterisation technique

    Larraz Mora, R.; Arvelo Alvarez, R. [Univ. of La Laguna, Chemical Engineering Dept., La Laguna (Spain)

    2002-09-01

    The catalytic reforming of naphtha is one of the major refinery processes, designed to increase the octane number of naphtha or to produce aromatics. The naphtha used as catalytic reformer feedstock usually contains a mixture of paraffins, naphthenes, and aromatics in the carbon number range C{sub 6} to C{sub 10}. The detailed chemical composition of the feed is necessary to predict the aromatics and hydrogen production as well as the operation severity. The analysis of feed naphtha is usually reported in terms of its ASTM distillation curve and API or specific gravity. Since reforming reactions are described in terms of lumped chemical species (paraffins, naphthenes and aromatics), a feed characterisation technique should be useful in order to predict reforming operating conditions and detect feed quality changes. Unfortunately online analyzer applications as cromatography or recently introduced naphtha NMR [1] are scarce in most of refineries. This work proposes an algorithmic characterisation method focusing on its main steps description. The method could help on the subjects previously described, finally a calculation example is shown. (orig.)

  15. Recent developments in building diagnosis techniques

    2016-01-01

    This book presents a collection of recent research on building diagnosis techniques related to construction pathology, hygrothermal behavior and durability, and diagnostic techniques. It highlights recent advances and new developments in the field of building physics, building anomalies in materials and components, new techniques for improved energy efficiency analysis, and diagnosis techniques such as infrared thermography. This book will be of interest to a wide readership of professionals, scientists, students, practitioners, and lecturers.

  16. Microtia reconstruction: autologous rib and alloplast techniques.

    Cabin, Jonathan A; Bassiri-Tehrani, Michael; Sclafani, Anthony P; Romo, Thomas

    2014-11-01

    Microtia represents a spectrum of maldevelopment of the external ear. Reconstructive techniques may utilize an autogenous rib cartilage framework and require 2-4 stages; alternatively, an alloplastic framework can be used and typically requires 1-2 stages. Successful reconstruction of microtia with either technique can provide a significant quality of life improvement, and both techniques are described in this article.

  17. Aerospace management techniques: Commercial and governmental applications

    Milliken, J. G.; Morrison, E. J.

    1971-01-01

    A guidebook for managers and administrators is presented as a source of useful information on new management methods in business, industry, and government. The major topics discussed include: actual and potential applications of aerospace management techniques to commercial and governmental organizations; aerospace management techniques and their use within the aerospace sector; and the aerospace sector's application of innovative management techniques.

  18. The Technique of Special-Effects Cinematography.

    Fielding, Raymond

    The author describes the many techniques used to produce cinematic effects that would be too costly, too difficult, too time-consuming, too dangerous, or simply impossible to achieve with conventional photographic techniques. He points out that these techniques are available not only for 35 millimeter work but also to the 16 mm. photographer who…

  19. Information Hiding Techniques: A Tutorial Review

    Thampi, Sabu M

    2008-01-01

    The purpose of this tutorial is to present an overview of various information hiding techniques. A brief history of steganography is provided along with techniques that were used to hide information. Text, image and audio based information hiding techniques are discussed. This paper also provides a basic introduction to digital watermarking.

  20. Nuclear Technique and Agriculture in China

    Xu B.J.

    2004-01-01

    @@ Nuclear technique is a powerful scientific tool in agricultural research, an area with fruitful achievements in China. Application of nuclear technique in agriculture (Nuclear Agricultural Sciences) based on the development of related science and technology is a high-tech area, and also a significant aspect of non-electrical power application of nuclear technique.

  1. Nuclear Technique and Agriculture in China

    Xu; B.J.

    2004-01-01

      Nuclear technique is a powerful scientific tool in agricultural research, an area with fruitful achievements in China. Application of nuclear technique in agriculture (Nuclear Agricultural Sciences) based on the development of related science and technology is a high-tech area, and also a significant aspect of non-electrical power application of nuclear technique.……

  2. Fog collectors and collection techniques

    Höhler, I.; Suau, C.

    2010-07-01

    collection’s techniques and climatic design simulations. DropNet© is a lightweight fog collector kit -a standing-alone web- resistant against very strong winds. It is constructed with an elastic mesh according to the required tension. Apart from this, it is ease to be transported, assemble and relocated due to its tent-like construction. As a flexible construction it can be installed on flatten or uneven grounds. FogHive© is a modular space-frame, fully wrapped with a light waxy mesh, that can collect water fog and also performs like a shading/cooling device and a soil humidifier for greenery and potential inhabitation. Its body consists of a deployable polygonal structure with an adjustable polyvalent membrane which performs as water repellent skin (facing prevailing winds) and shading device facing Equator. In addition, a domestic wind turbine is installed within the structural frame to provide autonomous electrification. Both models have great applicability to provide drinking water in remote place and also irrigating water to repair or re-establish flora. Water collector, filtering (purification) and irrigation network are designed with appropriate materials and techniques.

  3. Survey of data compression techniques

    Gryder, R.; Hake, K.

    1991-09-01

    PM-AIM must provide to customers in a timely fashion information about Army acquisitions. This paper discusses ways that PM-AIM can reduce the volume of data that must be transmitted between sites. Although this paper primarily discusses techniques of data compression, it also briefly discusses other options for meeting the PM-AIM requirements. The options available to PM-AIM, in addition to hardware and software data compression, include less-frequent updates, distribution of partial updates, distributed data base design, and intelligent network design. Any option that enhances the performance of the PM-AIM network is worthy of consideration. The recommendations of this paper apply to the PM-AIM project in three phases: the current phase, the target phase, and the objective phase. Each recommendation will be identified as (1) appropriate for the current phase, (2) considered for implementation during the target phase, or (3) a feature that should be part of the objective phase of PM-AIM's design. The current phase includes only those measures that can be taken with the installed leased lines. The target phase includes those measures that can be taken in transferring the traffic from the leased lines to the DSNET environment with minimal changes in the current design. The objective phase includes all the things that should be done as a matter of course. The objective phase for PM-AIM appears to be a distributed data base with data for each site stored locally and all sites having access to all data.

  4. Survey of data compression techniques

    Gryder, R.; Hake, K.

    1991-09-01

    PM-AIM must provide to customers in a timely fashion information about Army acquisitions. This paper discusses ways that PM-AIM can reduce the volume of data that must be transmitted between sites. Although this paper primarily discusses techniques of data compression, it also briefly discusses other options for meeting the PM-AIM requirements. The options available to PM-AIM, in addition to hardware and software data compression, include less-frequent updates, distribution of partial updates, distributed data base design, and intelligent network design. Any option that enhances the performance of the PM-AIM network is worthy of consideration. The recommendations of this paper apply to the PM-AIM project in three phases: the current phase, the target phase, and the objective phase. Each recommendation will be identified as (1) appropriate for the current phase, (2) considered for implementation during the target phase, or (3) a feature that should be part of the objective phase of PM-AIM`s design. The current phase includes only those measures that can be taken with the installed leased lines. The target phase includes those measures that can be taken in transferring the traffic from the leased lines to the DSNET environment with minimal changes in the current design. The objective phase includes all the things that should be done as a matter of course. The objective phase for PM-AIM appears to be a distributed data base with data for each site stored locally and all sites having access to all data.

  5. Imaging Techniques for Microwave Diagnostics

    Donne, T. [FOM-Institute for Plasma Physics Rijnhuizen, Trilateral Euregio Cluster, PO Box 1207, 3430 BE Nieuwegein (Netherlands); Luhmann Jr, N.C. [University of California, Davis, CA 95616 (United States); Park, H.K. [POSTECH, Pohang, Gyeongbuk 790-784 (Korea, Republic of); Tobias, B.

    2011-07-01

    Advances in microwave technology have made it possible to develop a new generation of microwave imaging diagnostics for measuring the parameters of magnetic fusion devices. The most prominent of these diagnostics is electron cyclotron emission imaging (ECE-I). After the first generation of ECE-I diagnostics utilized at the TEXT-U, RTP and TEXTOR tokamaks and the LHD stellarator, new systems have recently come into operation on ASDEX-UG and DIII-D, soon to be followed by a system on KSTAR. The DIII-D and KSTAR systems feature dual imaging arrays that observe different parts of the plasma. The ECE-I diagnostic yields two-dimensional movies of the electron temperature in the plasma and has given already new insights into the physics of sawtooth oscillations, tearing modes and edge localized modes. Microwave Imaging Reflectometry (MIR) is used on LHD to measure electron density fluctuations. A pilot MIR system has been tested at TEXTOR and, based on the promising results, a new system is now under design for KSTAR. The system at TEXTOR was used to measure the plasma rotation velocity. The system at KSTAR and also the one on LHD will be/are used for measuring the profile of the electron density fluctuations in the plasma. Other microwave imaging diagnostics are phase imaging interferometry, and imaging microwave scattering. The emphasis in this paper will be largely focused on ECE-I. First an overview of the advances in microwave technology are discussed, followed by a description of a typical ECE-I system along with some typical experimental results. Also the utilization of imaging techniques in other types of microwave diagnostics will be briefly reviewed. This document is composed of the slides of the presentation. (authors)

  6. POSIVA groundwater flow measuring techniques

    Oehberg, A. [Saanio and Riekkola Consulting Engineers, Helsinki (Finland); Rouhiainen, P. [PRG-Tec Oy (Finland)

    2000-08-01

    Posiva Oy has carried out site characterisation for the final disposal of spent nuclear fuel in Finland since 1987. To meet the demanding needs to measure the hydraulic parameters in bedrock Posiva launched development of new flowmeter techniques including measuring methods and equipment in co-operation with PRG-Tec Oy. The techniques have been tested and used in the ongoing site investigations in Finland, in the underground Hard Rock Laboratory (HRL) at Aespoe in Sweden and in URL in Canada. The new methods are called difference flow and transverse flow methods. The difference flow method includes two modes, normal and detailed flow logging methods. In the normal mode the flow rate measurement is based on thermal pulse and thermal dilution methods, in the detailed logging mode only on thermal dilution method. The measuring ranges for flow rate with thermal pulse and dilution methods are 0.1-10 ml/min and 2-5000 ml/min, respectively. The difference flow method(normal mode) for small flows (0.1-10 ml/min) is based on measuring the pulse transit time and direction of a thermal pulse in the sensor. For high flows (2-5000 ml/min) the method is based on thermal dilution rate of a sensor. Direction is measured with monitoring thermistors. Inflow or outflow in the test interval is created due to natural or by pumping induced differences between heads in the borehole water and groundwater around the borehole. The single point resistance (and the temperature of borehole water) measurement is carried out simultaneously with the difference flow measurements, both in normal and detailed flow logging modes, while the tool is moving. The result is utilised for checking the exact depth of the tool. As the result a continuous log is obtained from which single fractures can be detected. The transverse flowmeter is able to measure the groundwater flow across a borehole. A special packer system guides the flow through the flow sensors. Four inflatable seals between conventional

  7. Surgical technique of orthotopic liver transplantation in rats: the Kamada technique and a new splint technique for hepatic artery reconstruction.

    Ishii, Eiichi; Shimizu, Akira; Takahashi, Mikiko; Terasaki, Mika; Kunugi, Shinobu; Nagasaka, Shinya; Terasaki, Yasuhiro; Ohashi, Ryuji; Masuda, Yukinari; Fukuda, Yuh

    2013-01-01

    Orthotopic liver transplantation (OLT) in rats is technically feasible and useful for the assessment of clinical liver transplantation and analysis of inflammatory liver diseases. OLT in rats was pioneered by Lee et al. in 1973 using hand-suture techniques of all vessels. This model has not been widely used due to the long operative time and technical demand. The cuff method was introduced by Kamada in 1979, and today, the Kamada technique is the one most commonly used worldwide. However, this technique does not include hepatic artery reconstruction, although this procedure is routinely performed in clinical transplantation. Nevertheless, several techniques for hepatic artery reconstruction in rat OLT have been reported recently, and our group also developed a simple splint technique from recipient right renal artery to donor celiac axis bearing the hepatic artery. In the present article, we describe the Kamada technique, as a standard surgical method for rat OLT. In addition, we also describe our splint technique for hepatic artery reconstruction. Then, we compare the features of Kamada technique and our splint technique for hepatic artery reconstruction and all other surgical techniques currently in use for rat OLT. The widespread use of the rat OLT model should help to provide full assessment of transplant immunology and the mechanism and treatment of inflammatory liver diseases.

  8. A Proposed Multi Images Visible Watermarking Technique

    Ruba G. Al-Zamil

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available Visible watermarking techniques are proposed to secure digital data against unauthorized attacks. These techniques protect data from illegal access and use. In this work, a multi visible watermarking technique that allows embedding different types of markers into different types of background images has been proposed It also allows adding multiple markers on the same background image with different sizes, positions and opacity levels without any interference. The proposed technique improves the flexibility issues of visible watermarking and helps in increasing the security levels. A visible watermarking system is designed to implement the proposed technique. The system facilitates single and multiple watermarking as illustrated in the proposed technique. Experimental results indicate that the proposed technique applies visible watermarking successfully.

  9. Field technique of permeability tests in highly fissured limestone strata

    Al-Salihi, Adnan; Asaad, Abdulah

    2002-05-01

    Résumé.L'étude de dispositifs de dénoyage est nécessaire pour l'amélioration de sites avant la construction de certaines structures. L'étude de dispositifs de dénoyage efficaces exige d'estimer la valeur du coefficient de perméabilité in situ. Les relations disponibles pour estimer le coefficient de perméabilité ont été développées sur la base de mesures et de conditions de terrain limitées, et les prédictions varient de plusieurs ordres de grandeur. C'est pourquoi il est nécessaire de réaliser des mesures de perméabilité sur le terrain et de déterminer la relation qui permet le meilleur ajustement de ces mesures avant l'étude du dispositif de dénoyage pour des conditions locales et géologiques spécifiques. Ce papier présente des mesures de perméabilité sur le terrain dans des niveaux calcaires complexes chaotiques et diagénétisés. Il propose également une analyse comparative de plusieurs relations disponibles dans la littérature destinées à prédire le coefficient de perméabilité in situ. L'analyse est faite en conditions permanentes et non permanentes. Les résultats montrent que la valeur du coefficient de perméabilité dépend du niveau de la nappe, qui est affecté par le régime de marées. On montre que l'équation de l'US Navy donne la meilleure corrélation avec les mesures de terrain. Resumen.El diseño de sistemas de desecado es necesario para mejorar las condiciones de un emplazamiento antes de la construcción de determinadas estructuras. El diseño de un sistema eficiente de desecado requiere de la estimación del valor de la permeabilidad in-situ. Las relaciones disponibles para tal fin han sido desarrolladas bajo condiciones y medidas de campo limitadas; sus predicciones varían en algunos órdenes de magnitud. Por tanto, es necesario tomar medidas de permeabilidad en campo y determinar la relación que reproduce mejor dichas medidas como paso previo al diseño de un sistema de desecado en condiciones geol

  10. Comparative study of abdominal cavity temporary closure techniques for damage control.

    Ribeiro, Marcelo A F; Barros, Emily Alves; Carvalho, Sabrina Marques DE; Nascimento, Vinicius Pereira; Cruvinel, José; Fonseca, Alexandre Zanchenko

    2016-01-01

    The damage control surgery, with emphasis on laparostomy, usually results in shrinkage of the aponeurosis and loss of the ability to close the abdominal wall, leading to the formation of ventral incisional hernias. Currently, various techniques offer greater chances of closing the abdominal cavity with less tension. Thus, this study aims to evaluate three temporary closure techniques of the abdominal cavity: the Vacuum-Assisted Closure Therapy - VAC, the Bogotá Bag and the Vacuum-pack. We conducted a systematic review of the literature, selecting 28 articles published in the last 20 years. The techniques of the bag Bogotá and Vacuum-pack had the advantage of easy access to the material in most centers and low cost, contrary to VAC, which, besides presenting high cost, is not available in most hospitals. On the other hand, the VAC technique was more effective in reducing stress at the edges of lesions, removing stagnant fluids and waste, in addition to acting at the cellular level by increasing proliferation and cell division rates, and showed the highest rates of primary closure of the abdominal cavity. RESUMO A cirurgia de controle de danos, com ênfase em peritoneostomia, geralmente resulta em retração da aponeurose e perda da capacidade de fechar a parede abdominal, levando à formação de hérnias ventrais incisionais. Atualmente, várias técnicas oferecem maiores chances de fechamento da cavidade abdominal, com menor tensão. Deste modo, este estudo tem por objetivo avaliar três técnicas de fechamento temporário da cavidade abdominal: fechamento a vácuo (Vacuum-Assisted Closure Therapy - VAC), Bolsa de Bogotá e Vacuum-pack. Realizou-se uma revisão sistemática da literatura com seleção de 28 artigos publicados nos últimos 20 anos. As técnicas de Bolsa de Bogotá e Vacuum-pack tiveram como vantagem o acesso fácil ao material, na maioria dos centros, e baixo custo, ao contrário do que se observa na terapia a vácuo, VAC, que além de apresentar

  11. Fundamentals and Techniques of Nonimaging

    O' Gallagher, J. J.; Winston, R.

    2003-07-10

    This is the final report describing a long term basic research program in nonimaging optics that has led to major advances in important areas, including solar energy, fiber optics, illumination techniques, light detectors, and a great many other applications. The term ''nonimaging optics'' refers to the optics of extended sources in systems for which image forming is not important, but effective and efficient collection, concentration, transport, and distribution of light energy is. Although some of the most widely known developments of the early concepts have been in the field of solar energy, a broad variety of other uses have emerged. Most important, under the auspices of this program in fundamental research in nonimaging optics established at the University of Chicago with support from the Office of Basic Energy Sciences at the Department of Energy, the field has become very dynamic, with new ideas and concepts continuing to develop, while applications of the early concepts continue to be pursued. While the subject began as part of classical geometrical optics, it has been extended subsequently to the wave optics domain. Particularly relevant to potential new research directions are recent developments in the formalism of statistical and wave optics, which may be important in understanding energy transport on the nanoscale. Nonimaging optics permits the design of optical systems that achieve the maximum possible concentration allowed by physical conservation laws. The earliest designs were constructed by optimizing the collection of the extreme rays from a source to the desired target: the so-called ''edge-ray'' principle. Later, new concentrator types were generated by placing reflectors along the flow lines of the ''vector flux'' emanating from lambertian emitters in various geometries. A few years ago, a new development occurred with the discovery that making the design edge-ray a functional of some

  12. Progress involving new techniques for liposome preparation

    Zhenjun Huang

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available The article presents a review of new techniques being used for the preparation of liposomes. A total of 28 publications were examined. In addition to the theories, characteristics and problems associated with traditional methods, the advantages and drawbacks of the latest techniques were reviewed. In the light of developments in many relevant areas, a variety of new techniques are being used for liposome preparation and each of these new technique has particular advantages over conventional preparation methods. However, there are still some problems associated with these new techniques that could hinder their applications and further improvements are needed. Generally speaking, due to the introduction of these latest techniques, liposome preparation is now an improved procedure. These applications promote not only advances in liposome research but also the methods for their production on an industrial scale.

  13. Strength of different meniscus suturing techniques.

    Aşik, M; Sener, N; Akpinar, S; Durmaz, H; Göksan, A

    1997-01-01

    We measured and compared the primary stabilities of five different meniscal suturing techniques. The techniques tested were horizontal mattress, vertical mattress, knot-end, vertical, and vertical loop. Twenty bovine medial menisci were cut to simulate peripheral longitudinal tears and repaired with one of the five suture techniques. Then the two parts of the meniscus were pulled using the Instron Tensometer until failure occurred. Knot-end techniques gave inferior results (mean ultimate failure strength 64 +/- 5 N) compared with the other techniques. Vertical mattress failed at 130 +/- 3 N, vertical loop at 128 +/- 4.5 N, horizontal mattress at 98 +/- 5 N and vertical suturing at 136 +/- 2.7 N. This study shows the superior mechanical characteristic of the vertical suturing technique.

  14. A hashing technique using separate binary tree

    Md Mehedi Masud

    2006-11-01

    Full Text Available It is always a major demand to provide efficient retrieving and storing of data and information in a large database system. For this purpose, many file organization techniques have already been developed, and much additional research is still going on. Hashing is one developed technique. In this paper we propose an enhanced hashing technique that uses a hash table combined with a binary tree, searching on the binary representation of a portion the primary key of records that is associated with each index of the hash table. The paper contains numerous examples to describe the technique. The technique shows significant improvements in searching, insertion, and deletion for systems with huge amounts of data. The paper also presents the mathematical analysis of the proposed technique and comparative results.

  15. Machine learning techniques in dialogue act recognition

    Mark Fišel

    2007-05-01

    Full Text Available This report addresses dialogue acts, their existing applications and techniques of automatically recognizing them, in Estonia as well as elsewhere. Three main applications are described: in dialogue systems to determine the intention of the speaker, in dialogue systems with machine translation to resolve ambiguities in the possible translation variants and in speech recognition to reduce word recognition error rate. Several recognition techniques are described on the surface level: how they work and how they are trained. A summary of the corresponding representation methods is provided for each technique. The paper also includes examples of applying the techniques to dialogue act recognition.The author comes to the conclusion that using the current evaluation metric it is impossible to compare dialogue act recognition techniques when these are applied to different dialogue act tag sets. Dialogue acts remain an open research area, with space and need for developing new recognition techniques and methods of evaluation.

  16. A biological treatment technique for wool textile

    Yu Xiao-Wei

    2005-09-01

    Full Text Available A biological treatment technique for wool textile was carried out by enzymes degradation coupled with H2O2 oxidation. The results demonstrated that the technique had ideal effects on wool textile such as better softness, plump and less loss of bursting stress. Because of mild reaction conditions, less textile damage and less environmental pollution, this technique for wool textile treatment could have promising prospect.

  17. Simple technique for maximal thoracic muscle harvest.

    Marshall, M Blair; Kaiser, Larry R; Kucharczuk, John C

    2004-04-01

    We present a modification of technique for standard muscle flap harvest, the placement of cutaneous traction sutures. This technique allows for maximal dissection of the thoracic muscles even through minimal incisions. Through improved exposure and traction, complete dissection of the muscle bed can be performed and the tissue obtained maximized. Because more muscle bulk is obtained with this technique, the need for a second muscle may be prevented.

  18. Cathodic Cage Plasma Nitriding: An Innovative Technique

    Sousa,R.R.M.; de Araújo, F. O.; J. A. P. da Costa; Brandim,A.S.; R. A. de Brito; C. Alves

    2012-01-01

    Cylindrical samples of AISI 1020, AISI 316, and AISI 420 steels, with different heights, were simultaneously treated by a new technique of ionic nitriding, entitled cathodic cage plasma nitriding (CCPN), in order to evaluate the efficiency of this technique to produce nitrided layers with better properties compared with those obtained using conventional ionic nitriding technique. This method is able to eliminate the edge effect in the samples, promoting a better uniformity of temperature, and...

  19. Modulation Techniques for Li-Fi

    Mohamed Sufyan Islim; Harald Haas

    2016-01-01

    Modulation techniques for light fidelity (Li⁃Fi) are reviewed in this paper. Li⁃Fi is the fully networked solution for multiple users that combines communication and illumination simultaneously. Light emitting diodes (LEDs) are used in Li⁃Fi as visible light transmitters, therefore, only intensity modulated direct detected modulation techniques can be achieved. Single carrier modulation techniques are straightforward to be used in Li⁃Fi, however, computationally complex equalization processes are required in fre⁃quency selective Li⁃Fi channels. On the other hand, multicarrier modulation techniques offer a viable solution for Li⁃Fi in terms of power, spectral and computational efficiency. In particular, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) based modula⁃tion techniques offer a practical solution for Li⁃Fi, especially when direct current (DC) wander, and adaptive bit and power load⁃ing techniques are considered. Li⁃Fi modulation techniques need to also satisfy illumination requirements. Flickering avoidance and dimming control are considered in the variant modulation techniques presented. This paper surveys the suitable modulation techniques for Li⁃Fi including those which explore time, frequency and colour domains.

  20. Two sampling techniques for game meat.

    van der Merwe, Maretha; Jooste, Piet J; Hoffman, Louw C; Calitz, Frikkie J

    2013-03-20

    A study was conducted to compare the excision sampling technique used by the export market and the sampling technique preferred by European countries, namely the biotrace cattle and swine test. The measuring unit for the excision sampling was grams (g) and square centimetres (cm2) for the swabbing technique. The two techniques were compared after a pilot test was conducted on spiked approved beef carcasses (n = 12) that statistically proved the two measuring units correlated. The two sampling techniques were conducted on the same game carcasses (n = 13) and analyses performed for aerobic plate count (APC), Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus, for both techniques. A more representative result was obtained by swabbing and no damage was caused to the carcass. Conversely, the excision technique yielded fewer organisms and caused minor damage to the carcass. The recovery ratio from the sampling technique improved 5.4 times for APC, 108.0 times for E. coli and 3.4 times for S. aureus over the results obtained from the excision technique. It was concluded that the sampling methods of excision and swabbing can be used to obtain bacterial profiles from both export and local carcasses and could be used to indicate whether game carcasses intended for the local market are possibly on par with game carcasses intended for the export market and therefore safe for human consumption.

  1. FPGA implementation of image enhancement techniques

    Kumar, Karan; Jain, Aditya; Srivastava, Atul Kumar

    2009-06-01

    The objective of this paper is designing, modeling, simulation and synthesis of four Image Enhancement techniques on FPGA. Image Enhancement Algorithms can be classified as point processing Techniques, in which operation is done on pixel level and Spatial Filtering Technique, in which operation is performed within neighborhood of a pixel. Algorithms of all the techniques are studied and hardware circuits are realized for them. Then hardware logic is modeled in Matlab Simulink using Xilinx System Generator Block set and synthesized onto Virtex4 xc4vsx35-10ff668 FPGA chip. Using hardware co-simulation feature of FPGA kit, the algorithms developed are validated.

  2. Premature Ejaculation and Utilization of Cognitive Techniques

    Serkan AKKOYUNLU

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available Introduction: Premature ejaculation is the most common male sexual dysfunction leading to distress in many couples. Master and Johnson emphasized the concept of early learned experiences and Kaplan emphasized lack of sensory awareness. For treatment sex therapists mainly utilize start-stop and squeeze techniques as homework. Couples enter sex therapy with some cognitive distortions and beliefs about sex and sexuality. These beliefs are also named sexual myths. For some couples using techniques to challenge cognitive distortions and maladaptive beliefs about sex and sexuality can be used. In this paper by presenting a case we discussed how cognitive techniques can be used along with behaviour techniques with couples. Case: Presenting clients are five years married couple who are thirty and twenty nine years old respectively. They attended to the outpatient clinic with the request of the female client. Their main complaint was premature ejaculation. They were diagnosed premature ejaculation using clinical interview. In treatment besides start and stop technique, cognitive techniques were utilized to address dysfunctional beliefs about sexuality. Discussion: Premature ejaculation is a male sexual dysfunction that causes distress and intimacy problems between couples. Stop start and squeeze techniques were accepted as the choice of treatment but their effectiveness is questioned recently. Also cognitive distortions and maladaptive beliefs may hamper therapy progress. Besides that, behavioral techniques utilizing cognitive techniques to lessen the degree of dysfunctional beliefs about sex and sexuality may help the couple to overcome premature ejaculation and enhance sexual satisfaction and intimacy.

  3. Microencapsulation techniques, factors influencing encapsulation efficiency.

    Jyothi, N Venkata Naga; Prasanna, P Muthu; Sakarkar, Suhas Narayan; Prabha, K Surya; Ramaiah, P Seetha; Srawan, G Y

    2010-05-01

    Microencapsulation is one of the quality preservation techniques of sensitive substances and a method for production of materials with new valuable properties. Microencapsulation is a process of enclosing micron-sized particles in a polymeric shell. There are different techniques available for the encapsulation of drug entities. The encapsulation efficiency of the microparticle or microsphere or microcapsule depends upon different factors like concentration of the polymer, solubility of polymer in solvent, rate of solvent removal, solubility of organic solvent in water, etc. The present article provides a literature review of different microencapsulation techniques and different factors influencing the encapsulation efficiency of the microencapsulation technique.

  4. Advanced in-flight measurement techniques

    Lawson, Nicholas; Jentink, Henk; Kompenhans, Jürgen

    2013-01-01

    The book presents a synopsis of the main results achieved during the 3 year EU-project "Advanced Inflight Measurement Techniques (AIM)" which applied advanced image based measurement techniques to industrial flight testing. The book is intended to be not only an overview on the AIM activities but also a guide on the application of advanced optical measurement techniques for future flight testing. Furthermore it is a useful guide for engineers in the field of experimental methods and flight testing who face the challenge of a future requirement for the development of highly accurate non-intrusive in-flight measurement techniques.

  5. Integrated diagnostic technique for nuclear power plants

    Gofuku, Akio [Graduate School of Natural Science and Technology, Okayama University, Okayama (Japan)

    2014-12-15

    It is very important to detect and identify small anomalies and component failures for the safe operation of complex and large-scale artifacts such as nuclear power plants. Each diagnostic technique has its own advantages and limitations. These facts inspire us not only to enhance the capability of diagnostic techniques but also to integrate the results of diagnostic subsystems in order to obtain more accurate diagnostic results. The article describes the outline of four diagnostic techniques developed for the condition monitoring of the fast breeder reactor 'Monju'. The techniques are (1) estimation technique of important state variables based on a physical model of the component, (2) a state identification technique by non-linear discrimination function applying SVM (Support Vector Machine), (3) a diagnostic technique applying WT (Wavelet Transformation) to detect changes in the characteristics of measurement signals, and (4) a state identification technique effectively using past cases. In addition, a hybrid diagnostic system in which a final diagnostic result is given by integrating the results from subsystems is introduced, where two sets of values called confidence values and trust values are used. A technique to determine the trust value is investigated under the condition that the confidence value is determined by each subsystem.

  6. Spectral Estimation by the Random DEC Technique

    Brincker, Rune; Jensen, J. Laigaard; Krenk, S.

    This paper contains an empirical study of the accuracy of the Random Dec (RDD) technique. Realizations of the response from a single-degree-of-freedom system loaded by white noise are simulated using an ARMA model. The Autocorrelation function is estimated using the RDD technique and the estimated...

  7. Spectral Estimation by the Random Dec Technique

    Brincker, Rune; Jensen, Jacob L.; Krenk, Steen

    1990-01-01

    This paper contains an empirical study of the accuracy of the Random Dec (RDD) technique. Realizations of the response from a single-degree-of-freedom system loaded by white noise are simulated using an ARMA model. The Autocorrelation function is estimated using the RDD technique and the estimated...

  8. Principles of modern radar advanced techniques

    Melvin, William

    2012-01-01

    Principles of Modern Radar: Advanced Techniques is a professional reference for practicing engineers that provides a stepping stone to advanced practice with in-depth discussions of the most commonly used advanced techniques for radar design. It will also serve advanced radar academic and training courses with a complete set of problems for students as well as solutions for instructors.

  9. Advanced structural equation modeling issues and techniques

    Marcoulides, George A

    2013-01-01

    By focusing primarily on the application of structural equation modeling (SEM) techniques in example cases and situations, this book provides an understanding and working knowledge of advanced SEM techniques with a minimum of mathematical derivations. The book was written for a broad audience crossing many disciplines, assumes an understanding of graduate level multivariate statistics, including an introduction to SEM.

  10. Interactive data visualization foundations, techniques, and applications

    Ward, Matthew; Keim, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    Interactive Data Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and Applications, Second Edition provides all the theory, details, and tools necessary to build visualizations and systems involving the visualization of data. In color throughout, it explains basic terminology and concepts, algorithmic and software engineering issues, and commonly used techniques and high-level algorithms. Full source code is provided for completing implementations.

  11. Communications techniques and equipment: A compilation

    1975-01-01

    This Compilation is devoted to equipment and techniques in the field of communications. It contains three sections. One section is on telemetry, including articles on radar and antennas. The second section describes techniques and equipment for coding and handling data. The third and final section includes descriptions of amplifiers, receivers, and other communications subsystems.

  12. Functional chromatographic technique for natural product isolation†

    Lau, Eric C.; Mason, Damian J.; Eichhorst, Nicole; Engelder, Pearce; Mesa, Celestina; Kithsiri Wijeratne, E. M.; Gunaherath, G. M. Kamal B.; Leslie Gunatilaka, A. A.; La Clair, James J.; Chapman, Eli

    2015-01-01

    Natural product discovery arises through a unique interplay between chromatographic purification and biological assays. Currently, most techniques used for natural product purification deliver leads without a defined biological action. We now describe a technique, referred to herein as functional chromatography, that deploys biological affinity as the matrix for compound isolation.

  13. The Delphi Technique in Educational Research

    Green, Ravonne A.

    2014-01-01

    The Delphi Technique has been useful in educational settings in forming guidelines, standards, and in predicting trends. Judd lists these major uses of the Delphi Technique in higher education: (a) cost-effectiveness, (b) cost–benefit analysis, (c) curriculum and campus planning, and (d) university-wide educational goals and objectives. The thorough Delphi researcher seeks to reconcile the Delphi consensus with current...

  14. Techniques For Focusing In Zone Electrophoresis

    Sharnez, Rizwan; Twitty, Garland E.; Sammons, David W.

    1994-01-01

    In two techniques for focusing in zone electrophoresis, force of applied electrical field in each charged particle balanced by restoring force of electro-osmosis. Two techniques: velocity-gradient focusing (VGF), suitable for rectangular electrophoresis chambers; and field-gradient focusing (FGF), suitable for step-shaped electrophoresis chambers.

  15. Clinical techniques of artificial insemination in dogs.

    Makloski, Chelsea L

    2012-05-01

    This article provides an overview of the current breeding techniques used in small animal reproduction today with an emphasis on artificial insemination techniques such as transvaginal and transcervical insemination as well as surgical deposition of semen in the uterus and oviduct. Breeding management and ovulation timing will be mentioned but are discussed in further detail in another article in this issue.

  16. Classroom Observation Techniques. IDEA Paper No. 4.

    Acheson, Keith A.

    Techniques for observing the classroom behavior of teachers and students are examined. These techniques provide a framework for analyzing and understanding classroom interaction, for making decisions about what should be happening, and for changing instructional behavior when it is necessary. The observation methods allow collection, analysis, and…

  17. Solution techniques for elementary partial differential equations

    Constanda, Christian

    2012-01-01

    Incorporating a number of enhancements, Solution Techniques for Elementary Partial Differential Equations, Second Edition presents some of the most important and widely used methods for solving partial differential equations (PDEs). The techniques covered include separation of variables, method of characteristics, eigenfunction expansion, Fourier and Laplace transformations, Green’s functions, perturbation methods, and asymptotic analysis.

  18. Scanning reference electrode techniques in localized corrosion

    Isaacs, H.S.; Vyas, B.

    1979-04-01

    The principles, advantages, and implementations of scanning reference electrode techniques are reviewed. Data related to pitting, intergranular corrosion, welds and stress corrosion cracking are presented. The technique locates the position of localized corrosion and can be used to monitor the development of corrosion and changes in the corrosion rate under a wide range of conditions.

  19. A structured design technique for distributed programs

    M. Polman; M.R. van Steen; A. de Bruin (Arie)

    2003-01-01

    textabstractThis report contains a non-formal motivation and description of ADL-d, a graphical design technique for parallel and distributed software. ADL-d allows a developer to construct an application in terms of communicating processes. The technique distinguishes itself from others by its use o

  20. Psychodrama Techniques for Inservice Teacher Training

    Kohut, Sylvester, Jr.

    1976-01-01

    By using psychodrama techniques in inservice programming, improvement in communication among members of the school community occurs. With modification the psychodrama approach can be used with inservice teachers and administrators to improve self-realization and communication. A program using psychodrama techniques is described in the article.…

  1. Histopathology of fish: I. Techniques and principles

    Wood, E.M.; Yasutake, W.T.

    1955-01-01

    The techniques of histopathology have been used for many years in the study of human and animal diseases. Until very recent times, however, histology has been applied to fish studies only very infrequently. This brief discussion is intended to acquaint the reader with the techniques and principles involved and to explain how histological studies may help to overcome fish diseases and nutritional problems.

  2. Offset Correction Techniques for Voltage Sense Amplifiers

    Groeneveld, S.

    2006-01-01

    This report deals with offset correction techniques for voltage sense amplifiers and is divided into two different parts: 1) mismatch and 2) offset correction techniques. First a literature study is done on the subject mismatch with specially focus on the future. Mismatch of a transistor is determin

  3. Advances in China's Oil Reservoir Description Technique

    Mu Longxin; Huang Shiyan; Jia Ailin; Rong Jiashu

    1997-01-01

    @@ Oil reservoir description in China has undergone rapid development in recent years. Extensive research carried out at various oilfields and petroleum universities has resulted in the formulation of comprehensive oil reservoir description techniques and methods uniquely suited to the various development phases of China's continental facies. The new techniques have the following characteristics:

  4. Tow techniques for marine pipeline installation

    Fernández, M.L.

    1981-01-01

    Tow techniques for marine pipelines frequently offer competitive and commercially attactive solutions over other installation methods and, on occasion, may represent the only alternative to traditional techniques. An assessment is also made of where each tow method is applicable and technically feas

  5. Tellurium purification: various techniques and limitations

    D S Prasad; Ch Sudheer; N R Munirathnam; T L Prakash

    2002-11-01

    Limitations and techniques to purify tellurium metal especially using non-chemical techniques such as vacuum distillation and zone refining are discussed. It was found that the clean environments, design, handling and cleaning of quartz ware are equally important in achieving the desired purity levels.

  6. The Fragility of a Robust Therapeutic Technique

    Vikkelsø, Signe

    2012-01-01

    How can therapeutic techniques simultaneously be tools for emancipation and act as subtle forms of control? The article investigates this seeming paradox by examining a technique for group analysis developed by Wilfred Bion aimed at surfacing the inclination of a group to prompt inexpedient leade...

  7. Citizen Participation: A Manual of Techniques.

    Newell, Charldean, Ed.

    Directed to the local government of smaller cities, this guide discusses five techniques for valid and feasible citizen participation. In each of the five selections the author describes the technique and indicates when its use is appropriate and what both its advantages and disadvantages are. The sections are arranged in order from the least to…

  8. Techniques for laser welding polymeric devices.

    Jones, I A

    2003-04-01

    Recent advances in laser techniques mean that lasers are now being considered as an alternative to vibration, ultrasonic, dielectric, hot plate or hot bar welding, and adhesive bonding of plastics. The techniques required to put laser welding methods into practice are described for medical devices, tubular systems, films and synthetic fabrics.

  9. Using Data Mining Techniques in Customer Segmentation

    Hasan Ziafat

    2014-09-01

    Full Text Available Data mining plays important role in marketing and is quite new. Although this field expands rapidly, data mining is still foreign issue for many marketers who trust only their experiences. Data mining techniques cannot substitute the significant role of domain experts and their business knowledge. In the other words, data mining algorithms are powerful but cannot effectively work without the active support of business experts. We can gain useful results by combining these techniques and business expertise. For instance ability of a data mining technique can be substantially increased by combining person experience in the field or information of business can be integrated into a data mining model to build a more successful result. Moreover, these results should always be evaluated by business experts. Thus, business knowledge can help and enrich the data mining results. On the other hand, data mining techniques can extract patterns that even the most experienced business people may have missed. In conclusion, the combination of business domain expertise with the power of data mining techniques can help organizations gain a competitive advantage in their efforts to optimize customer management. Clustering algorithms, a group of data mining technique, is one of most common used way to segment data set according to their similarities. This paper focuses on the topic of customer segmentation using data mining techniques. In the other words, we theoretically discuss about customer relationship management and then utilize couple of data mining algorithm specially clustering techniques for customer segmentation. We concentrated on behavioral segmentation.

  10. Dancers' Application of the Alexander Technique

    Fortin, Sylvie; Girard, Fernande

    2005-01-01

    This qualitative study describes the experience of professional contemporary dancers studying and applying the Alexander Technique to their dancing. This study was motivated by: 1. years of teaching both dance and somatics, 2. a strong desire to better understand how the Alexander Technique can be applied by dancers, and 3. a gap that the…

  11. Lie Group Techniques for Neural Learning

    2005-01-03

    Lie group techniques for Neural Learning Edinburgh June 2004 Elena Celledoni SINTEF Applied Mathematics, IMF-NTNU Lie group techniques for Neural...ORGANIZATION NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) SINTEF Applied Mathematics, IMF-NTNU 8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NUMBER 9. SPONSORING/MONITORING AGENCY NAME(S) AND

  12. Performance Monitoring Techniques Supporting Cognitive Optical Networking

    Caballero Jambrina, Antonio; Borkowski, Robert; Zibar, Darko;

    2013-01-01

    High degree of heterogeneity of future optical networks, such as services with different quality-of-transmission requirements, modulation formats and switching techniques, will pose a challenge for the control and optimization of different parameters. Incorporation of cognitive techniques can hel...

  13. Some Approaches for Integration of Specification Techniques

    Haxthausen, Anne Elisabeth

    2000-01-01

    It is often useful to apply several specification techniques within the same software development project. This raises the question how specification techniques can be integrated. In this presentation we give three different examples of how this can be done. In the first example, we summarise how...

  14. Cognitive Support in Teaching Football Techniques

    Duda, Henryk

    2009-01-01

    Study aim: To improve the teaching of football techniques by applying cognitive and imagery techniques. Material and methods: Four groups of subjects, n = 32 each, were studied: male and female physical education students aged 20-21 years, not engaged previously in football training; male juniors and minors, aged 16 and 13 years, respectively,…

  15. A REVIEW OF ADAPTIVE AUTORECLOSURE TECHNIQUES

    PHILIP YAW OKYERE

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available Adaptive autoreclosing is a fast emerging technology for improving power system marginal stability during faults. It avoids reclosing untopermanent faults and recloses unto transient faults only after the secondary arc has extinguished. This paper presents a comprehensive review of various adaptive autoreclosure techniques. It aims at providing a broad perspective on adaptive autoreclosing techniques to researchers and application engineers.

  16. Essential ultrasound techniques of the pediatric airway

    Stafrace, Samuel; Engelhardt, Thomas; Teoh, Wendy H;

    2016-01-01

    Ultrasound of the airways is a technique which has been described in a number of recent articles and reviews highlighting the diagnostic possibilities and simple methodology. However, there is a paucity of information focusing specifically on such methods in children where equipment, technique, a...

  17. Q-Technique and Graphics Research.

    Kahle, Roger R.

    Because Q-technique is as appropriate for use with visual and design items as for use with words, it is not stymied by the topics one is likely to encounter in graphics research. In particular Q-technique is suitable for studying the so-called "congeniality" of typography, for various copytesting usages, and for multivariate graphics research. The…

  18. Incremental Pressing Technique in Explosive Charge

    2001-01-01

    A pressing technique has become available that might be useful for compressing granular explosives. If the height-diameter ratio of the charge is unfavorable,the high quality charge can not be obtained with the common single-action pressing. This paper presents incremental pressing technique, which can obtain the charge with higher overall density and more uniform density.

  19. Indirect techniques in nuclear astrophysics: a review.

    Tribble, R E; Bertulani, C A; Cognata, M La; Mukhamedzhanov, A M; Spitaleri, C

    2014-10-01

    In this review, we discuss the present status of three indirect techniques that are used to determine reaction rates for stellar burning processes, asymptotic normalization coefficients, the Trojan Horse method and Coulomb dissociation. A comprehensive review of the theory behind each of these techniques is presented. This is followed by an overview of the experiments that have been carried out using these indirect approaches.

  20. Functional chromatographic technique for natural product isolation†

    Lau, Eric C.; Mason, Damian J.; Eichhorst, Nicole; Engelder, Pearce; Mesa, Celestina; Kithsiri Wijeratne, E. M.; Gunaherath, G. M. Kamal B.; Leslie Gunatilaka, A. A.

    2015-01-01

    Natural product discovery arises through a unique interplay between chromatographic purification and biological assays. Currently, most techniques used for natural product purification deliver leads without a defined biological action. We now describe a technique, referred to herein as functional chromatography, that deploys biological affinity as the matrix for compound isolation. PMID:25588099

  1. Comparing Face Detection and Recognition Techniques

    Korra, Jyothi

    2016-01-01

    This paper implements and compares different techniques for face detection and recognition. One is find where the face is located in the images that is face detection and second is face recognition that is identifying the person. We study three techniques in this paper: Face detection using self organizing map (SOM), Face recognition by projection and nearest neighbor and Face recognition using SVM.

  2. Double swab technique for collecting touched evidence.

    Pang, B C M; Cheung, B K K

    2007-07-01

    Touched evidence is often submitted to forensic laboratories for DNA analysis. Classical stain recovery technique, involving one wet cotton swab, is commonly used for recovering the touched evidence. Double swab technique, using a wet cotton swab followed by a dry cotton swab, was compared with the classical technique for recovering the touched evidence. The wet cotton swabs and the dry cotton swabs were individually extracted. DNA extracts were quantified and amplified at 15 polymorphic loci. DNA recovered in some of the second dry swabs contained sufficient amount of DNA to yield a DNA profile. This study shows that the double swab technique improves the quality of the resulting DNA profiles. The double swab technique for recovering touched evidence at crime scenes is recommended.

  3. A century of indicator dilution technique

    Henriksen, Jens H; Jensen, Gorm B; Larsson, Henrik B W

    2014-01-01

    This review imparts the history and the present status of the indicator dilution technique with quantitative bolus injection. The first report on flow measurement with this technique appeared 100 years ago. In 1928, the use of intravascular dyes made possible a widespread application in animals...... and kidneys developed, and powerful computers in the 1980s and 1990s accorded the technique a new dimension. Today, the indicator dilution technique, on one hand, is applied in the same way as 100 years ago, on the other hand it forms the basis of quantitative SPECT, positron emission tomography, and dynamic...... MR scans. The technique still undergoes refinement and elaboration as a lasting concept with a high potential for further development....

  4. Advanced sensing techniques for cognitive radio

    Zhao, Guodong; Li, Shaoqian

    2017-01-01

    This SpringerBrief investigates advanced sensing techniques to detect and estimate the primary receiver for cognitive radio systems. Along with a comprehensive overview of existing spectrum sensing techniques, this brief focuses on the design of new signal processing techniques, including the region-based sensing, jamming-based probing, and relay-based probing. The proposed sensing techniques aim to detect the nearby primary receiver and estimate the cross-channel gain between the cognitive transmitter and primary receiver. The performance of the proposed algorithms is evaluated by simulations in terms of several performance parameters, including detection probability, interference probability, and estimation error. The results show that the proposed sensing techniques can effectively sense the primary receiver and improve the cognitive transmission throughput. Researchers and postgraduate students in electrical engineering will find this an exceptional resource.

  5. Two techniques to make swallowing pills easier.

    Schiele, Julia T; Schneider, Hendrik; Quinzler, Renate; Reich, Gabriele; Haefeli, Walter E

    2014-01-01

    To evaluate whether 2 techniques (the pop-bottle method for tablets and the lean-forward technique for capsules) ease swallowing of tablets and capsules, we conducted a cross-sectional study including 151 adults of the general German population. Participants swallowed 16 differently shaped placebos, rated their ease of swallowing on an 8-point Likert scale, and swallowed the 2 dosage forms that they had rated most difficult again using the appropriate technique. The pop-bottle method substantially improved swallowing of tablets in 59.7% (169/283) and the lean-forward technique for capsules in 88.6% (31/35). Both techniques were remarkably effective in participants with and without reported difficulties swallowing pills and should be recommended regularly.

  6. SELECTIVE PRESSURE IMPRESSION TECHNIQUE: AN OVERVIEW

    Arun

    2014-07-01

    Full Text Available Impression is basically an interaction between tissues and impression material. The variety of impression materials and the range of working characteristics of these materials, make possible the development of impression procedures best suited for specific conditions. Our method for making impressions should be based on the basic principles of maximum area coverage and intimate contact so as to achieve the objectives of retention, support, stability, esthetics, preservation of ridge (supporting structures. Various impression techniques have been mentioned in the literature for recording impression of edentulous ridges. These techniques have been classified by different authors as functional, mucostatic, mucocompressive, selective pressure, minimal pressure etc. However none of these techniques has been designated as the ‘time best’ for a particular patient though selective pressure technique has got much attention in the literature. This article is presenting a critical review on the selective pressure impression technique used for edentulous patients.

  7. Magnetic Nondestructive Testing Techniques of Constructional Steel

    Xiong Er-gang

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Steel is a kind of ferromagnetic material, which is extensively applied in such fields as buildings, bridges, railways, machines and lifeline engineering etc. Those engineering structures built of constructional steel will unavoidably experience some damages during their service lifetime, thus which will influence the distribution regularity of internal forces in structures, result in over-stresses, cause the local failure of structures, and even lead to collapse of the whole structure. Therefore, it is a pressing topic to study how to directly evaluate the real-time stressed states of structural members, damages and steel characteristics in present structural health monitoring and diagnosing fields. And the achievements of this research will be of theoretical significance and of application value of engineering. This paper summarizes varieties of new magnetic nondestructive testing techniques used in constructional steel, respectively investigates the testing principles, characteristics and application for the magnetic Barkhausen noise technique, magnetic acoustic emission technique, magnetic flux leakage technique, magnetic memory technique and magnetic absorption technique, and points out the problems present in the application of these new techniques to actual testing and the further research objective.

  8. Superhydrophobic Materials Technology-PVC Bonding Techniques

    Hunter, Scott R. [Oak Ridge National Laboratory; Efird, Marty [VeloxFlow, LLC

    2013-05-03

    The purpose of the technology maturation project was to develop an enhanced application technique for applying diatomaceous earth with pinned polysiloxane oil to PVC pipes and materials. The oil infiltration technique is applied as a spray of diluted oil in a solvent onto the superhydrophobic diatomaceous earth substrate. This makes the surface take on the following characteristics: wet-cleanable; anti-biofouling; waterproof; and anti-corrosion. The project involved obtaining input and supplies from VeloxFlow and the development of successful techniques that would quickly result in a commercial license agreement with VeloxFlow and other companies that use PVC materials in a variety of other fields of use.

  9. Gastrointestinal tract imaging in children: current techniques

    Hiorns, Melanie P. [Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, Radiology Department, London (United Kingdom)

    2011-01-15

    Imaging of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract in children continues to evolve, with new techniques, both radiological and non-radiological, being added to the repertoire. This article provides a summary of current imaging techniques of the GI tract (primarily the upper GI tract) and the relationship between those techniques. It covers the upper GI series and other contrast studies, US, CT and MRI. Note is also made of the contribution now made by capsule endoscopy (CE). Abdominal emergency imaging is not covered in this article. (orig.)

  10. Temperature Control System Using Fuzzy Logic Technique

    Isizoh A N

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Fuzzy logic technique is an innovative technology used in designing solutions for multi-parameter and non-linear control models for the definition of a control strategy. As a result, it delivers solutions faster than the conventional control design techniques. This paper thus presents a fuzzy logic based-temperature control system, which consists of a microcontroller, temperature sensor, and operational amplifier, Analogue to Digital Converter, display interface circuit and output interface circuit. It contains a design approach that uses fuzzy logic technique to achieve a controlled temperature output function.

  11. A True Open-Loop Synchronization Technique

    Golestan, Saeed; Vidal, Ana; Yepes, Alejandro G.;

    2016-01-01

    Synchronization techniques can be broadly classified into two major categories: Closed-loop and open-loop methods. The open-loop synchronization (OLS) techniques, contrary to the closed-loop ones, are unconditionally stable and benefit from a fast dynamic response. Their performance, however, tends...... drawback of most of the available OLS techniques is that their implementation involves the computation of sine and cosine functions, which is undesirable from the computational standpoint, particularly when the implementation with low-cost digital signal processors is intended. The aim of this paper...

  12. GPU PRO 3 Advanced rendering techniques

    Engel, Wolfgang

    2012-01-01

    GPU Pro3, the third volume in the GPU Pro book series, offers practical tips and techniques for creating real-time graphics that are useful to beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike. Section editors Wolfgang Engel, Christopher Oat, Carsten Dachsbacher, Wessam Bahnassi, and Sebastien St-Laurent have once again brought together a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced GPU programming. With contributions by more than 50 experts, GPU Pro3: Advanced Rendering Techniques covers battle-tested tips and tricks for creating interesting geometry, realistic sha

  13. An Overview of Portable Distributed Techniques

    Sanjay Bansal

    2010-05-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we reviewed of several portable parallel programming paradigms for use in a distributed programming environment. The Techniques reviewed here are portable. These are mainly distributing computing using MPI pure java based, MPI native java based (JNI and PVM. We will discuss architecture and utilities of each technique based on our literature review. We explored these portable distributed techniques in four important characteristics scalability, fault tolerance, load balancing and performance. We have identified the various factors and issues for improving these four important characteristics.

  14. Active learning techniques for librarians practical examples

    Walsh, Andrew

    2010-01-01

    A practical work outlining the theory and practice of using active learning techniques in library settings. It explains the theory of active learning and argues for its importance in our teaching and is illustrated using a large number of examples of techniques that can be easily transferred and used in teaching library and information skills to a range of learners within all library sectors. These practical examples recognise that for most of us involved in teaching library and information skills the one off session is the norm, so we need techniques that allow us to quickly grab and hold our

  15. The Evolution of Kicking Techniques in Taekwondo

    Udo Moenig

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of the study is to explain the evolution of kicking techniques of taekwondo and to provide a historical time frame for this process. This study analyzes early karate and taekwondo literature, including diverse and varied Korean sources. In addition, some interviews were conducted with relevant persons of the period researched. Taekwondo and karate training and techniques had been very similar until the 1960s. However, taekwondo diverged from karate techniques with the introduction of full-contact competitions during the 1960s.

  16. New analytical techniques in food science.

    Ibañez, E; Cifuentes, A

    2001-09-01

    In this review, some of the latest analytical techniques that are being used for the study and characterization of food are examined. This work intends to provide an updated overview (including works published up to June 1999) on the principal applications of such techniques together with their main advantages and drawbacks in food analysis. Some future developments of these systems and their foreseeable application in food characterization are also discussed. The reviewed techniques are those based on spectroscopic, biological, separation, and electrochemical procedures. Moreover, some relevant facts on new systems for sample preparation and on-line couplings are also given.

  17. A New Technique for Digital Image Watermarking

    Xiang-Sheng Wu

    2005-01-01

    In this paper, a new technique is proposed for rotation, scaling and translation (RST) invariant image watermarking based on log-polar mappings (LPM) and phase-only filtering (POF). The watermark is embedded in the LPM of Fourier magnitude spectrum of the original image, and a small portion of resulting LPM spectrum is used to calculate the watermark positions. This technique avoids computing inverse log-polar mapping (ILPM) to preserve the quality of the watermarked image, and avoids exhaustive search to save computation time and reduce false detection. Experimental results demonstrate that the digital watermarking technique is invariant and robust to rotation, scaling, and translation transformation.

  18. Advances in speckle metrology and related techniques

    Kaufmann, Guillermo H

    2010-01-01

    Speckle metrology includes various optical techniques that are based on the speckle fields generated by reflection from a rough surface or by transmission through a rough diffuser. These techniques have proven to be very useful in testing different materials in a non-destructive way. They have changed dramatically during the last years due to the development of modern optical components, with faster and more powerful digital computers, and novel data processing approaches. This most up-to-date overview of the topic describes new techniques developed in the field of speckle metrology over the l

  19. An Overview of Portable Distributed Techniques

    Bansal, Sanjay

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, we reviewed of several portable parallel programming paradigms for use in a distributed programming environment. The Techniques reviewed here are portable. These are mainly distributing computing using MPI pure java based, MPI native java based (JNI) and PVM. We will discuss architecture and utilities of each technique based on our literature review. We explored these portable distributed techniques in four important characteristics scalability, fault tolerance, load balancing and performance. We have identified the various factors and issues for improving these four important characteristics.

  20. Magnetic Particle Technique: Lab Case of CAMAN

    Sonia Ruth Rincón Urbina

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available This article presents the general procedure for the use of the technique of magnetic particles; generally describes the main characteristics of the test and inspection procedure from CAMAN Lab developed at the Graduate School of the Colombian Air Force. The method used in the research and development of the project was documentary, in order to establish the rules and regulations required for certification of the magnetic particles technique in nondestructive testing laboratory by the Aeronautical Authority. Finally, based on the data analysis, an Inspection Procedure Manual was developed in order to certify the magnetic particles technique.

  1. EMI filter techniques in power electronic converters

    Fredy Edimer Hoyos Velasco

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the results of EMI reduction techniques applied to power electronic converters. The techniques applied included shielding control and power signals, separating power system references regarding reference for instrumentation and measurement signals, implementing analog filters and configuring an appropriate switch trigger system for electronic power to decrease shifting EMI emissions to the maximum. This paper presents the results before and after applying the techniques to reduce interference. The results were also veryfied by using two real time control strategies rapid control prototyping (RCP.

  2. Direct and indirect laryngoscopy: equipment and techniques.

    Collins, Stephen R

    2014-06-01

    Visualization of the larynx by direct or indirect means is referred to as laryngoscopy and is the principal aim during airway management for passage of a tracheal tube. This paper presents a brief background regarding the development and practice of laryngoscopy and examines the equipment and techniques for both direct and indirect methods. Patient evaluation during the airway examination is discussed, as are predictors for difficult intubation. Laryngoscope blade design, newer intubating techniques, and a variety of indirect laryngoscopic technologies are reviewed, as is the learning curve for these techniques and devices.

  3. Arthroscopic Posterior Subtalar Arthrodesis: Surgical Technique

    Vilá y Rico, Jesús; Ojeda Thies, Cristina; Parra Sanchez, Guillermo

    2016-01-01

    Surgical fusion of the subtalar joint is a procedure indicated to alleviate pain of subtalar origin, such as in post-traumatic osteoarthritis, adult-acquired flatfoot deformity, and other disorders. Open subtalar arthrodesis has been performed with predictable results, but concerns exist regarding injury to proprioception and local vascularity due to wide surgical dissection. Minimally invasive techniques try to improve results by avoiding these issues but have a reputation for being technically demanding. We describe the surgical technique for arthroscopic subtalar arthrodesis, which has proved to be a safe and reliable technique in our experience, with consistent improvements in American Orthopaedic Foot & Ankle Society scores. PMID:27073783

  4. Flow Modeling Based Wall Element Technique

    Sabah Tamimi

    2012-08-01

    Full Text Available Two types of flow where examined, pressure and combination of pressure and Coquette flow of confined turbulent flow with a one equation model used to depict the turbulent viscosity of confined flow in a smooth straight channel when a finite element technique based on a zone close to a solid wall has been adopted for predicting the distribution of the pertinent variables in this zone and examined even with case when the near wall zone was extended away from the wall. The validation of imposed technique has been tested and well compared with other techniques.

  5. Open palm technique in Dupuytren's disease treatment

    Marcio Carpi Malta

    2013-06-01

    Full Text Available OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the results of the open palm technique for the treatment of Dupuytren's disease. METHOD: The authors used the technique described by McCash. Twelve patients (13 hands were surgically treated, between october 2002 and september 2011. RESULTS: The wounds healed in a medium of 25 days (variation of 17 to 30 days. There were no complications, such as infection, haematoma formation, skin necrosis, residual edema. CONCLUSION: The open palm technique remains a safe alternative for the treatment of Dupuytren's disease, with satisfactory results and low risk of complications.

  6. Quimioterapia da dengue: fármacos disponíveis e perspectivas de novas terapêuticas

    Fraqueza, Pedro Gil Matias

    2015-01-01

    Dissertação de mestrado, Ciências Farmacêuticas, Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia, Universidade do Algarve, 2015 A dengue é uma infeção viral aguda transmitida ao homem através da picada de mosquitos do género Aedes, principalmente as espécies Aedes aegypti e Aedes albopictus. A dengue tornou-se uma das principais preocupações de saúde pública internacional, sendo considerada actualmente a mais importante arbovirose. Mais de 50% da população afetada por dengue vive em áreas d...

  7. Recursos disponibles para la recuperación de información sobre salud en Internet

    Luis Guillermo Elizondo Herrera

    2005-12-01

    Full Text Available El Internet se ha convertido en un fenómeno social en nuestros tiempos y en un apoyo vital para el desarrollo de las investigaciones en salud.El hecho de que es una herramienta para recuperar información e investigar no se discute.Las ciencias de la información avanzan a grandes pasos y los profesionales en salud que se apoyan o tienen contacto con la realidad de Internet,encuentran difícil seguir este paso,lo que disminuye la efectividad y eficiencia con que se utiliza este recurso.Motivado en los hechos previos,se realizó una revisión de algunos recursos encontrados en la red de redes,Internet,y se plantea una estrategia de búsqueda de información para recuperarla en un motor de búsqueda y,así,resolver las preguntas clínicas diarias.En especial,se focaliza la revisión del tema sobre los motores de búsqueda Pubmed y Google.Basado inicialmente en la construcción de una pregunta para hallar información mediante la metodología PICO,el profesional se orienta para definir los términos de búsqueda que le permitirán recuperar información con varios niveles de rigurosidad científica y aplicable a varias latitudes.Finalmente,se comentan algunas limitaciones que existen en torno a la recuperación de información y las oportunidades que ofrecen las iniciativas para la Web semántica.

  8. Melhoramento genético da bananeira: estratégias e tecnologias disponíveis

    Sebastião de Oliveira e Silva

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available A banana cultivada 107 países, em uma área de 4,1 milhões de hectares e produção de 95 milhões de toneladas, é segunda fruta mais produzida do mundo. A bananeira é atacada por vírus (CMV e BSV, fungos (Sigatoka amarela e negra, mal-do-Panamá, bactéria (Moko, nematoide e insetos (Broca do rizoma. No entanto, por meio do melhoramento genético é possível obter resistência a maioria das pragas e doenças. O centro de origem de grande parte do germoplasma de Musa spp. é o Continente Asiático, onde são encontradas bananeiras diploides, triploides tetraploides, com genomas de Musa acuminta e M. balbisiana. No melhoramento de banana, feito principalmente para resistência às doenças, são usados os seguintes métodos: introdução e seleção de clones; hibridação (cruzamentos de diploides com diploides, triploides com diploides e diploides com tetraploides; duplicação de cromossomos; mutação e transgenia. Os métodos que envolvem hibridação, embora sejam os mais usados, apresentam limitações como a partenocarpia, a esterilidade; o número variável de ploidia e a baixa produção de sementes. Todo material produzido no programa, é depois avaliado nas regiões produtoras de banana. Atualmente novas técnicas de melhoramento, baseadas em informações genéticas de Musa spp. estão sendo incrementadas.

  9. Ficción en un blog de Internet: El autor propone, el lector infiere y dispone

    Luis Barrera

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available La ciberescritura es todavía un enigma que sigue cambiando los principios fundamentales de la cultura escrita tradicional. Así como no hay fronteras temporales ni espaciales en la Internet, tampoco parecen existir verdades absolutas, principios irrefutables ni reglas pragmáticas formales que faciliten aún la conformación de una gramática del discurso virtual. Todo puede ser ficción o verdad en un universo en el que escritores y lectores somos discurso. Nonecesariamente hay rostros ni gestos ni otro tipo de recursos paralingüísticos, quinésicos o proxémicos que ayuden aambos participantes a entenderse mutuamente. Frente a un emisor discursivo mediado por un computador, el principiode la cooperación de Grice (1975 se potencia hacia el receptor por lo que las llamadas “máximas” pueden a vecesvolverse “mínimas” para el emisor. Este trabajo propone el análisis discursivo de una muestra de 28 comentarios interactivosincorporados por 27 ciberlectores hasta septiembre de 2009, como respuestas a la crónica bloguera de ficciónintitulada Remedios que sacan la piedra (http:barreralinares.blogspot.com, 28-02-2007. Asumiendo como baseteórica la diferencia formal y funcional entre las nociones retóricas y discursivas de ficción, realidad, verdad y verosimilitud,se postula que un cibertexto marcado expresamente por el emisor con rasgos ficcionales de humor, ironía y sarcasmo, termina adquiriendo veracidad a partir de las inferencias que los comentaristas hacen en relación con el tópico tratado. Los resultados muestran una variedad de falsas inferencias o “ciberimplicaturas” que, de acuerdo conel análisis de los comentarios, terminan cambiando la intención original de la crónica. Fenómeno que convierte untexto de “narrativa artificial” en otro de “narrativa natural” (van Dijk, 1975.

  10. Validacion de un Inventario Sobre La Percepcion de Los Padres de Superdotados Respecto a Los Servicios Educativos Disponibles Para Estos

    Medina Munoz, Arlette Zamarie

    2013-01-01

    In Puerto Rico, there isn't a survey that collects the parent's perception of the available services for gifted children. Considering this, in this investigation an instrument was created and scientifically validated to collect the parents' perception of the educational services available. The instrument was validated using internal…

  11. Regularidad superficial y adherencia en vías ciclistas - recomendaciones de diseño disponibles

    Barbudo, A.

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents an overview of different national and international regulations and recommendations about pavement design in cycle lanes and analyzes the specifications for surface roughness and slip/skid resistance that each offers. After a comparative study, it highlights the lack of specific design criteria and the need to unify the standard test methods and limit values of acceptance and / or rejection to ensure the safety and comfort of the new constructed sections, thus promoting cycling mobility in cities.Este trabajo presenta una revisión de diferentes normativas y recomendaciones nacionales e internacionales de diseño de pavimentos de vías ciclistas y analiza las especificaciones en cuanto a regularidad superficial y resistencia al deslizamiento/ derrape contempladas en las mismas. Tras un estudio comparativo, se pone de manifiesto la carencia de criterios específicos de diseño y la necesidad de unificar métodos de ensayo normalizados y valores límites de aceptación y/o rechazo que garanticen la seguridad y comodidad de los nuevos tramos construidos, favoreciendo así la movilidad ciclista en las ciudades.

  12. Recursos disponibles para la recuperación de información sobre salud en Internet

    Luis Guillermo Elizondo Herrera

    2005-01-01

    El Internet se ha convertido en un fenómeno social en nuestros tiempos y en un apoyo vital para el desarrollo de las investigaciones en salud.El hecho de que es una herramienta para recuperar información e investigar no se discute.Las ciencias de la información avanzan a grandes pasos y los profesionales en salud que se apoyan o tienen contacto con la realidad de Internet,encuentran difícil seguir este paso,lo que disminuye la efectividad y eficiencia con que se utiliza este recurso.Motivado ...

  13. Validacion de un Inventario Sobre La Percepcion de Los Padres de Superdotados Respecto a Los Servicios Educativos Disponibles Para Estos

    Medina Munoz, Arlette Zamarie

    2013-01-01

    In Puerto Rico, there isn't a survey that collects the parent's perception of the available services for gifted children. Considering this, in this investigation an instrument was created and scientifically validated to collect the parents' perception of the educational services available. The instrument was validated using internal and external…

  14. Evaluación de la información sanitaria disponible en internet sobre la vacuna antigripal

    I. Hernández-García

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Fundamento: La calidad de la información sanitaria en internet preocupa a gobiernos y usuarios. Nuestro objetivo fue determinar en qué medida la información sobre la vacuna antigripal se adhiere al gold estándar representado por lo establecido por el Ministerio de Sanidad español. Material y métodos: Entre junio-julio 2014 se evaluó la adhesión al gold estándar de la información sobre indicaciones, efectos adversos y contraindicaciones de la vacuna. Dicha información se obtuvo a través de Google, utilizando términos proporcionados por estudiantes de medicina. Se realizó un análisis univariante, donde variable resultado fue obtener información correctamente adherida, y variables explicativas fueron el tipo de origen de la información y su país. Resultados: Con los términos de 104 alumnos se obtuvieron 134 enlaces web diferentes. La adhesión alcanzó el 65,7% (88/134 en cuanto a la indicación en trabajadores sanitarios (TS. El 19,4% aportaron información incorrecta sobre indicación en embarazadas. La información de organismos oficiales de salud pública se adhirió significativamente mejor (indicación en TS (OR: 2,6, embarazadas (OR: 5,4 e inmunodeprimidos (OR: 2,2. La información de enlaces web españoles se adhirió peor (indicación en embarazo (OR: 0,3 y contraindicación si alergia al huevo (OR: 0,5. Conclusiones: El nivel de adhesión detectado fue mejorable. Se debe urgir y promocionar en los usuarios la utilización de las páginas web de organismos oficiales de salud pública cuando busquen información sobre la vacuna antigripal en internet.

  15. REDVET y RECVET están disponibles desde la biblioteca de la Universidad de la Amazonia

    Veterinaria.org

    2008-03-01

    Full Text Available ResumenLos artículos publicados en REDVET y en RECVET son inmediatamente accesibles desde la Biblioteca de la Universidad de la Amazonia, con sede en Florencia, Caquetá, Colombia, Suramérica, donde las dos revistas científicas editadas por Veterinaria Organización aparece en el área de Medicina Veterinaria y Zootecnia junto a la Bases de datos bibliográficas de la Biblioteca Agropecuaria de Colombia (BAC del Centro Internacional de Agricultura tropical (CIAT y la Biblioteca de la FAO (Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Agricultura y la Alimentación.

  16. Technique distribuee de gestion de la charge sur le reseau electrique et ring-tree: Un nouveau systeme de communication P2P

    Ayoub, Simon

    Le reseau de distribution et de transport de l'electricite se modernise dans plusieurs pays dont le Canada. La nouvelle generation de ce reseau que l'on appelle smart grid, permet entre autre l'automatisation de la production, de la distribution et de la gestion de la charge chez les clients. D'un autre cote, des appareils domestiques intelligents munis d'une interface de communication pour des applications du smart grid commencent a apparaitre sur le marche. Ces appareils intelligents pourraient creer une communaute virtuelle pour optimiser leurs consommations d'une facon distribuee. La gestion distribuee de ces charges intelligentes necessite la communication entre un grand nombre d'equipements electriques. Ceci represente un defi important a relever surtout si on ne veut pas augmenter le cout de l'infrastructure et de la maintenance. Lors de cette these deux systemes distincts ont ete concus : un systeme de communication peer-to-peer, appele Ring-Tree, permettant la communication entre un nombre important de noeuds (jusqu'a de l'ordre de grandeur du million) tel que des appareils electriques communicants et une technique distribuee de gestion de la charge sur le reseau electrique. Le systeme de communication Ring-Tree inclut une nouvelle topologie reseau qui n'a jamais ete definie ou exploitee auparavant. Il inclut egalement des algorithmes pour la creation, l'exploitation et la maintenance de ce reseau. Il est suffisamment simple pour etre mis en oeuvre sur des controleurs associes aux dispositifs tels que des chauffe-eaux, chauffage a accumulation, bornes de recharges electriques, etc. Il n'utilise pas un serveur centralise (ou tres peu, seulement lorsqu'un noeud veut rejoindre le reseau). Il offre une solution distribuee qui peut etre mise en oeuvre sans deploiement d'une infrastructure autre que les controleurs sur les dispositifs vises. Finalement, un temps de reponse de quelques secondes pour atteindre 1'ensemble du reseau peut etre obtenu, ce qui est

  17. Advances in pediatric colorectal surgical techniques.

    Rangel, S.J.; Blaauw, I. de

    2010-01-01

    The operative management of pediatric colorectal diseases has improved significantly in recent years through the development of innovative approaches for operative exposure and a better understanding of colorectal anatomy. Advances in transanal and minimal access techniques have formed the cornersto

  18. Multibeam swath bathymetry signal processing techniques

    Ranade, G.; Sudhakar, T.

    Mathematical advances and the advances in the real time signal processing techniques in the recent times, have considerably improved the state of art in the bathymetry systems. These improvements have helped in developing high resolution swath...

  19. High-contrast Nulling Interferometry Techniques Project

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — "We are developing rotating-baseline nulling-interferometry techniques and algorithms on the single-aperture Hale and Keck telescopes at near-infrared wavelengths,...

  20. Proposition of an Unexploited Multiple Access Technique

    Sidi Ahmed Djennas

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Continual growth in number of telecommunication network users encourages engineers to bring solutions to avoid overload and conflict. The situation is remedied by multiple access techniques and protocols. In fact, several ideas were applied with success to overcome difficulties. Basically, these ideas are based on discrimination in time, frequency, space and modulating code or time management. Within the context, we propose in this paper a new technique which helps us to avoid the conflict between users and manage optimally the information convoy. The basic idea for the new technique, baptized on the occasion by FAT (Fundamentals Agreement Technique, is to develop every signal and to convert it into a form with fundamentals as components. Of course emission and reception parts are in agreement about fundamentals to allow signals recovery later.